Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 193

COMMUNICATION PRODUCTS ™

Table of Contents
PAN-NET ™ MINI-COM ™ Network System Accessories
Cabling System
Wall Board Adapters ........................................................................ 51
MINI-COM Sloped Executive Series Faceplate Kit.......................... 7 In-Wall Box Adapters ....................................................................... 51
MINI-COM Executive Series Bezels ................................................ 8 Snap-In Faceplate Extender ............................................................ 52
MINI-COM Inserts for Executive Series Bezels ............................... 9 Herman Miller Adapter..................................................................... 52
MINI-COM Executive Series Single Gang Faceplates ............. 10-11 Punch Die ........................................................................................ 52
MINI-COM Executive Series Double Gang Faceplate ................... 11 Tombstone (Floor Box) Adapter Plate.............................................. 53
Executive Series Faceplate and Surface Box Screw Covers ........... 12 In-Floor Box Adapter Plate .............................................................. 53
MINI-COM Executive Series “GFCI” Outlet & Switch Faceplates.. 12 Modular Phone Plugs and Installation Tools.................................... 54
MINI-COM “106” Frame................................................................. 13 Crimped Coax Connectors .............................................................. 55
Stainless Steel Faceplates............................................................... 13 Coax Connector Crimp Tools and Die Sets ..................................... 55
MINI-COM Snap-in Faceplates - For Modular Furniture ............... 14 Twist-On Coax Connectors .............................................................. 56
MINI-COM Surface Mount Boxes ............................................. 15-16 Twinax Connectors .......................................................................... 57
MINI-COM Multi-Media Fiber Outlets ....................................... 17-18 BNC Adapters.................................................................................. 57
MINI-COM Fiber Outlet Kit ............................................................ 18 Coax Cable Stripping Tool ............................................................... 57
MINI-JACK™ Category 5 Modular Jacks ................................ 19-20
Termination Snap Tool ..................................................................... 20
MINI-JACK Category 5 Shielded Modular Jacks ......................... 21 Closet Cabling Solutions
MINI-JACK Category 3 Modular Jacks.................................... 22-23
MINI-JACK Modular Jack Termination Methods........................... 23 MINI-COM Snap-In Faceplate Patch Panels ................................. 61
MINI-COM SC Duplex Fiber Optic Adapter Module ...................... 24 MINI-COM Snap-In Faceplate Patch Panel Installation................. 61
MINI-COM ST Fiber Optic Adapter Module................................... 24
MINI-COM All Metal Modular Patch Panels .................................. 62
MINI-COM Blank Module .............................................................. 25 MOD-COM Snap-In Faceplate Patch Panels ................................. 63
MINI-COM RCA Module ................................................................ 25 MOD-COM All Metal Modular Patch Panel .................................... 63
MINI-COM BNC Coax Coupler Module ......................................... 24 Grounding Kit for Modular Patch Panel............................................ 63
MINI-COM F-Type Coupler Module ............................................... 24 MINI-COM 12 Port Snap-In Faceplate Patch Panel ...................... 64
MINI-MOD™ Adapter .................................................................... 25 MOD-COM 12 Port Snap-In Faceplate Patch Panel ...................... 64
DATA-PATCH™ 110 Style Category 5
Pre-Configured Patch Panels .......................................................... 65
PAN-NET ™ MOD-COM ™ Network Cable Management Kit .................................................................... 66
Cabling System Punch Down Impact Tool ................................................................. 66
110 Style Patch Panel Installation ................................................... 66
Color Coding Options ...................................................................... 67
MOD-COM Executive Series Single Gang Faceplates ............ 30-31 Fiber Optic/Multi-Media Interconnect Trays ..................................... 68
MOD-COM Executive Series Double Gang Faceplate ................... 31 Fiber Optic/Multi-Media Interconnect Drawers................................. 69
Executive Series Faceplate and Surface Box Screw Covers ........... 31 Fiber Optic and Multi-Media Panels for Drawers ............................. 70
MOD-COM Executive Series “GFCI” Outlet & Switch Faceplates.. 31 Vertical Cable Management System................................................ 71
MOD-COM Standard Single Gang Faceplates .............................. 32 Horizontal Cable Management System ........................................... 72
MOD-COM Standard Double Gang Faceplate ............................... 32 Cable Management Bar................................................................... 73
MOD-COM “106” Frame................................................................. 33 Cable Management Brackets........................................................... 73
Stainless Steel Faceplates............................................................... 33 Standard EIA 19" Racks .................................................................. 73
MOD-COM Snap-in Faceplates - For Modular Furniture .......... 34-35 Hinged Wall Brackets....................................................................... 74
Herman Miller Ethospace™ Snap-In Faceplate............................... 35 Filler Panels ..................................................................................... 74
MOD-COM Surface Mount Boxes ............................................. 36-37 Category 5 Patch Cords .................................................................. 75
Raceway Adapters for Surface Mount Boxes................................... 37 Category 5 Shielded Patch Cords ................................................... 75
MOD-COM Multi-Media Fiber Outlets ....................................... 38-39
PAN-JACK™ Category 5 Modular Jacks ................................. 40-41
Termination Snap Tool ..................................................................... 41 FIBER-DUCT ™ Wiring Duct Routing System
PAN-JACK Category 5 Shielded Modular Jacks .......................... 42
PAN-JACK Category 3 Modular Jacks..................................... 43-44
Dust Covers for PAN-JACK and MINI-JACK Modular Jacks ..... 44 FIBER-DUCT Fiber Optic Fittings ............................................ 79-82
Australian PAN-JACK Category 5 Modular Jack ........................... 45 PANDUCT® Slotted Wall Wiring Duct ........................................... 83
MOD-COM Jack/Jack Telephone Coupler...................................... 45 PANDUCT® Solid Wall Wiring Duct .............................................. 83
MOD-COM RS232 D-Subminiature Module Bases ....................... 45 Mounting Brackets ...................................................................... 84-86
MOD-COM IBM® Type Data Connector Module............................ 46
MOD-COM Coax Connector Module Bases .................................. 46
MOD-COM BNC Bulkhead Adapter Modules ................................ 47 PAN-WAY ™ Types LDP, LD and CD
MOD-COM F-Type Bulkhead Adapter Module ............................... 47 Surface Raceway Systems
MOD-COM RCA Jack Module........................................................ 47
MOD-COM Twinax Connector Module Base.................................. 47
MOD-COM Ethernet Tap Module Base.......................................... 48 PAN-WAY Type LDP Surface Raceway ......................................... 90
MOD-COM SC Fiber Optic Adapter Modules ................................ 48 Type LDP Raceway Installation Tool................................................ 90
MOD-COM ST Fiber Optic Adapter Modules ................................. 48 PAN-WAY Type LD Surface Raceway System............................... 91
MOD-COM FDDI Fiber Optic Modules........................................... 49 PAN-WAY Type CD Surface Raceway System .............................. 92
MOD-COM 3M® 2300 Fiber Termination Module Base................. 49 PAN-WAY Category 5 Compliant Fittings ................................. 93-96
MOD-COM Blank Modules............................................................. 49 PAN-WAY Power Rated Fittings - To 600V ............................... 97-99
MOD-COM Wire Feed Through Module......................................... 49 PAN-WAY Standard Fittings ................................................. 100-102
Fill Capacities for Electrical, UTP and STP Cables ....................... 103
Fill Capacities for Coax and Fiber Optic Cables ............................ 104

Refer to back cover for information regarding Panduit’s complete line of structured cabling products.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 1
™ COMMUNICATION PRODUCTS

Table of Contents
PAN-WAY ™ Type T Surface Raceway System PAN-CODE ™ TIA/EIA-606 Compliant Labeling

PAN-WAY Type T Surface Raceway.............................................108 TIA/EIA-606 Section 6.2.4 Termination Hardware Labeling.... 151-154
PAN-WAY Type T Divider Wall .....................................................109 Patch Panel Port Identification Labels.................................. 151-152
PAN-WAY Type T Mounting Bracket.............................................109 Patch Panel Identification Labels ................................................ 151
PAN-WAY Type T Wire Retainer...................................................109 110 Punch Down Block Identification Labels .............................. 153
PAN-WAY Type T Raceway Fittings ..................................... 110-112 66 Block Markers ........................................................................ 154
PAN-WAY Type T Hanging Device Bracket ..................................113
FACEPLATES

TIA/EIA-606 Section 6.2.6 Termination Position Labeling....... 154-160


PAN-WAY Type T Molded Covers ................................................113 MINI-COM™ & MOD-COM™ Exec. Faceplate Labels ... 154-155
PAN-WAY Type T Box .................................................................115 MINI-COM™ & MOD-COM™ Snap-In Faceplate Labels ...... 157
PAN-WAY Type T Box Strain Relief ..............................................115 MINI-JACK™ and PAN-JACK™ Modular Jack Labels ........ 158
PAN-WAY Type T Pre-Cut Cover for Type T Box..........................115 Standard Faceplate and Termination Position Marker Books
PAN-WAY Type T Pre-Cut Covers for MINI-COM™ and Replacement Pages............................................................. 159
and MOD-COM™ Snap-In Faceplates .........................................116 Snap-In Faceplate and Termination Position Marker Books
Fill Capacities for Electrical, UTP and STP Cables ........................117 and Replacement Pages...................................................... 159-160
Fill Capacities for Coax and Fiber Optic Cables.............................118 Fiber Optic Cable Marker Tags, Cards and Snap-On Markers ...... 160
TIA/EIA-606 Section 6.2.8 Splice Labeling .................................... 161
Dot-Matrix Labels and Laser Labels ........................................... 161
TIA/EIA-606 Section 7.2.2.1 TMGB Building Ground
PAN-WAY ™ Type T3 Surface Raceway System Conductor Labeling........................................................................ 161
TIA/EIA-606 Section 7.2.2.2 Ground/Bonding Labeling................. 161
PAN-MARK™ WIN2 Software for WINDOWS............................. 162
PAN-WAY Type T3 Surface Raceway .......................................... 122
PAN-MARK™ LT Software for DOS ............................................ 162
MOD-COM Boxes for PAN-WAY™ Type T3 Raceway................ 123
PAN-WAY Type T3 Raceway Fittings ....................................123-125 Indelible Ink Ribbons for Dot-Matrix Printers.................................. 163
Marking Pens ................................................................................. 163
PAN-WAY Type T3 Raceway Adapters ........................................ 125
LS5 Industrial Labeling System .............................................. 164-165
Fill Capacities for Electrical, UTP and STP Cables........................ 126
Self-Laminating Wire Marker Cartridges for the LS5 System ........ 165
Fill Capacities for Coax and Fiber Optic Cables............................. 127
Laminated Industrial Tape Cartridges for the LS5 System ............ 165
Heat Shrink Tubing Cartridges for the LS5 System ...................... 165
Material Specification Table for Labels........................................... 166
PAN-WAY ™ Type PD Surface Raceway System PAN-NET™ Wiring Administration ........................................ 167-168

PAN-WAY Type PD Surface Raceway.......................................... 132 Cabling Installation Products


PAN-WAY Type PD Wire Retainer ............................................... 132
PAN-WAY Type PD Raceway Fittings ...................................133-136 VELCRO® Brand Cable Ties ................................................ 169-170
Fill Capacities for Electrical, UTP and STP Cables........................ 137 PAN-TY® Nylon Cable Ties ......................................................... 171
Fill Capacities for Coax and Fiber Optic Cables ............................ 138 PAN-TY Nylon Marker Ties .......................................................... 171
PAN-TY Nylon Clamp Ties ........................................................... 172
In-Plenum Cable Ties.............................................................. 172-173
PAN-WAY ™ Raceway Accessories PAN-TY HALAR® Fluoropolymer Cable Ties............................ 172
PAN-STEEL™ Stainless Steel Cable Ties ............................... 173
Cable Tie Installation Tools ............................................................ 173
PAN-WAY Low Voltage Single Gang Junction Box ...................... 139 Adhesive Backed Cabling Accessories ................................... 174-175
PAN-WAY Low Voltage Single Gang “Deep” Junction Box .......... 139 Push Mount Accessories ............................................................... 176
PAN-WAY Low Voltage Double Gang Junction Box ..................... 139 Spiral Wrap .................................................................................... 176
PAN-WAY Low Voltage Round Junction Box ............................... 139
PAN-WAY Junction Box Adapter .................................................. 139 Network Application Guide
PAN-WAY Power Rated Single Gang Junction Box ..................... 140
PAN-WAY Power Rated Single Gang “Deep” Junction Box ......... 140
PAN-WAY Power Rated Double Gang Junction Box .................... 140 ATM................................................................................................ 177
PAN-WAY Power Rated Round Junction Box .............................. 140 TP-PMD ......................................................................................... 177
PAN-WAY Power Rated Source Box ............................................ 140 100BASE-T .................................................................................... 177
Selection Chart for using PAN-WAY Surface Raceways Token Ring ..................................................................................... 177
with PAN-WAY Junction Boxes .................................................... 141 10BASE-T ...................................................................................... 177
Weather Resistant Type FS Surface Raceway............................... 142 IBM 3270........................................................................................ 178
Surface Raceway Adapters ............................................................ 142 ISDN .............................................................................................. 178
Surface Raceway Cutting Tool ....................................................... 143
Magnet Strip................................................................................... 143
Floor Guard .................................................................................... 143 TIA/EIA Standards Guide

Horizontal Cabling.......................................................................... 179


PAN-CODE ™ TIA/EIA-606 Compliant Labeling Backbone Cabling .......................................................................... 180
Work Area ...................................................................................... 180
Telecommunications Closet ........................................................... 181
TIA/EIA-606 Section 5.2.2 Pathway Labeling ................................ 147 Media: UTP Cabling................................................................ 181-182
Dot-Matrix Labels and Laser Labels ........................................... 147 Patch Cords ................................................................................... 182
TIA/EIA-606 Section 5.2.4 Space Labeling.................................... 148 Media: Optical Fiber....................................................................... 182
Preprinted Labels on Cards ........................................................ 148
Restricted Access Signs ............................................................. 148
TIA/EIA-606 Section 6.2.2 Cable Labeling..............................149-150 Alphabetical Part Number Index
Dot-Matrix and Laser Self-Laminating Labels ......................149-150
Self-Laminating Wire Marker Books and Dispensers.................. 150 Alphabetical Part Number Index ............................................. 183-188

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


2 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
COMMUNICATION PRODUCTS ™

Complete System Solutions...


Within the pages of this catalog you will find our complete communication system solutions.
We feature four distinct product categories to meet and exceed your needs:
The PAN-NET ™ The PAN-WAY ™ and Cable Ties and Accessories, to
Network Cabling System, PANDUCT ® organize and identify
featuring products for both the Cable Distribution Systems, communication cables and to
telecommunications closet and featuring surface raceway and speed installation.
workstation outlet in support of wiring duct systems to manage,
both high performance copper protect and route communications
and fiber cabling environments. and power cabling.

VELCRO® Cable Ties can be used with high


performance Category 5 and fiber cables.

Individually these systems provide


state-of-the-art solutions that
A distinct advantage of our satisfy your unique application
PAN-NET Network Cabling MINI-COM Boxes can be used with requirements. Combined, these
System is absolute modularity. PAN-WAY ™ Raceway for extremely low systems work together to deliver
The system includes individual profile, surface mounted applications.
the cohesiveness and flexibility
single-spaced modules for twisted you need to maintain a cost
pair, coax and fiber optic that can PAN-CODE ™ TIA/EIA-606 effective, flexible structured
be placed directly adjacent to one Compliant Labeling Products cabling environment over the
another providing maximum and Accessories, long term.
density and flexibility. featuring write-on and computer
printable labels and labeling Standards Compliance,
software to identify each element
of your cabling infrastructure. Innovation...
Panduit is committed to
maintaining a leadership position
in the global communications
marketplace.

When changes are required, you


change only the exact modules PAN-CODE ™Network Identification Products
you want... Snap out a single
blank module and snap in a
Category 5 modular jack - it’s that
easy!

MINI-COM ™ Multi-Media/Fiber Outlets


are ideal for in-wall cabling applications at
the workstation.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 3
™ COMMUNICATION PRODUCTS

We develop products that meet or 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314, where


exceed TIA/EIA Commercial our staff of Registered
Building Cabling and ISO/SEC Communications Distribution

NEXT (dB)
Standards where applicable and Designers is on hand to meet your
we will continue to invest heavily needs. In addition, our field sales
in Research and Development to engineers and network
provide innovative solutions that distributors are on call to provide
meet your unique needs both product and standards
FACEPLATES

today and tomorrow. presentations and installation


Contact factory for custom Spec 4-5,3-6 4-5,1-2 4-5,7-8 training.
3-6,1-2 3-6,7-8 1-2,7-8
application solutions:
800-777-3300 Ext. 8314 Installer Certification
Contact factory to request a copy Program...
of our “Beyond Category 5”
system performance brochure. The Panduit Installer Certification
Program features standards
PAN-NET ™ Product based product and installation
Guarantee... training and a variety of special
support services. Consult factory
All PAN-NET products are for details.
covered by our 20 year
PAN-NET Product Guarantee. Global Solutions...
The guarantee includes both
New Fiber Optic Multi-Media/Interconnect applicable TIA/EIA Standards
Tray Panduit offers a wide range of
Compliance and Network communication products for the
Designed In Quality, Application Assurance. Our international marketplace
Category 5 products are
Reliability... guaranteed to support 16 Mbps
The cost of maintaining a high Token Ring and proposed
performance cabling system can 100BASE-T, 100VG-AnyLAN and
far exceed the cost of installation. 155 Mbps ATM network
To minimize your cost of requirements. See page 189 for
ownership, we offer products with details.
the highest level of quality and
reliability, backed up by U.L. and
C.S.A. testing and FCC 50x50mm sloped faceplates for use in
compliance where applicable, so CERTIFICATION PLUS SM some European market applications.
they continue to deliver the System Warranty...
performance you require over which are supported by our
time. international manufacturing,
The Panduit Network Systems product development and field
Beyond Category 5... CERTIFICATION PLUS staff.
Program provides a complete
At Panduit, our mission is to system warranty to guarantee
deliver the highest end-to-end high performance
transmission performance cabling systems that meet your
available in the world. We demands. Consult factory for
begin by utilizing lead-frame, details.
modular jack technology for
maximum reliability.
Then we tune our products for
Technical Support and Australian PAN-JACK ™
minimum NEXT and Training... Category 5 Modular Jack

attenuation where it matters Consult factory for information on


most – in an installed link. For support, call our Technical our international communication
as defined by TIA/EIA TSB-67. Assistance Hotline, solutions.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


4 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)

MINI-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM

MINI-COM ™ Network Cabling System


The new MINI-COM Network Cabling System offers The MINI-COM Network Cabling System follows the
innovative solutions for all your network cabling belief that “smaller can be better”. The overall height
applications. The system is designed to maximize the and depth of the snap-in, modular connectors have
performance of high speed communication networks been reduced by over 20%. This decreases the
and minimize the installed cost of network cabling amount of space which is required for making cable
systems. The MINI-COM Network Cabling System connections at the outlet or in the closet.
was developed with the input of architects and interior
designers to provide an aesthetically pleasing This miniaturization facilitates the design of
solution that complements other key elements of the lower profile, higher density workstation out-
modern office workspace. let and telecommunication closet solutions.

Key Features of the MINI-COM Network Cabling System Include:


Features Benefits
• Modular design • Fast and easy moves, adds, and changes
• Media independent • Modules for UTP, ScTP, coax, and single and duplex
Fiber Optic ports
• Broad range of solutions • Complete system for flush (in-wall), modular furniture
and surface mount applications
• TIA Standards compliant (where applicable) • Compatible with all standards based networks
• 20 Year Guarantee, U.L. Verification • Assurance of Category 5 performance
• Absolute modularity • Single modules allow individual port selection and
revision

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 5
™ MINI-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM

Table of Contents Page

MINI-COM Faceplates
Sloped Executive Series Faceplate Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Executive Series Bezels for Sloped, Straight and Flat Inserts. . . 8-9
Executive Series Faceplates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11
Executive Series Faceplate and Surface Box Screw Covers. . . . . 12
FACEPLATES

MINI-COM™ “106 Frame” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

MINI-COM Snap-In Faceplates


Snap-In Faceplates for Modular Furniture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

MINI-COM Surface Mount Boxes


Surface Mount Boxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-16
Multi-Media/Fiber Outlets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-18

MINI-COM Modules for UTP, ScTP, Coax & Fiber


MINI-JACK™ Category 5 Modular Jacks for UTP . . . . . . . . 19-20
MINI-JACK Category 5 Shielded Modular Jacks for ScTP. . . . . 21
MINI-JACK Category 3 Modular Jacks for UTP . . . . . . . . . . 22-23
BNC and F Type Bulkhead Coax Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
SC and ST Fiber Optic Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Blank, MINI-MOD™ Adapter Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

MINI-COM Modular Patch Panels


See “Closet Products” Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


6 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)

MINI-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM

MINI-COM ™ Sloped Executive Series Faceplates


MINI-COM Sloped Executive Series • Individual • Excellent for
Faceplates feature the aesthetic appeal of modules Category 5 or
the Executive Series faceplate, the technical snap in and fiber applications
benefits of a sloped outlet, and the flexibility out
• Executive
of single snap-in modules. Additional faceplate screw
benefits of the sloped outlet include less • Dual inserts covers can be

FACEPLATES
depth required inside walls, furniture, and are front used in place of
releasable clear label holders
raceways, external protection at the modular (ordered
plug/jack interface, and gradual cable bend separately, see
radius for Category 5 and fiber applications. • 6 decorator page 12)
colors
Outlet accepts all MINI-COM Connector
• Faceplate labels
Modules for Category 3 and 5 UTP, ScTP, see page 154;
Coax and Fiber applications. module labels
see page 158
Note: Modules sold separately.
For use with MINI-COM Modules only.
Modules - See page 19
Labels - See page 154

Std. Std.
Part Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Color Qty. Qty.
4 Module Space, Single Gang Sloped Faceplate Kit*
CFPSE4IW Single gang bezel and two sloped inserts Off White 1 10
CFPSE4EI (2 module spaces each). Supplied with Elec. Ivory 1 10
CFPSE4IG mounting screws, labels and label holder/ Light Gray 1 10
CFPSE4WH screw covers. White 1 10
CFPSE4BL Black 1 10
CFPSE4RD Depth to rear of modules: .65" (16.5) Red 1 10
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Easy installation...modules snap Order number of kits required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
in quickly. To order wall board adapter, see page 51.
*Kit includes one bezel (see page 8) and two sloped inserts (see page 9).

Front releasable inserts allow you to access both the Sloped design protects cable connections and helps
modules and the cable without unscrewing the faceplate maintain proper bend radius.
from the wall.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 7
™ MINI-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM

NE W
MINI-COM ™ Executive Series Bezels for Sloped,
Flat and Blank Inserts
MINI-COM Executive Series Bezels and • Individual • Excellent for
Inserts feature the aesthetic appeal of the modules Category 5 or
Executive Series faceplate and give you snap in and fiber applications
out
even greater flexibility to customize your • Executive
installation. The inserts allow you to create faceplate screw
sloped or flush outlets. You can even mix or
BEZELS

• Inserts are covers can be


front releasable used in place of
match the inserts to meet your exact clear label holders
requirements. The new Bezels are available • 5 decorator (ordered
in both single and double gang styles and colors separately, see
page 12)
each insert accepts up to two MINI-COM
• Single or
SSnap-in Connector Modules for Category 3 double gang • Faceplate labels
and 5 UTP, ScTP, Coax and Fiber styles see page 154;
applications. module labels
see page 158
Bezels
Modules - See page 19
CBE Labels - See page 154

Std. Std.
Part Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Color Qty. Qty.
Single Gang Bezel
CBEIW Single gang bezel which accepts two of the Off White 1 10
CBEEI inserts shown on the next page. Elec. Ivory 1 10
CBEIG Supplied with mounting screws, labels and Light Gray 1 10
CBE-2G CBEWH label holder/screw covers. White 1 10
CBEBL Black 1 10
CBERD Red 1 10

Double Gang Bezel


CBEIW-2G Double gang bezel which accepts up to four Off White 1 10
CBEEI-2G of the inserts shown on the next page. Elec. Ivory 1 10
CBEIG-2G Supplied with mounting screws, labels and Light Gray 1 10
• Bezels accept snap-in inserts as shown CBEWH-2G label holder/screw covers. White 1 10
on next page (sold separately) CBEBL-2G Black 1 10
CBERD-2G Red 1 10
• Colors can be mixed or matched to
complement any decor ORDERING INFORMATION:
• Allow you to customize your installation Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
with your choice of inserts To order wall board adapter, see page 51.

CBE-2G Available 3rd Quarter 1996

You can create flush installations... Sloped installations... Mix or match inserts. There’s even a
blank to reserve space for future needs.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


8 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)

MINI-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM

N EW
Inserts for Executive Std. Std.
Series Bezels Part Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Color Qty. Qty.
Two Module Space Sloped Insert
CH2S
CHS2IW-X Sloped insert accepts up to two Off White 10 50
CHS2EI-X MINI-COM ™ Modules. Elec. Ivory 10 50
CHS2IG-X Light Gray 10 50
CHS2WH-X Depth to rear of modules: .65" (16.5) White 10 50
CHS2BL-X Black 10 50
CHS2RD-X Red 10 50

BEZELS
Two Module Space Sloped Insert with Protective Shutters
CHS2S
CHS2SIW-X Sloped insert with protective shutters Off White 10 50
CHS2SEI-X accepts up to two MINI-COM ™ Modules. Elec. Ivory 10 50
CHS2SIG-X Shutters are spring loaded and rotate out of Light Gray 10 50
CHS2SWH-X the way for cable connections. White 10 50
CHS2SBL-X Black 10 50
CHS2SRD-X Depth to rear of modules: .65" (16.5) Red 10 50

Two Module Space Flat Insert


CHF2
CHF2IW-X Flat insert accepts up to two Off White 10 50
CHF2EI-X MINI-COM ™ Modules. Elec. Ivory 10 50
CHF2IG-X Light Gray 10 50
CHF2WH-X Depth to rear of modules: 1.0" (25.4) White 10 50
CHF2BL-X Black 10 50
CHF2RD-X Red 10 50

CHB2 Two Module Space Blank Insert


CHB2IW-X Blank insert reserves space for future Off White 10 50
CHB2EI-X modules. Elec. Ivory 10 50
CHB2IG-X Light Gray 10 50
CHB2WH-X White 10 50
CHB2BL-X Black 10 50
CHB2RD-X Red 10 50
• Inserts snap into bezels shown on ORDERING INFORMATION:
previous page (sold separately) Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
• Colors can be mixed or matched to
complement any decor
• Inserts accept MINI-COM Modules
• Front snap-in design eliminates need to
remove bezel from wall
• Speeds moves, adds and changes

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 9
™ MINI-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM

MINI-COM ™ Executive Series Faceplates


MINI-COM Executive Series Faceplates,
designed with the input of architects and • Individual • Executive
interior designers, provide an aesthetically modules faceplate screw
pleasing solution that complements snap in and covers can be used
out in place of clear
the modern office workspace. High label holders
FACEPLATES

density single and double gang versions (ordered


accept all MINI-COM Connector Modules separately, see
for Category 3 and 5 UTP, ScTP, Coax and page 12)
Fiber applications. • Faceplate labels
see page 154;
• 6 decorator module labels see
Note: Modules sold separately.
colors page 158
For use with MINI-COM modules only.

Modules - See page 19


Labels - See page 154

1. Snap in terminated MINI-COM modules. 2. Install MINI-COM Executive Series 3. Plug in cables for network, phone, fax, etc.
Faceplate.

CFPE1
Std. Std.
Part Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Color Qty. Qty.
1 Module Space, Single Gang Faceplate
CFPE1IW Single gang faceplate holds a single Off White 1 10
CFPE1EI MINI-COM Connector Module. Supplied Elec. Ivory 1 10
CFPE1IG with mounting screws, labels and label Light Gray 1 10
CFPE1WH holder/screw covers. White 1 10
CFPE1BL Black 1 10
CFPE1RD Depth to rear of modules: 1.0" (25.4) Red 1 10

CFPE2 2 Module Space, Single Gang Faceplate


CFPE2IW Single gang faceplate holds up to two Off White 1 10
CFPE2EI MINI-COM Connector Modules. Supplied Elec. Ivory 1 10
CFPE2IG with mounting screws, labels and label Light Gray 1 10
CFPE2WH holder/screw covers. White 1 10
CFPE2BL Black 1 10
CFPE2RD Depth to rear of modules: 1.0" (25.4) Red 1 10
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
To order wall board adapter, see page 51.
Faceplates are designed for vertical
mounting; however, they can be used for
horizontal mounting applications.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


10 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)

MINI-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM

MINI-COM ™ Executive Series Faceplates


Note: Modules sold separately.
For use with MINI-COM Modules only. Std. Std.
Part Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Color Qty Qty.
4 Module Space, Single Gang Faceplate
CFPE4IW Single gang faceplate holds up to four Off White 1 10
CFPE4 CFPE4EI MINI-COM Connector Modules. Supplied Elec. Ivory 1 10

FACEPLATES
CFPE4IG with mounting screws, labels and label Light Gray 1 10
CFPE4WH holder/screw covers. White 1 10
CFPE4BL Black 1 10
CFPE4RD Depth to rear of modules: 1.0" (25.4) Red 1 10

6 Module Space, Single Gang Faceplate


Note: Requires minimum opening of 1.9”W x 2.0”H (May not fit in all boxes - Check your box dimensions)

CFPE6IW Single gang faceplate holds up to six Off White 1 10


CFPE6EI MINI-COM Connector Modules. Supplied Elec. Ivory 1 10
CFPE6 CFPE6IG with mounting screws, labels and label Light Gray 1 10
CFPE6WH holder/screw covers. White 1 10
CFPE6BL Black 1 10
CFPE6RD Depth to rear of modules: 1.0" (25.4) Red 1 10

10 Module Space, Double Gang Faceplate


CFPE10IW-2G Double gang faceplate holds up to ten Off White 1 10
CFPE10EI-2G MINI-COM Connector Modules. Supplied Elec. Ivory 1 10
CFPE10 CFPE10IG-2G with mounting screws, labels and label Light Gray 1 10
CFPE10WH-2G holder/screw covers. White 1 10
CFPE10BL-2G Black 1 10
CFPE10RD-2G Depth to rear of modules: 1.0" (25.4) Red 1 10
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
To order wall board adapter, see page 51.
Faceplates are designed for vertical
mounting; however, they can be used for
horizontal mounting applications.

4 module space MINI-COM Executive Series Faceplate 10 module space MINI-COM Executive Series Faceplate is
handles cabling requirements for most typical workstations. excellent for high density cabling applications.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 11
™ MINI-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM

Executive Faceplate and Std. Std.


Surface Box Screw Cover Part Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Color Qty Qty.
Executive Faceplate and Surface Box Screw Cover
NE W
CSCIW-X Screw cover has a textured surface. It blends Off White 10 50
CSCEI-X in with the faceplates for improved aesthetics. Elec. Ivory 10 50
CSCIG-X It snaps in quickly to speed installation. For Light Gray 10 50
CSCWH-X outlet identification, adhesive labels can be White 10 50
FACEPLATES

CSCBL-X applied to the inside of the screw cover (see Black 10 50


CSCRD-X page 154). Red 10 50
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
• Designed for use in place of clear label
covers
• Works with all single gang MINI-COM ™
Executive faceplates
Note: Screw cover can also be used with
MINI-COM ™ 4 and 6 module space
surface mount boxes (see page xx) and 6 and
12 module space multi-media/fiber outlets (see
page 16)
CSC-X Available 3rd Quarter 1996

Executive Series “GFCI” Std. Std.


Electrical Outlet and Part Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Color Qty Qty.
Switch Faceplates
Single Gang “GFCI” Electrical Outlet and Switch Faceplate
N EW ECPGIW
ECPGEI
Accepts single, NEMA standard “GFCI”
switches or receptacles.
Off White
Elec. Ivory
1
1
10
10
ECPGIG Supplied with screws. Light Gray 1 10
ECPGWH White 1 10
ECPG ECPGBL Black 1 10
ECPGRD Red 1 10

Double Gang “GFCI” Cover Plate Electrical Outlet and Switch Faceplate
ECPGIW-2G Accepts two NEMA standard “GFCI” switches Off White 1 10
ECPG-2G ECPGEI-2G or receptacles. Elec. Ivory 1 10
ECPGIG-2G Supplied with screws. Light Gray 1 10
ECPGWH-2G White 1 10
ECPGBL-2G Black 1 10
ECPGRD-2G Red 1 10
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

• Stylish design matches Panduit Executive


Series communication faceplates
ECPG, ECPG-2G Available 3rd Quarter 1996

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


12 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)

MINI-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM

MINI-COM ™ “106” Frame


The MINI-COM "106" Frame allows you to use any • Change • Module labels
standard 106 electrical faceplate to cover your only the see page 158
modules
communications outlet. It mounts behind all required;
standard NEMA electrical faceplates including Modules • Mounts behind
stainless steel, brass, wood-grained or plastic snap in all standard
materials. The MINI-COM "106" Frame provides or out NEMA

FACEPLATES
individually faceplates
solutions for special communication applications
such as power/tele. poles, tombstones and in-floor
boxes. It accepts 4 MINI-COM Snap-in • 5 decorator
Connector Modules for Category 5 UTP, ScTP, • Made from colors to
impact resistant complement
Coax and Fiber Optic cables. thermoplastic any decor

Modules - See page 19


Labels - See page 154

CF1064 Std. Std.


Part Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Color Qty Qty.
"106" Frame
CF1064IW Mounts behind any standard 106 NEMA Off White 1 10
CF1064EI electrical faceplate. Elec. Ivory 1 10
CF1064IG Depth to rear of modules: 1.23" (31.2) Light Gray 1 10
CF1064WH White 1 10
• Accepts up to four MINI-COM Snap-in CF1064BL Black 1 10
Connector Modules ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Note: Modules sold separately.
For use with MINI-COM Modules only.
CF1064 Available 4th Quarter 1996

Stainless Steel Faceplates Std. Std.


Part Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Color Qty Qty.
Single Gang Stainless Steel Faceplate
WPS-20 Accepts one MINI-COM "106" Frame for - 1 10
communication applications.

Double Gang Stainless Steel Faceplate


WPS-202 Accepts two MINI-COM "106" Frames for - 1 10
communication applications.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

• Can be used with "106" Frame


• Standard NEMA electrical
faceplates
• Accepts all NEMA standard single and
double gang electrical devices

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 13
™ MINI-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM

MINI-COM ™ Snap-In Faceplate


The MINI-COM Snap-In Faceplate snaps
directly into "industry standard"
communications openings on most modular
office furniture. The faceplate is the highest
density in the industry (four module spaces)
FACEPLATES

and features an aesthetically pleasing design


and smooth finish that blend in with the
furniture.

Modular furniture must be flexible to meet the demands


of today’s efficient open office. Use MINI-COM Snap-in
Faceplates to ensure that your network cabling system is
just as flexible.

• 11 decorator colors to
complement any decor
• Faceplate • High density
Faceplate snaps into "industry standard" opening with panel labels see design;
cutout specified below. Consult factory for specific furniture page 157; accepts
manufacturer’s opening sizes or solutions for other opening sizes. module labels up to 4
see page 158 snap-in
connector
Panel Cutout Requirements modules

• Accepts MINI-COM Modules for


1.345" to 1.405" UTP (including Category 5),
Fiber Optic and Coax cables

Modules - See page 19


2.368" to 2.850"
Labels - See page 157
Maximum Panel Thickness: .090"
Std. Std.
Part Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Color Qty. Qty.
4 Module Space Snap-In Faceplate
CFFP4
CFFP4IW Faceplate snaps into knockouts found on Off White 1 10
CFFP4EI modular furniture.Holds four standard Elec. Ivory 1 10
CFFP4IG connector modules. Light Gray 1 10
CFFP4WH Depth to rear of modules: .972" (24.7mm) White 1 10
CFFP4BL Black 1 10
Note: CFFP4 Snap-In Faceplates are avaialable in 6 additional colors for use in color coding applications with
Note: Modules sold separately. snap-in faceplate patch panels (see page 67). For other colors, substitute suffix: RD (Red), GR (Green), BU (Blue),
For use with MINI-COM Modules only. OR (Orange), VL (Violet) or YL (Yellow).

Snap-In Faceplate Extender


MFFPEIW For use when depth inside modular Off White 1 10
MFFPE MFFPEEI furniture base is limited. Extends Elec. Ivory 1 10
MFFPEIG plate approximately 1/2". Accepts all Light Gray 1 10
MFFPEWH Panduit modular faceplates. White 1 10
MFFPEBL Fits into same breakout size as CFFP Black 1 10
faceplate.
Note: Modular furniture installation ORDERING INFORMATION:
accessories are available (see page 52) . Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


14 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)

MINI-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM

MINI-COM ™ Surface Mount Boxes • 5 decorator


colors to
• Extremely low profile design: complement
MINI-COM One/Two Module Space Surface .91"H x 1.77"W x 2.44"L any decor
• Cable entry
Mount Box is the smallest, lowest profile outlet from side

SURFACE MOUNT BOXES


of its kind. It accepts one or two MINI-COM and rear
Modules. This innovative box includes a blank knockouts
and from
molded directly into the cover. To add a second opening in
module simply break out the blank. The versatile base
box can be wall mounted with screws or
adhesive or mounted to metal desks or file • Surface box
cabinets with an optional magnet. It can also be labels see
page 159;
used with PAN-WAY ™ Raceway. module
labels see
The MINI-COM Surface Mount Box is excellent page 158
for voice or data applications. • Accepts MINI-COM Modules for • Mounts easily with
UTP (including Category 5), screws, adhesive
Fiber Optic and Coax cables tape or magnet

Simply snap a terminated


MINI-COM Module into the base,
snap on the cover and plug in the
cables! Now you have a compact,
attractive and versatile workstation
outlet. To add a second module,
simply break out the premolded blank
and snap in an additional module.

Modules - See page 19


All boxes supplied with base and snap-on cover.
Labels - See page 158
Can Be
Used With Std. Std.
Part PAN-WAY ™ Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Color Raceway* Qty. Qty.
CBXJ2
2 Module Space Surface Mount Box
CBXJ2IW-A Surface mount box holds up to two Off White LDP3, LD3, 1 10
CBXJ2EI-A MINI-COM Connector Modules. Elec. Ivory CD3 1 10
CBXJ2IG-A Supplied with adhesive backing. Light Gray LDP5, LD5, 1 10
CBXJ2WH-A White CD5 1 10
CBXJ2BL-A Black 1 10

OPTIONAL Magnet
Note: Modules sold separately. CBM-X Optional magnet snaps into box base for mounting to — 10 100
For use with MINI-COM Modules only. metal desks or file cabinets.

ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
*Note: Raceway listed above can be mounted flush with 2 module space box after removing desired
knockouts from box.

Versatile box mounts on furniture... Perfect for baseboard applications...

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 15
™ MINI-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM

MINI-COM ™ Surface Mount Boxes


• Cable entry • Extremely low profile design: • Combination
MINI-COM four and six module space from side 4 Module Box - 1.1"H x 2.9"W x 4.5"L label holder/
Surface Mount Boxes feature a low profile and rear 6 Module Box - .91"H x 4.91"W x 3.25"L screw cover
SURFACE MOUNT BOXES

design. They provide an excellent solution for knockouts for custom


and from identification
high density applications and allow for opening in
optimum flexibility at the workstation outlet. bottom of • Tamper
base resistant
These boxes can be wall mounted with screw for
screws or adhesive or mounted to metal • Surface box added security
desks or file cabinets with an optional labels see
page 154; • Mounts easily
magnet. MINI-COM Surface Mount Boxes module labels with screws,
can also be used with PAN-WAY ™ see page158x adhesive tape
Raceway for surface mount applications. or magnet
• Surface box screw
Note: Modules sold separately. covers can be • 5 decorator
For use with MINI-COM Modules only. used in place of colors to
clear label • Accepts MINI-COM Modules for complement
holders (ordered UTP (including Category 5), any decor
separately, see Fiber Optic and Coax cables
page 12)
Modules - See page 19
N EW Labels - See page 154

Can Be
Used With Std. Std.
CBX4 Part PAN-WAY ™ Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Color Raceway* Qty Qty.
4 Module Space Surface Mount Box
CBX4IW-A Surface mount box holds up to four Off White 1 10
CBX4EI-A MINI-COM Connector Modules. Elec. Ivory LD3, CD3, 1 10
• Provides slots that accept cable ties for CBX4IG-A Supplied with mounting screws and Light Gray LD5, CD5 1 10
strain relief CBX4WH-A adhesive backing. White 1 10
• Provides bend radius control CBX4BL-A Black 1 10
CBX4 available 4th Quarter 1996 6 Module Space Surface Mount Box
CBX6IW-A Surface mount box holds up to six Off White 1 10
CBX6EI-A MINI-COM Connector Modules. Elec. Ivory LD3, CD3, 1 10
CBX6IG-A Supplied with mounting screws and Light Gray LD5, CD5 1 10
CBX6 CBX6WH-A adhesive backing. White 1 10
CBX6BL-A Black 1 10

OPTIONAL MAGNET
CBM-X Optional magnets snap into box base for mounting to metal desks or 10 100
file cabinets. (Two magnets per box recommended)
ORDERING INFORMATION:
• Provides slots that accept cable ties for Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
strain relief *No adapters are required.

Mounts to a single gang opening to provide a Mounts easily to metal desks, modular Use with PAN-WAY Raceway for surface
high density in-wall solution... furniture panels or cabinets with optional mount applications...
magnets...

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


16 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)

MINI-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM

N EW
MINI-COM ™ Multi-Media/Fiber Outlets
• Multi-Media/Fiber Outlet dimensions: • Accepts MINI-COM Modules for
MINI-COM 6 and 12 module space, 6 Module Outlet - .99"H x 4.71"W x 6.67"L UTP (including Category 5),
12 Module Outlet - 1.81"H x 4.71"W x 6.67"L Fiber Optic and Coax cables

SURFACE MOUNT BOXES


low profile, Multi-Media/Fiber Out-
lets feature a built-in spool to store • Slots accept
excess fiber as required in TIA-568A. cable ties
They provide an excellent solution for cable
for high density applications and management

allow for optimum flexibility at the • Mounts easily


workstation outlet. These can be wall with screws
mounted over single gang, double or adhesive
tape
gang and DIN sized openings with
screws or adhesive. MINI-COM
• Tamper resistant
Multi-Media/Fiber Outlets can also screw for added
be used with PAN-WAY ™ Race- security
way for surface mount applications.
• 5 decorator
colors to
complement
any decor

• Built-in fiber
Outlet labels see page 159;
spool stores
module labels see page 158
up to 39.4 feet
(12 meters) of
Note: Modules sold separately. buffered fiber
For use with MINI-COM Modules only. optic cable

Multi-Media/Fiber Outlets available 3rd Quarter 1996 • Unique fiber


spool design
secures cable
in place

• Splicing
• Cable entry from side and rear • Surface box screw covers can be capacity
knockouts and from opening used in place of clear label holders available
in bottom of base (ordered separately, see page 12)

Standards Tip: TIA/EIA-568A requires a Modules - See page 19


minimum 1 meter slack and a fiber spool. Labels - See page 159

The low profile design is ideal for fiber optic When additional capacity is required, the box The cover snaps on and is secured with a
as well as all multi-media applications. The can be easily upgraded with the Fiber Outlet tamper resistant screw. The MINI-COM
built in fiber spool maintains the Kit. The bridge snaps on to the existing outlet Multi-Media/Fiber Outlet provides an
recommended minimum bend radius for fiber base to create twelve total ports doubling the aesthetically pleasing outlet that can be used
optic and Category 5 cables. capacity. Ideal for the telecommunications for in-wall or surface cabling applications.
closet or workstation outlet.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 17
™ MINI-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM

N EW
MINI-COM ™ Multi-Media/Fiber Outlets
Can Be
SURFACE MOUNT BOXES

Used With Std. Std.


Part PAN-WAY ™ Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Color Raceway Qty Qty.
6 Module Space Multi-Media/Fiber Outlet
CBXF6IW Surface mount box holds up to six Off White 1 10
CBXF6EI MINI-COM Connector Modules. Elec. Ivory LD3, CD3, 1 10
CBXF6 CBXF6IG Supplied with mounting screws. Light Gray LD5, CD5 1 10
CBXF6WH White 1 10
CBXF6BL Black 1 10

6 Module Space Multi-Media/Fiber Outlet - with Adhesive Backed Base


CBXF6IW-A Surface mount box holds up to six Off White 1 10
CBXF6EI-A MINI-COM Connector Modules. Elec. Ivory LD3, CD3, 1 10
CBXF6IG-A Supplied with mounting screws and Light Gray LD5, CD5 1 10
CBXF6WH-A adhesive backing. White 1 10
CBXF6BL-A Black 1 10

12 Module Space Multi-Media/Fiber Outlet


CBXF12IW Surface mount box holds up to twelve Off White 1 10
CBXF12EI MINI-COM Connector Modules. Elec. Ivory LD3, CD3, 1 10
CBXF12IG Supplied with mounting screws. Light Gray LD5, CD5, 1 10
CBXF12WH White LD10, CD10 1 10
CBXF12 CBXF12BL Black 1 10

12 Module Space Multi-Media/Fiber Outlet – with Adhesive Backed Base


CBXF12IW-A Surface mount box holds up to twelve Off White 1 10
CBXF12EI-A MINI-COM Connector Modules. Elec. Ivory LD3, CD3, 1 10
CBXF12IG-A Supplied with mounting screws and Light Gray LD5, CD5, 1 10
CBXF12WH-A adhesive backing. White LD10, CD10 1 10
CBXF12BL-A Black 1 10
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Fiber Outlet Kit Fiber Outlet Kit


CBXF6KITIW Includes bridge, deep cover and Off White 1 10
CBXF6KITEI tamper resistant screw. Elec. Ivory LD3, CD3, 1 10
CBXF6KITIG Light Gray LD5, CD5 1 10
CBXF6KITWH White LD10, CD10 1 10
CBXF6KITBL Black 1 10
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

• Upgrades CBXF6 to accept twelve


connector modules

Multi-Media/Fiber Outlets and Kit Bridge snaps easily on to existing base. Capacity doubles to twelve ports.
available 4th Quarter 1996

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


18 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)

MINI-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM

MINI-JACK ™ Category 5 Modular Jacks


New MINI-JACK Modular Jacks feature state-
of-the-art lead frame construction and
• Termination cap provides excellent strain
insulation displacement contacts to ensure the relief, helps control cable bend radius and
highest quality, highest reliability connections securely retains wires in place
available. There is no printed circuit board with
• Contacts plated with 50
wave soldered connections to create potential microinches of gold
quality problems. The U.L. verified Category 5
jacks are designed to deliver the maximum

MODULES
performance in an installed Category 5 channel.
• Wiring scheme on cap
The patented design ensures each jack is speeds installation and
terminated per Category 5 installation reduces miswiring
guidelines, the first time and every time.
• Clear, removable
Category 5 terminations are a termination cap provides
snap with the new Snap Tool! easy troubleshooting
Use it with all MINI-JACK
Modular Jacks. • Patented termination style
ensures twists are maintained
Part Number: CJT-X to within 1/2 inch (per Category
(shown at left). • Module labels see 5 installation requirements)
page 158

• MINI-JACK
Modules are
available in 11
standard colors
• Provides U.L. Verified Category 5 for easy color
performance (File No. E1298860) coding or to
complement any
• Can be reterminated a minimum of interior decor
10 times
• Terminates 24 AWG solid
unshielded twisted pair to a
modular jack (For 22 AWG
applications, call Technical No. of Std. Std.
Assistance - number shown below) Module Pkg. Ctn.
l• IDC contact design eliminates need Part Number Description Spaces Color Qty. Qty.
to strip individual conductors Universal 8 Position, 8 Wire T568A and T568B Coded (RJ45 Type)
• Universal (accepts 2, 3 or 4 pair
modular plugs without damage) CJ588IW 8 position, 8 wire universal modular 1 Off White 1 50
• Orange jack base designates CJ588EI jack. Termination cap is color coded for 1 Elec. Ivory 1 50
Category 5 CJ588IG T568A and T568B wiring schemes. 1 Light Gray 1 50
CJ588WH 1 White 1 50
CJ588BL 1 Black 1 50
CJ588 CJ588OR 1 Orange 1 50
CJ588RD 1 Red 1 50
CJ588BU 1 Blue 1 50
CJ588GR 1 Green 1 50
CJ588YL 1 Yellow 1 50
CJ588VL 1 Violet 1 50

Universal 8 Position, 8 Wire T568A Coded (RJ45 Type)


CJ588AIW 8 position, 8 wire universal modular 1 Off White 1 50
CJ588AEI jack. Termination cap is color coded for 1 Elec. Ivory 1 50
CJ588AIG T568A wiring scheme. 1 Light Gray 1 50
CJ588AWH 1 White 1 50
CJ588ABL 1 Black 1 50
CJ588A CJ588AOR 1 Orange 1 50
CJ588ARD 1 Red 1 50
CJ588ABU 1 Blue 1 50
CJ588AGR 1 Green 1 50
CJ588AYL 1 Yellow 1 50
CJ588AVL 1 Violet 1 50
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Note: Same modules snap in and out of all Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
MINI-COM Faceplates, Boxes and Modular
Patch Panels.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 19
™ MINI-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM

MINI-JACK ™ Category 5 Modular Jacks


No. of Std. Std.
Module Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Spaces Color Qty. Qty.
Universal 8 Position, 8 Wire T568B Coded (RJ45 Type)
CJ588BIW 8 position, 8 wire universal modular 1 Off White 1 50
CJ588BEI jack. Termination cap is color coded for 1 Elec. Ivory 1 50
CJ588BIG T568B wiring scheme. 1 Light Gray 1 50
MODULES

CJ588BWH 1 White 1 50
CJ588B CJ588BBL 1 Black 1 50
CJ588BOR 1 Orange 1 50
CJ588BRD 1 Red 1 50
CJ588BBU 1 Blue 1 50
CJ588BGR 1 Green 1 50
CJ588BYL 1 Yellow 1 50
CJ588BVL 1 Violet 1 50

Universal 8 Position, 8 Wire Keyed T568A and T568B Coded (RJ45 Type)
CJ588KIW 8 position, 8 wire universal modular 1 Off White 1 50
CJ588KEI jack, keyed for data. Termination cap is 1 Elec. Ivory 1 50
CJ588KIG color coded for T568A and T568B 1 Light Gray 1 50
CJ588KWH wiring schemes. 1 White 1 50
CJ588K CJ588KBL 1 Black 1 50
CJ588KOR 1 Orange 1 50
CJ588KRD 1 Red 1 50
CJ588KBU 1 Blue 1 50
CJ588KGR 1 Green 1 50
CJ588KYL 1 Yellow 1 50
CJ588KVL 1 Violet 1 50

Universal 8 Position, 8 Wire Keyed T568A Coded (RJ45 Type)


CJ588KAIW 8 position, 8 wire universal modular 1 Off White 1 50
CJ588KAEI jack keyed for data. Termination cap is 1 Elec. Ivory 1 50
CJ588KAIG color coded for T568A wiring scheme. 1 Light Gray 1 50
CJ588KA CJ588KAWH 1 White 1 50
CJ588KABL 1 Black 1 50
CJ588KAOR 1 Orange 1 50
CJ588KARD 1 Red 1 50
CJ588KABU 1 Blue 1 50
CJ588KAGR 1 Green 1 50
CJ588KAYL 1 Yellow 1 50
CJ588KAVL 1 Violet 1 50

Universal 8 Position, 8 Wire Keyed T568B Coded (RJ45 Type)


CJ588KBIW 8 position, 8 wire universal modular 1 Off White 1 50
CJ588KBEI jack keyed for data. Termination cap is 1 Elec. Ivory 1 50
CJ588KBIG color coded for T568B wiring scheme. 1 Light Gray 1 50
CJ588KB CJ588KBWH 1 White 1 50
CJ588KBBL 1 Black 1 50
CJ588KBOR 1 Orange 1 50
CJ588KBRD 1 Red 1 50
CJ588KBBU 1 Blue 1 50
CJ588KBGR 1 Green 1 50
Note: Same modules snap in and out of all CJ588KBYL 1 Yellow 1 50
MINI-COM Faceplates, Boxes and Modular CJ588KBVL 1 Violet 1 50
Patch Panels.
Std. Std.
Snap Tool Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Qty. Qty.
NE W Termination “Snap Tool”
CJT-X Terminates all MINI-JACK and PAN-JACK ™ 10 50
Category 5 and Category 3 Modular Jacks.
• Facilitates easiest installation ORDERING INFORMATION:
• Eliminates need for slip lock pliers Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
• Insures conductors are fully
terminated

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


20 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)

MINI-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM

N EW
MINI-JACK ™ Category 5 Shielded Modular Jacks • Jack shield is crimped to cable
New MINI-JACK Category 5 Shielded Modular shield to provide bonding
Jacks terminate 100 Ohm screened twisted pair • Patented design insures twists are main- (crimp ring included)
and shielded twisted pair to a modular jack to tained to within 1/2" as required per TIA
shield a communication system from the harmful Category 5 installation guidelines
effects of Electromagnetic Interference (EMI).
Disruptive levels of EMI, which are caused by
radiation of electrical or magnetic fields, are
commonly present around power cables, heavy

MODULES
• Screened
machinery, etc.
• Contacts plated with Category
50 microinches of gold 5 Cable
MINI-JACK (ScTP)
Category 5
Modular Jack

• Metallic shield provides


• IDC contacts for quick, EMI protection
easy termination
Shield
Body Shielded cable: Each individual twisted pair is encased by a metallic layer (foil or braid).
Screened cable: All twisted pairs are encased together by a metallic layer (foil or braid).
For 24 or 22 AWG ScTP, STP*
No. of Std. Std.
Module Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Spaces Qty. Qty.
Universal 8 Position, 8 Wire T568A and T568B Coded (RJ45 Type)
CJS588 CJS588 8 position, 8 wire universal modular jack, shield and 1 1 50
crimp ring. Termination cap is color coded for T568A
and T568B wiring schemes.

Universal 8 Position, 8 Wire T568A Coded (RJ45 Type)


• Terminates 24 or 22 AWG solid 100
Ohm screened twisted pair and shielded CJS588A 8 position, 8 wire universal modular jack, shield and 1 1 50
twisted pair (consult factory for 22 AWG). crimp ring. Termination cap is color coded for T568A
Max. insulated conductor O.D. is wiring scheme.
.048" (1.22)
• Max. cable O.D. .34" (8.64) Universal 8 Position, 8 Wire T568B Coded (RJ45 Type)
• Complies with EN 55022 radiated CJS588B 8 position, 8 wire universal modular jack, shield and 1 1 50
emissions limit. (European conducted crimp ring. Termination cap is color coded for T568B
and radiated emissions standard) wiring scheme.

For 22 AWG ScTP, STP* Universal 8 Position, 8 Wire T568A and T568B Coded (RJ45 Type)
CJS58822 8 position, 8 wire universal modular jack, shield and 1 1 50
crimp ring. Termination cap is color coded for T568A
CJS58822 and T568B wiring schemes.

Universal 8 Position, 8 Wire T568A Coded (RJ45 Type)


CJS58822A 8 position, 8 wire universal modular jack, shield and 1 1 50
crimp ring. Termination cap is color coded for T568A
wiring scheme.
• Terminates 22 AWG solid 100 Ohm Universal 8 Position, 8 Wire T568B Coded (RJ45 Type)
screened twisted pair and shielded
twisted pair. Max. insulated conductor CJS58822B 8 position, 8 wire universal modular jack, shield and 1 1 50
O.D. is .060" (1.52) crimp ring. Termination cap is color coded for T568B
• Max. cable O.D. .4" (10.1) wiring scheme.
Note: Same modules snap in and out of all
MINI-COM Faceplates, Boxes and Modular Optional Insulating Label - For Shielded Modular Jacks
Patch Panels.
CJSGL-L Provides an isolated ground (if needed). 50 -
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Note: The B33BT1 crimp tool with the B33DS2 die set are recommended to crimp the
*Refer to Max. conductor and cable O.D. shield ring on all MINI-JACK and PAN-JACK™ Shielded Modular Jacks. (see page 55).
requirements.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 21
™ MINI-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM

MINI-JACK ™ Category 3 Modular Jacks


MODULES

• Provides Category 3 performance


• Can be reterminated a minimum of 10 times
• MINI-JACK Category 3 Modular Jacks are available in 5 standard colors for easy
• Terminates 24 AWG solid unshielded color coding or to complement any interior decor.
twisted pair to a modular jack (For 22 AWG
applications, call Technical No. of Std. Std.
Assistance - number shown below) Module Pkg. Ctn.
• IDC contact design eliminates need to strip Part Number Description Spaces Color Qty. Qty.
individual conductors
Universal 8 Position, 8 Wire T568A and T568B Coded (RJ45 Type)
• White jack base designates Category 3
CJ88IW 8 position, 8 wire universal modular 1 Off White 1 50
CJ88EI jack. Termination cap is color coded for 1 Elec. Ivory 1 50
CJ88IG T568A and T568B wiring schemes. 1 Light Gray 1 50
CJ88WH 1 White 1 50
CJ88
CJ88BL 1 Black 1 50

Universal 8 Position, 8 Wire T568A Coded (RJ45 Type)


CJ88AIW 8 position, 8 wire universal modular 1 Off White 1 50
CJ88AEI jack. Termination cap is color coded for 1 Elec. Ivory 1 50
CJ88AIG T568A wiring scheme. 1 Light Gray 1 50
CJ88A CJ88AWH 1 White 1 50
CJ88ABL 1 Black 1 50

Universal 8 Position, 8 Wire T568B Coded (RJ45 Type)


CJ88BIW 8 position, 8 wire universal modular 1 Off White 1 50
CJ88BEI jack. Termination cap is color coded for 1 Elec. Ivory 1 50
CJ88B CJ88BIG T568B wiring scheme. 1 Light Gray 1 50
CJ88BWH 1 White 1 50
CJ88BBL 1 Black 1 50

Universal 8 Position, 8 Wire Keyed T568A and T568B Coded (RJ45 Type)
CJ88KIW 8 position, 8 wire universal modular 1 Off White 1 50
CJ88KEI jack. Termination cap is color coded for 1 Elec. Ivory 1 50
CJ88KIG T568A and T568B wiring schemes. 1 Light Gray 1 50
CJ88K CJ88KWH 1 White 1 50
CJ88KBL 1 Black 1 50

Universal 8 Position, 8 Wire Keyed T568A Coded (RJ45 Type)


CJ88KAIW 8 position, 8 wire universal modular 1 Off White 1 50
CJ88KAEI jack, keyed for data. Termination cap 1 Elec. Ivory 1 50
CJ88KA CJ88KAIG is color coded for T568A wiring 1 Light Gray 1 50
CJ88KAWH scheme. 1 White 1 50
CJ88KABL 1 Black 1 50

Universal 8 Position, 8 Wire Keyed T568B Coded (RJ45 Type)


CJ88KBIW 8 position, 8 wire universal modular 1 Off White 1 50
CJ88KB CJ88KBEI jack, keyed for data. Termination cap 1 Elec. Ivory 1 50
CJ88KBIG is color coded for T568B wiring 1 Light Gray 1 50
CJ88KBWH scheme. 1 White 1 50
CJ88KBBL 1 Black 1 50
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Note: Same modules snap in and out of all Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
MINI-COM Faceplates, Boxes and Modular
Patch Panels.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


22 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)

MINI-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM

MINI-JACK ™ Category 3 Modular Jacks


No. of Std. Std.
Module Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Spaces Color Qty. Qty.
CJ88U
8 Position, 8 Wire USOC Coded (RJ45 Type)
CJ88UIW 8 position, 8 wire modular jack. 1 Off White 1 50
CJ88UEI Termination cap is color coded for 1 Elec. Ivory 1 50
CJ88UIG USOC wiring scheme. 1 Light Gray 1 50

MODULES
CJ88UWH 1 White 1 50
CJ88UBL 1 Black 1 50

CJ66U 6 Position, 6 Wire USOC Coded (RJ11 Type)


CJ66UIW 6 position, 6 wire modular jack. 1 Off White 1 50
CJ66UEI Termination cap is color coded for 1 Elec. Ivory 1 50
CJ66UIG USOC wiring scheme. 1 Light Gray 1 50
CJ66UWH 1 White 1 50
CJ66UBL 1 Black 1 50

CJ66
6 Position, 6 Wire (RJ11 Type)
CJ66IW 6 position, 6 wire modular jack. 1 Off White 1 50
CJ66EI 1 Elec. Ivory 1 50
CJ66IG 1 Light Gray 1 50
CJ66WH 1 White 1 50
CJ66BL 1 Black 1 50

CJ64
6 Position, 4 Wire (RJ11 Type)
CJ64IW 6 position, 4 wire modular jack. 1 Off White 1 50
CJ64EI 1 Elec. Ivory 1 50
CJ64IG 1 Light Gray 1 50
Note: Same modules snap in and out of all CJ64WH 1 White 1 50
MINI-COM Faceplates, Boxes and Modular CJ64BL 1 Black 1 50
Patch Panels.

Dust Cover Dust Covers for MINI-JACK Modular Jacks


MDC-C Dust cover snaps directly into front housing of Clear 100 1000
all MINI-JACK Modular Jacks. Clear
polycarbonate material can be used with all
colors of modular jacks.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
• Keeps jack contacts clean when not in use. Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

MINI-JACK Termination Methods


1. 2. 3. 4.

Straighten conductors Pull conductors until outer jacket is Trim conductors flush Push cap firmly onto
and insert into cap. inside cap and bend conductors up. with cap. housing.
5A. 5B.
Complete the Or complete the
termination with termination with
CJT Termination slip lock pliers.
Tool...

CJT Tool terminates jack Squeeze pliers until cap


with a “click”. “clicks” .

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 23
™ MINI-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM

MINI-COM ™ Modules • MINI-COM Modules


are available in 5
standard colors for
MINI-COM Modules snap in and out of all easy color coding or
MINI-COM Faceplates, Boxes and Modular to complement any
Patch Panels for fast moves, adds and changes. interior decor.
Consult factory for nonstandard modules.
MODULES

No. of Std. Std.


Module Pkg. Ctn.
SC Duplex Fiber Optic Part Number Description Spaces Color Qty. Qty.
Adapter Module MINI-COM SC Duplex Fiber Optic Adapter Module
CMDSCIW Module supplied with one SC 2 Off White 1 10
CMDSCEI multimode/single mode duplex 2 Elec. Ivory 1 10
CMDSCIG fiber optic adapter with phosphor 2 Light Gray 1 10
CMDSC CMDSCWH bronze sleeve. 2 White 1 10
CMDSCBL 2 Black 1 10

ST Fiber Optic Adapter MINI-COM ST Fiber Optic Adapter Module


Module CMSTIW Module supplied with one ST 1 Off White 1 10
CMSTEI multimode/single mode fiber optic 1 Elec. Ivory 1 10
CMSTIG adapter with phosphor bronze sleeve. 1 Light Gray 1 10
CMSTWH 1 White 1 10
CMST CMSTBL 1 Black 1 10

BNC Coax Coupler Module MINI-COM BNC Coax Coupler Module


CMBAIW Module supplied with industry 1 Off White 1 10
CMBAEI standard BNC bulkhead coupler. 1 Elec. Ivory 1 10
CMBAIG 1 Light Gray 1 10
CMBA CMBAWH 1 White 1 10
CMBABL 1 Black 1 10

F-Type Coupler Module MINI-COM F-Type Coupler Module


CMFBAIW Module supplied with industry 1 Off White 1 10
CMFBAEI standard F-Type bulkhead coupler. 1 Elec. Ivory 1 10
CMFBAIG 1 Light Gray 1 10
CMFBA CMFBAWH 1 White 1 10
CMFBABL 1 Black 1 10
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Note: Same modules snap in and out of all
MINI-COM Faceplates, Boxes and Modular
Patch Panels.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


24 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)

MINI-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM

MINI-COM ™ Modules

RCA Module No. of Std. Std.


Module Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Spaces Color Qty. Qty.
N EW MINI-COM RCA Module
CMRCAIW Module supplied with one RCA jack. 1 Off White 1 10
CMRCA

MODULES
CMRCAEI 1 Elec. Ivory 1 10
CMRCAIG 1 Light Gray 1 10
CMRCAWH 1 White 1 10
CMRCABL 1 Black 1 10

Blank Module MINI-COM Blank Module


CMBIW-X Module reserves space for 1 Off White 10 50
CMBEI-X future use. 1 Elec. Ivory 10 50
CMBIG-X 1 Light Gray 10 50
CMBWH-X 1 White 10 50
CMB CMBBL-X 1 Black 10 50

Note: Same modules snap in and out of all


MINI-COM Faceplates, Boxes and Modular
Patch Panels.

MINI-MOD ™ Adapter
MINI-MOD Adapter
N EW CMMAIW-X MINI-COM Modules snap directly 1 Off White 10 50
CMMAEI-X into MINI-MOD Adapter. 1 Elec. Ivory 10 50
CMMAIG-X 1 Light Gray 10 50
CMMAWH-X 1 White 10 50
CMMABL-X 1 Black 10 50
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

• Allows all MINI-COM modules to be used


in MOD-COM ™ Faceplates, Boxes and
Modular Patch Panels

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 25
NOTES

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


26 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
MOD-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM ™

MOD-COM ™ Network Cabling System


The MOD-COM Network Cabling System is a high surface boxes, modular patch panels and connector
density, patented cabling system which supports a modules. The same modules snap into the
wide range of networks, including ETHERNET, faceplates, surface boxes or modular patch panels, in
TOKEN RING, CDDI, IBM® SYSTEM/3X, AS/400, whatever configuration your application requires.
3270, AppleTalk, ARCnet, ISDN, ATM and proposed
standards such as 100VG AnyLAN and 100BASE-T4. When changes are required, individual modules can
The MOD-COM Modular Cabling System is part of be snapped out and new modules snapped in. No
the complete PAN-NET ™ Network Cabling System. special tools are required. MOD-COM connector
modules are available for Category 5 and Category 3
The MOD-COM System is made up of faceplates, UTP and ScTP, coax, and fiber optic cable.

The MOD-COM Modular Cabling System provides these features and benefits:
• Faceplates, boxes, patch panels and • Complete system for flush (in-wall),
interchangeable connector modules to support a modular furniture and surface mount
wide range of multi-media cabling systems applications
• Modular system for quick and easy moves, adds
and changes • The ability to add new connector modules as
• Maximum density to meet high density required to support future technological
application requirements and conserve space advances provides a total system solution for
• A choice of decorator colors for faceplates, boxes today and tomorrow
and modules to complement any office decor

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 27
™ MOD-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM

Table of Contents Page

MOD-COM Faceplates
Executive Series Faceplates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-31
Standard Faceplates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
106 Frames and Faceplates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
FACEPLATES

MOD-COM Snap-In Faceplates


Snap-In Faceplates (For Modular Furniture) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-35

MOD-COM Surface Mount Boxes


Surface Mount Boxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36-37
Multi-Media Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-39
Raceway Adapters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

MOD-COM Modules for UTP, ScTP, Coax & Fiber


PAN-JACK ™ Category 5 & 3 Modular Jacks for UTP . . . . . 40-44
PAN-JACK Category 5 Shielded Modular Jacks for ScTP . . . . . 42
Telephone Couplers Modules and D-Subminiature Modules. . . . . 45
IBM Data Connector and Coax Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
BNC, F Type Bulkhead and RCA Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Ethernet Tap Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
SC, ST, FDDI 3M 2300 Fiber Optic Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48-49
Blank Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


28 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
MOD-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM ™

MOD-COM ™ Network Cabling System Applications

The MOD-COM Network Cabling System is designed to meet the connectivity requirements of the modern workstation. The
sleek and stylish Executive series faceplate handles all the connections for your computer, phone, fax, modem, etc.

Double gang Executive series MOD-COM surface mount boxes can be Snap-In faceplates for modular furniture
faceplates can be used for very high used with PAN-WAY™ raceways to meet accommodate up to four modular
density, flush mount applications. all of your surface mount requirements connectors. You can configure each to
including multi-media applications. your exact specifications.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 29
™ MOD-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM

sMOD-COM ™ Executive Series Faceplates


The sleek and stylish MOD-COM
Executive series faceplate line meets the • Installed • Faceplate labels see
modules pages 154-155;
needs of the designer, installer and end user slightly module labels see
by bringing performance, quality and good recessed to page 158
looks to the workstation. It accepts all protect
MOD-COM snap-in, low connector modules modular
FACEPLATES

plugs
for Category 5 or 3 UTP, ScTP, Coax and Fiber • 1, 2, 4, 6, and 10
Optic cables for maximum cabling versatility. module spaces for
high density and
• 5 decorator greater flexibility
colors to
Moves, adds and changes complement
are a snap! Executive any decor
faceplates provide you with • Executive faceplate
a modular solution for your screw covers can be
premises cabling used in place of clear
requirements. Modules can label holders (ordered
be snapped in and out
separately, see
individually in whatever
configuration your page 31)
application requires.
Modules - See page 40-44
Note: Modules sold separately.
Labels - See page 157
For use with MOD-COM modules only.

Module Std. Std.


Part Height Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Capacity* Color Qty Qty.
1 Module Space, Single Gang Faceplates
MEFP1IW Single gang faceplate holds a Low Off White 1 10
MEFP1
MEFP1EI single connector module. Low Elec. Ivory 1 10
MEFP1IG Supplied with mounting screws, Low Light Gray 1 10
MEFP1WH labels and label holder/screw Low White 1 10
MEFP1BL covers. Low Black 1 10

2 Module Space, Single Gang Faceplates


MEFP2IW Single gang faceplate holds up to Low Off White 1 10
MEFP2 MEFP2EI two connector modules. Low Elec. Ivory 1 10
MEFP2IG Supplied with mounting screws, Low Light Gray 1 10
MEFP2WH labels and label holder/screw Low White 1 10
MEFP2BL covers. Low Black 1 10

4 Module Space, Single Gang Faceplates


MEFP4IW Single gang faceplate holds up to Low Off White 1 10
MEFP4 MEFP4EI four connector modules. Supplied Low Elec. Ivory 1 10
MEFP4IG with mounting screws, labels and Low Light Gray 1 10
MEFP4WH label holder/screw covers. Low White 1 10
MEFP4BL Low Black 1 10
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
*Dual - accepts low or high modules. Low - accepts low modules only.

Faceplates are designed for vertical


mounting; however, they can be used for
horizontal mounting applications.
Minimum depth required: 1.32" (33.5mm)

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


30 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
MOD-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM ™

MOD-COM ™ Executive Series Faceplates


Module Std. Std.
Part Height Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Capacity* Color Qty Qty.
6 Module Space, Single Gang Faceplates
MEFP6 Note: Requires minimum opening of 1.9"W x 2.6"H (May not fit in all boxes - Check your box dimensions)

FACEPLATES
MEFP6IW Single gang faceplate holds a Low Off White 1 10
MEFP6EI single connector module. Low Elec. Ivory 1 10
MEFP6IG Supplied with mounting screws, Low Light Gray 1 10
MEFP6WH labels and label holder/screw Low White 1 10
MEFP6BL covers. Low Black 1 10

10 Module Space, Double Gang Faceplates


MEFP10 MEFP10IW-2G Double gang faceplate holds up Low Off White 1 10
MEFP10EI-2G to ten connector modules. Low Elec. Ivory 1 10
MEFP10IG-2G Supplied with mounting screws, Low Light Gray 1 10
MEFP10WH-2G labels and label holder/screw Low White 1 10
MEFP10BL-2G covers. Low Black 1 10
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Faceplates are designed for vertical Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
mounting; however, they can be used for *Dual - accepts low or high modules. Low - accepts low modules only.
horizontal mounting applications.
Minimum depth required: 1.32" (33.5mm)

Executive Faceplate and Surface Box Screw Cover


Std. Std.
Part Pkg. Ctn.
N EW Number Description Color Qty Qty.
Executive Faceplate and Surface Box Screw Cover
CSCIW-X Screw cover has a textured surface and Off White 10 50
CSCEI-X blends in with the faceplates for improved Elec. Ivory 10 50
CSCIG-X aesthetics. It snaps in quickly to speed Light Gray 10 50
• Designed for use in place of clear label CSCWH-X installation. For outlet identification, adhesive White 10 50
covers CSCBL-X labels can be applied to the inside of the Black 10 50
• Works with all single gang MOD-COM CSCRD-X screw cover (see page 154). Red 10 50
Executive faceplates ORDERING INFORMATION:
CSC-X Available 4th Quarter 1996 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Executive Series “GFCI” Std. Std.


Electrical Outlet and Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Color Qty. Qty.
Switch Faceplates
Single Gang “GFCI” Electrical Outlet and Switch Faceplate
NE W ECPGIW Accepts single, NEMA standard “GFCI” Off White 1 10
ECPGEI switches AND receptacles. Elec. Ivory 1 10
ECPG ECPGIG Supplied with screws. Light Gray 1 10
ECPGWH White 1 10
ECPGBL Black 1 10
ECPGRD Red 1 10

Double Gang “GFCI” Cover Plate Electrical Outlet and Switch Faceplate
ECPGIW-2G Accepts two NEMA standard “GFCI” switches Off White 1 10
ECPGEI-2G AND receptacles. Elec. Ivory 1 10
ECPGIG-2G Supplied with screws. Light Gray 1 10
ECPG-2G ECPGWH-2G White 1 10
ECPGBL-2G Black 1 10
ECPGRD-2G Red 1 10
ORDERING INFORMATION:
• Accept all NEMA standard “GFCI” switches Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
and receptacles
• Stylish design matches Panduit Executive ECPG, ECPG-2G Available 3rd Quarter 1996
Series communication faceplates

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 31
™ MOD-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM

MOD-COM ™ Standard Faceplates


MOD-COM faceplates provide a modular • Change • Choose from single gang • Faceplate labels
solution to meet your cabling connection only the and double gang styles see page 159;
requirements at the workstation. They accept modules module labels see
all MOD-COM snap-in connector modules for required; page 157
Modules
Category 3 or 5 UTP, STP, Coax and Fiber snap in
FACEPLATES

Optic cables so that your system can meet both or out


• Made from
your present and future cabling requirements. individually
impact resistant
thermoplastic
• 1, 2, 4, 6, and
8 module
Changing connectors spaces for • 5 decorator
is a snap! high density colors to
and greater complement
flexibility any decor

Note: Modules sold separately.


For use with MOD-COM modules only.
Modules - See page 40-44
Labels - See page 157

Module Std. Std.


MFPD1 Part Height Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Capacity* Color Qty Qty.
1 Module Space, Single Gang Horizontal Faceplate
MFPD1IW Single gang flush mount Dual Off White 1 10
MFPD1EI faceplate holds a single Dual Elec. Ivory 1 10
MFPD2 MFPD1IG connector module. Supplied with Dual Light Gray 1 10
MFPD1WH mounting screws. Dual White 1 10
MFPD1BL Dual Black 1 10

2 Module Space, Single Gang Horizontal Faceplate


MFPD21IW Single gang flush mount Dual Off White 1 10
MFPD2EI faceplate holds up to two Dual Elec. Ivory 1 10
MFPD2IG connector modules. Supplied Dual Light Gray 1 10
MFPD4 MFPD2WH with mounting screws. Dual White 1 10
MFPD2BL Dual Black 1 10
4 Module Space, Single Gang Horizontal Faceplate
MFPD4IW Single gang flush mount Dual Off White 1 10
MFPD4EI faceplate holds up to four Dual Elec. Ivory 1 10
MFPD4IG connector modules. Supplied Dual Light Gray 1 10
MFPD4WH with mounting screws. Dual White 1 10
MFPD4BL Dual Black 1 10
MFPD6
6 Module Space, Single Gang Vertical Faceplate
Note: Requires minimum opening of 1.9"W x 2.7"H (May not fit in all boxes - Check your box dimensions)

MFPD6IW Single gang faceplate holds up to 3 Low Off White 1 10


MFPD6EI six connector modules. Supplied and Elec. Ivory 1 10
MFPD6IG with mounting screws, labels and 3 Dual Light Gray 1 10
MFPD6WH label holder/screw covers. White 1 10
MFPD6BL Black 1 10

8 Module Space, Double Gang Faceplate


MFPD8 MFPD8IW-2G Double gang faceplate holds up Dual Off White 1 10
MFPD8EI-2G to eight connector modules. Dual Elec. Ivory 1 10
MFPD8IG-2G Supplied with mounting screws, Dual Light Gray 1 10
MFPD8WH-2G labels and label holder/screw Dual White 1 10
MFPD8BL-2G covers. Dual Black 1 10
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Minimum depth required: 1.44" (36.6mm) *Dual - accepts low or high modules. Low - accepts low modules only.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


32 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
MOD-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM ™

MOD-COM ™ “106” Frame


The MOD-COM "106" Frame allows you to use • Change • Module labels
any standard106 electrical faceplate to cover your only the see page 158
modules
communications outlet. It mounts behind all required;
standard NEMA electrical faceplates including Modules • Mounts behind
stainless steel, brass, wood-grained or plastic snap in all standard
materials. The MOD-COM "106" Frame provides or out

FACEPLATES
NEMA
individually faceplates
solutions for special communication applications
such as power/tele. poles, tombstones and in-floor
boxes. It accepts 4 low MOD-COM snap-in • 5 decorator
connector modules for Category 5 UTP, ScTP, • Made from colors to
impact resistant complement
Coax and Fiber Optic cables. thermoplastic any decor

Modules - See page 40-44


Labels - See page 157

MM106 Module Std. Std.


Part Height Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Capacity* Color Qty Qty.
"106" Frame
MM106F4IW Mounts behind any standard 106 Low Off White 1 10
MM106F4EI NEMA electrical faceplate. Low Elec. Ivory 1 10
MM106F4IG Low Light Gray 1 10
MM106F4WH Low White 1 10
• Accepts up to four low MOD-COM snap-in MM106F4BL Low Black 1 10
connector modules ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Note: Modules sold separately. *Dual - accepts low or high modules. Low - accepts low modules only.
For use with MOD-COM modules only.

Stainless Steel Faceplates Std. Std.


Part Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Color Qty Qty.
Single Gang Stainless Steel Faceplate
WPS-20 Accepts one MOD-COM "106" Frame for - 1 10
communication applications.

Double Gang Stainless Steel Faceplate


WPS-202 Accepts two MOD-COM "106" Frames for - 1 10
communication applications.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

• Can be used with "106" Frame


• Standard NEMA electrical
faceplates
• Accepts all NEMA standard single and
double gang electrical devices

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 33
™ MOD-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM

MOD-COM ™ Snap-In Faceplates


Flush mount, snap-in faceplates provide the
solution to communication cabling in modular office
furniture. They snap directly into “industry
standard” communications openings found on
most modular furniture. All low MOD-COM
FACEPLATES

connector modules snap in and out of snap-in


faceplates for quick, easy changes. Because of
their modular design, you configure each plate
exactly to your specifications.

Modular furniture must be flexible to meet the demands off


today’s efficient open office. Use MOD-COM snap-in
faceplates to ensure that your communication cabling
system is just as flexible.

• 5 decorator colors to
complement any decor

• Faceplate • High density


labels see design;
page 157; accepts
module labels up to 4
Faceplates snap quickly and easily into “industry standard” see page 158 snap-in
opening (panel cutout requirements on following page). Their connector
high density design allows up to four cable connections for your modules
computer, phone, fax and modem. Their modular design makes
cabling revisions a snap!

• Accepts MOD-COM modules for


UTP (including Category 5),
ScTP, Fiber Optic and Coax

Modules - See pages 40-44


Labels - See page 157

Extender plate is used when space inside modular Snap-in faceplate snaps into extender plate for a clean
furniture base is limited. (see page 52) finished appearance.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


34 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
MOD-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM ™

Snap-In Faceplates
Panel Cutout Requirements
1.345"
to
1.405"

Module Std. Std.


Height Pkg. Ctn.
2.673" to 3.000"

FACEPLATES
Part Number Description Capacity* Color Qty. Qty.
4 Module Space Snap-In Faceplate
MFFP4IW Faceplate snaps into knockouts Low Off White 1 10
MFFP4EI found on modular furniture. Low Elec. Ivory 1 10
MFFP4IG Holds four MOD-COM Low Light Gray 1 10
MFFP4 MFFP4WH connector modules. Low White 1 10
MFFP4BL Low Black 1 10

2 Module Space Plus 1 IBM Data Connector Snap-In Faceplate


MFFP2IIW Faceplate snaps into knockouts Low Off White 1 10
MFFP2I MFFP2IEI found on modular furniture. Low Elec. Ivory 1 10
MFFP2IIG Holds two MOD-COM connector Low Light Gray 1 10
MFFP2IWH modules and one IBM ® Data Low White 1 10
MFFP2IBL Connector. Low Black 1 10
Minimum Depth Required: 1.41” (with Extender Plate: .91")
Maximum Panel Thickness: .087"

Panel Cutout Requirements


High Density - 4 Module Space Snap-In Faceplate
1.345" MFPH4IW Faceplate snaps into knockouts Low Off White 1 10
to
MFPH4EI found on modular furniture. Low Elec. Ivory 1 10
1.405"
MFPH4IG Holds four MOD-COM Low Light Gray 1 10
MFPH4WH connector modules. Low White 1 10
MFPH4BL Low Black 1 10
2.368" to 2.850"
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
*Dual - accepts low or high modules. Low - accepts low modules only.

Minimum Depth Required: 1.24” (with Extender Plate: .74")


Maximum Panel Thickness: .090"
MFPH4

Note: Installation accessories including


extender and adapter plates and a punch die
are available (see page 52)

Herman Miller Ethospace™ Snap-In Faceplate


for Beltline Applications
Panel Cutout Requirements

Module Std. Std.


2.375" Height Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Capacity* Color Qty. Qty.
6 Module Space Herman Miller Ethospace™ Snap-In Faceplate
3.4375"
MFFP6HMEIW Faceplate snaps into knockouts Low Off White 1 10
MFFP6HMEEI found on Herman Miller modular Low Elec. Ivory 1 10
MFFP6HMEIG furniture. Holds six MOD-COM Low Light Gray 1 10
N EW MFFP6HMEWH
MFFP6HMEBL
connector modules. Low
Low
White
Black
1
1
10
10
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
*Dual - accepts low or high modules. Low - accepts low modules only.

MFFP6HME Ethospace is a registered trademark of Herman Miller Co.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 35
™ MOD-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM

MOD-COM™ Surface
Mount Boxes
Can be
Module used with Std. Std.
Height PAN-WAY™ Pkg. Ctn.
SURFACE MOUNT BOXES

Part Number Description Capacity* Raceway Color Qty. Qty.


MBX1 1 Module Space Surface Mount Box With Adhesive-Backed Base
MBX1IW-A Adhesive backed Base Low CD3, LD3 Off White 1 10
MBXEI-A and snap on Cover. Low PD3 Elec. Ivory 1 10
MBX1IG-A Accepts all low MOD-COM Low Light Gray 1 10
MBX1WH-A snap-in connector modules Low White 1 10
MBX1BL-A Low Black 1 10

2 Module Space Surface Mount Box With Adhesive-Backed Base


MBX2IW-A Adhesive backed Base Low (CD3, LD3, Off White 1 10
MBX2 MBX2EI-A and snap on Cover. Low PD3, CD5, Elec. Ivory 1 10
MBX2IG-A Accepts all low MOD-COM Low LD5, PD6)† Light Gray 1 10
MBX2WH-A snap-in connector modules Low White 1 10
MBX2BL-A Low Black 1 10

4 Module Space Surface Mount Box With Adhesive-Backed Base


MBX4IW-A Adhesive backed Base Low (CD3, LD3, Off White 1 10
MBX4EI-A and snap on Cover. Low PD3, CD5, Elec. Ivory 1 10
MBX4 MBX4IG-A Accepts all low MOD-COM Low LD5, PD6)† Light Gray 1 10
MBX4WH-A snap-in connector modules. Low White 1 10
MBX4BL-A Low Black 1 10

4 Module Space Surface Mount Box


MBX4IW Non-adhesive Base and Low (CD3, LD3, Off White 1 10
MBX4EI snap on Cover. Supplied Low PD3, CD5, Elec. Ivory 1 10
MBX4IG with mounting screws. Low LD5, PD6)† Light Gray 1 10
MBX4WH Accepts all low MOD-COM Low White 1 10
MBX4BL snap-in connector modules. Low Black 1 10
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
*Dual - accepts low or high modules. Low - accepts low modules only.
†Adapter recommended when using surface mount boxes with raceway. (see page 37)
• Secure cover is removable for quick
changes
• Built-in breakouts on top and side for use
with PAN-WAY ™ Surface Raceway
• Made from impact resistant thermoplastic
• Available with or without adhesive backing

• Surface box labels on page 158-159


• Module labels on page 158
Note: Modules sold separately.
For use with MOD-COM Modules only.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


36 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
MOD-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM ™

MOD-COM ™ Surface
Mount Boxes
Can be
Module used with Std. Std.

SURFACE MOUNT BOXES


Height PAN-WAY™ Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Capacity* Raceway Color Qty. Qty.
4 Module Space Surface Mount Box With Adhesive-Backed Base
MBXD4IW-A Adhesive backed Base High (CD3, LD3 Off White 1 10
MBXD4EI-A and snap on Cover. High PD3, CD5 Elec. Ivory 1 10
MBXD4IG-A Accepts all MOD-COM High LD5, PD6)† Light Gray 1 10
MBXD4
MBXD4WH-A snap-in connector modules. High LD10, CD10 White 1 10
MBXD4BL-A High Black 1 10

4 Module Space Surface Mount Box


MBXD4IW Non-adhesive Base and High (CD3, LD3 Off White 1 10
MBXD4EI snap on Cover. Supplied High PD3, CD5 Elec. Ivory 1 10
MBXD4IG with mounting screws. High LD5, PD6)† Light Gray 1 10
MBXD4WH Accepts all MOD-COM High LD10, CD10 White 1 10
• Surface box labels on page 158-159 MBXD4BL snap-in connector modules. High Black 1 10
• Module labels on page 158 ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Note: Modules sold separately. *Dual - accepts low or high modules. Low - accepts low modules only.
For use with MOD-COM modules only. †Adapter recommended when using surface mount boxes with raceway. (see below)

Raceway Adapters Std. Std.


Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Color Qty. Qty.
Raceway Adapters
CA3IW-X For use with PAN-WAY Types LD3 and Off White 10 100
CA3EI-X CD3 surface raceways. Elec. Ivory 10 100
CA3IG-X Light Gray 10 100
CA3WH-X White 10 100
CA5IW-X For use with PAN-WAY Types LD5 and Off White 10 100
CA5EI-X CD5 surface raceways. Elec. Ivory 10 100
CA5IG-X Light Gray 10 100
CA5WH-X White 10 100
CAP3IW-X For use with PAN-WAY Type PD3 surface Off White 10 100
• Adapts box breakouts to correct size for CAP3EI-X raceway. Elec. Ivory 10 100
use with PAN-WAY™ surface raceway CAP3IG-X Light Gray 10 100
• Snap into breakouts of 2, 4, 6 and 8 CAP3WH-X White 10 100
module MOD-COM surface mount boxes CAP6IW-X For use with PAN-WAY Type PD6 surface Off White 10 100
and square (DIN) surface mount boxes CAP6EI-X raceway. Elec. Ivory 10 100
CAP6IG-X Light Gray 10 100
CAP6WH-X White 10 100
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 37
™ MOD-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM

MOD-COM ™ Multi-Media/Fiber Outlets


MOD-COM Multi-Media/Fiber Outlets provide an • Surface outlet labels see page 158-159;
SURFACE MOUNT BOXES

excellent solution for in-wall cabling applications module labels see page 158 • 6 or 8 module
• Can be capacity styles
and can also be used with PAN-WAY ™ Surface used alone to choose from
Raceways to meet your surface cabling or with for high density
requirements. Their high-density design allows for PAN-WAY and greater
Surface
up to sixteen connections. A built-in cable spool Raceway
flexibility
helps maintain the proper bend radius for both • 5 decorator
Category 5 UTP and Fiber Optic cables. These colors to
boxes accept all MOD-COM Snap-in Connector complement
Modules for Category 5 and UTP, ScTP, Coax and any decor
Fiber Optic cables making them ideal for your
multi-media applications. • Optional • Made from impact
accessory resistant,
provides thermoplastic
tamper • Adhesive backing on base is available
resistance to speed installation

Modules - See page 40-44


Labels - See page 158

Built-in spool maintains proper bend radius for both Category 5


and Fiber Optic cables and provides storage area for dark or
excess fiber (TIA568A requirement for fiber to the desktop).

Standards Tip: TIA/EIA-568A requires a


minimum 1 meter slack and a fiber spool.

MOD-COM multi-media/fiber outlets provide a high density, Use with PAN-WAY™ raceway for surface mounted cabling
in-wall cabling solution for multi-media cabling applications. applications.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


38 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
MOD-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM ™

MOD-COM ™ Multi-Media/Fiber Outlets


Can be
Module used with Std. Std.

SURFACE MOUNT BOXES


Height PAN-WAY™ Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Capacity* Raceway Color Qty. Qty.
6 Module Space Multi-Media/Fiber Outlet With Adhesive-Backed Base
MBXD6IW-A Adhesive backed Base Dual (CD3, LD3 Off White 1 10
MBXD6EI-A and snap on Cover. Dual PD3, CD5 Elec. Ivory 1 10
MBXD6 MBXD6IG-A Accepts all MOD-COM Dual LD5, PD6)† Light Gray 1 10
MBXD6WH-A snap-in connector modules. Dual LD10, CD10 White 1 10
MBXD6BL-A Dual Black 1 10

6 Module Space Multi-Media/Fiber Outlet


MBXD6IW Non-adhesive Base and Dual (CD3, LD3 Off White 1 10
MBXD6EI snap on Cover. Supplied Dual PD3, CD5 Elec. Ivory 1 10
MBXD6IG with mounting screws. Dual LD5, PD6)† Light Gray 1 10
MBXD6WH Accepts all MOD-COM Dual LD10, CD10 White 1 10
MBXD6BL snap-in connector modules. Dual Black 1 10

8 Module Space Multi-Media/Fiber Outlet With Adhesive-Backed Base


MBXD8 MBXD8IW-A Adhesive backed Base Dual (CD3, LD3 Off White 1 10
MBXD8EI-A and snap on Cover. Dual PD3, CD5 Elec. Ivory 1 10
MBXD8IG-A Accepts all MOD-COM Dual LD5, PD6)† Light Gray 1 10
MBXD8WH-A snap-in connector modules. Dual LD10, CD10 White 1 10
MBXD8BL-A Dual T3 Black 1 10

8 Module Space Multi-Media/Fiber Outlet


MBXD8IW Non-adhesive Base and Dual (CD3, LD3 Off White 1 10
MBXD8EI snap on Cover. Supplied Dual PD3, CD5 Elec. Ivory 1 10
MBXD8IG with mounting screws. Dual LD5, PD6)† Light Gray 1 10
MBXD8WH Accepts all MOD-COM Dual LD10, CD10 White 1 10
• Surface box labels on page 158-159 MBXD8BL snap-in connector modules. Dual T3 Black 1 10
• Module labels on page 158
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Note: Modules sold separately. Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
For use with MOD-COM modules only. *Dual - accepts low or high modules. Low - accepts low modules only.
†Adapter recommended when using surface mount boxes with raceway. (see page 37)

Tamper Resistant Multi-Media/Fiber


Outlet Accessory
This accessory is designed to provide tamper
resistance to both six and eight module
MOD-COM ™ Multi-Media/Fiber Outlets. It
provides greater security against tampering with
communication cables located at the workstation
outlet.

Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Qty. Qty.
Tamper Resistant Multi-Media/Fiber Outlet Accessory
• Provides improved tamper resistance TRB Works with both six and eight module MOD-COM 1 10
• Screw mounts to standard 6 and 8 module Multi-Media/Fiber Outlets.
multi-media/fiber outlets ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
• Supplied with special 6 lobe screw head
• Requires TORX® T 10 Driver to install

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 39
™ MOD-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM

PAN-JACK ™ Category 5 Modular Jacks


PAN-JACK Modular Jacks feature state-of-
the-art lead frame construction and insulation • Termination cap provides excellent strain
displacement contacts to ensure the highest relief, helps control cable bend radius
and securely retains wires in place
quality, highest reliability connections available.
There is no printed circuit board with wave
• Wiring scheme on cap
soldered connections to create quality speeds installation
problems. The U.L. verified Category 5 jacks and reduces miswires
MODULES

• Contacts plated
are designed to offer ease of installation while with 50 micro-
inches of gold
delivering the maximum performance in an
installed Category 5 link. The patented
design ensures each jack is terminated per
Category 5 installation guidelines, the first time • Clear, removable
and every time. termination cap provides
easy troubleshooting
Category 5 terminations are a
snap with the new Snap Tool! • Patented design ensures twists
Use it with all PAN-JACK are maintained to within 1/2 inch
Modular Jacks. • Module labels - see page 158 (per Category 5 installation
requirements)
Part Number: PJT-X
(shown at left).

• PAN-JACK
Category 5
modules are
available in 11
standard colors for
easy color
• Provides U.L. Verified Category 5 coding or to
performance (File No. E1298860) complement any
interior decor
• Can be reterminated a minimum of
10 times
• Terminates 24 AWG unshielded twisted
pair to a modular jack No. of Std. Std.
(Consult factory for 22 AWG Module Module Pkg. Ctn.
applications) Part Number Description Spaces Height Color Qty. Qty.
• IDC contact design eliminates need to
strip individual conductors Universal 8 Position, 8 Wire T568A and T658B Coded (RJ45 Type)
• Universal (accepts 2, 3 or 4 pair modular MUJC588IW 8 position, 8 wire universal 1 Low Off White 1 50
plugs without damage) MUJC588EI modular jack. Termination 1 Low Elec. Ivory 1 50
• Orange jack base designates Category 5 MUJC588IG cap is color coded for T568A 1 Low Light Gray 1 50
MUJC588WH and T568B wiring schemes. 1 Low White 1 50
MUJC588BL 1 Low Black 1 50
MUJC588OR 1 Low Orange 1 50
MUJC588RD 1 Low Red 1 50
MUJC588 MUJC588BU 1 Low Blue 1 50
MUJC588GR 1 Low Green 1 50
MUJC588YL 1 Low Yellow 1 50
MUJC588VL 1 Low Violet 1 50

Universal 8 Position, 8 Wire T568A Coded (RJ45 Type)


MUJC588AIW 8 position, 8 wire universal 1 Low Off White 1 50
MUJC588AEI modular jack. Termination 1 Low Elec. Ivory 1 50
MUJC588AIG cap is color coded for T568A 1 Low Light Gray 1 50
MUJC588A MUJC588AWH and T568B wiring schemes. 1 Low White 1 50
MUJC588ABL 1 Low Black 1 50
MUJC588AOR 1 Low Orange 1 50
MUJC588ARD 1 Low Red 1 50
MUJC588ABU 1 Low Blue 1 50
MUJC588AGR 1 Low Green 1 50
MUJC588AYL 1 Low Yellow 1 50
MUJC588AVL 1 Low Violet 1 50
Note: Same modules snap in and out of all
MOD-COM Faceplates, Boxes and Modular ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Patch Panels.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


40 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
MOD-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM ™

PAN-JACK ™ Category 5 Modular Jacks


No. of Std. Std.
Module Module Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Spaces Height Color Qty. Qty.
Universal 8 Position, 8 Wire T568B Coded (RJ45 Type)
MUJC588B MUJC588BIW 8 position, 8 wire universal 1 Low Off White 1 50
MUJC588BEI modular jack. Termination 1 Low Elec. Ivory 1 50

MODULES
MUJC588BIG cap is color coded for T568B 1 Low Light Gray 1 50
MUJC588BWH wiring scheme. 1 Low White 1 50
MUJC588BBL 1 Low Black 1 50
MUJC588BOR 1 Low Orange 1 50
MUJC588BRD 1 Low Red 1 50
MUJC588BBU 1 Low Blue 1 50
MUJC588BGR 1 Low Green 1 50
MUJC588BYL 1 Low Yellow 1 50
MUJC588BVL 1 Low Violet 1 50

Universal 8 Position, 8 Wire Keyed T568A and T568B Coded (RJ45 Type)
MUJC588KIW 8 position, 8 wire universal 1 Low Off White 1 50
MUJC588K MUJC588KEI modular jack, keyed for 1 Low Elec. Ivory 1 50
MUJC588KIG data. Termination cap is 1 Low Light Gray 1 50
MUJC588KWH color coded for T568A and 1 Low White 1 50
MUJC588KBL T568B wiring schemes. 1 Low Black 1 50
MUJC588KOR 1 Low Orange 1 50
MUJC588KRD 1 Low Red 1 50
MUJC588KBU 1 Low Blue 1 50
MUJC588KGR 1 Low Green 1 50
MUJC588KYL 1 Low Yellow 1 50
MUJC588KVL 1 Low Violet 1 50

Universal 8 Position, 8 Wire Keyed T568A Coded (RJ45 Type)


MUJC588KA MUJC588KAIW 8 position, 8 wire universal 1 Low Off White 1 50
MUJC588KAEI modular jack keyed for data. 1 Low Elec. Ivory 1 50
MUJC588KAIG Termination cap is color 1 Low Light Gray 1 50
MUJC588KAWH coded for T568A wiring 1 Low White 1 50
MUJC588KABL scheme. 1 Low Black 1 50
MUJC588KAOR 1 Low Orange 1 50
MUJC588KARD 1 Low Red 1 50
MUJC588KABU 1 Low Blue 1 50
MUJC588KAGR 1 Low Green 1 50
MUJC588KAYL 1 Low Yellow 1 50
MUJC588KAVL 1 Low Violet 1 50
MUJC588KB
Universal 8 Position, 8 Wire Keyed T568B Coded (RJ45 Type)
MUJC588KBIW 8 position, 8 wire universal 1 Low Off White 1 50
MUJC588KBEI modular jack keyed for data. 1 Low Elec. Ivory 1 50
MUJC588KBIG Termination cap is color 1 Low Light Gray 1 50
MUJC588KBWH coded for T568B wiring 1 Low White 1 50
MUJC588KBBL scheme. 1 Low Black 1 50
MUJC588KBOR 1 Low Orange 1 50
• Module labels on page 158 MUJC588KBRD 1 Low Red 1 50
MUJC588KBBU 1 Low Blue 1 50
Note: Same modules snap in and out of all MUJC588KBGR 1 Low Green 1 50
MOD-COM faceplates, boxes and modular MUJC588KBYL 1 Low Yellow 1 50
patch panels. MUJC588KBVL 1 Low Violet 1 50

Snap Tools Std. Std.


Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Qty. Qty.
PJT-X Terminates all PAN-JACK ™ Category 5 and Category 3 10 50
modular jacks.

PJT CJT CJT-X Terminates all MINI- JACK ™ and PAN-JACK ™ 10 50


Category 5 and Category 3 modular jacks.
• Speeds installation
ORDERING INFORMATION:
• Eliminates need for slip lock pliers Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
• Insures conductors are fully terminated

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 41
™ MOD-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM

NE W
PAN-JACK ™ Category 5 Shielded Modular Jacks
New PAN-JACK Category 5 Shielded Modular • Patented design ensures twists are • Jack shield is crimped to cable
Jacks terminate 100 Ohm screened twisted pair maintained to within 1/2" as required shield to provide bonding
per TIA Category 5 installation
and shielded twisted pair to a modular jack to
guidelines
shield a communication system from the harmful
effects of Electromagnetic Interference (EMI).
Disruptive levels of EMI, which are caused by
radiation of electrical or magnetic fields, are
MODULES

commonly present around power cables, heavy • Screened


Category
machinery, etc.
5 Cable
• Contacts plated with
(ScTP)
50 microinches of
PAN-JACK gold
Category 5
Modular
Jack
• IDC contacts for quick,
easy termination • Metallic shield provides
EMI protection
• Module labels - see page 158
Shield
Body Shielded cable: Each individual twisted pair is encased by a metallic layer (foil or braid).
Screened cable: All twisted pairs are encased together by a metallic layer (foil or braid).

For 24 or 22 AWG ScTP, No. of Std. Std.


Module Module Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Spaces Height Qty. Qty.
MUSJC588 Universal 8 Position, 8 Wire T568A and T658B Coded (RJ45 Type)
MUSJC588 8 position, 8 wire universal modular jack. 1 Low 1 50
Termination cap is color coded for T568A and
T568B wiring schemes.
• Terminates 24 or 22 AWG solid 100 Ohm
screened twisted pair and some shielded Universal 8 Position, 8 Wire T568A Coded (RJ45 Type)
twisted pair (contact factory for 22 AWG).
MUSJC588A 8 position, 8 wire universal modular jack. 1 Low 1 50
Max. insulated conductor O.D. is .048"
Termination cap is color coded for T568A
(1.22mm)
wiring scheme.
• Max. cable O.D. .34" (8.64)
• Insulating label provides an isolated ground
(if needed)
Universal 8 Position, 8 Wire T568B Coded (RJ45 Type)
• Complies with EN 55022 radiated MUSJC588B 8 position, 8 wire universal modular jack. 1 Low 1 50
emissions limit. (European conducted and Termination cap is color coded for T568B
radiated emissions standard) wiring scheme.

For 22 AWG ScTP, STP* Universal 8 Position, 8 Wire T568A and T658B Coded (RJ45 Type)
MUSJC58822 8 position, 8 wire universal modular jack. 1 Low 1 50
Termination cap is color coded for T568A and
T568B wiring schemes.
MUSJC58822
Universal 8 Position, 8 Wire T568A Coded (RJ45 Type)
MUSJC58822A 8 position, 8 wire universal modular jack. 1 Low 1 50
Termination cap is color coded for T568A
wiring scheme.

• Terminates 22 AWG solid 100 Ohm Universal 8 Position, 8 Wire T568B Coded (RJ45 Type)
screened twisted pair and shielded MUSJC58822B 8 position, 8 wire universal modular jack. 1 Low 1 50
twisted pair. Max insulated conductor Termination cap is color coded for T568B
O.D. is .060" (1.52mm) wiring scheme.
• Max. cable O.D. .4" (10.1) ORDERING INFORMATION:
Note: Same modules snap in and out of all Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
MOD-COM Faceplates, Boxes and Modular NOTE: The B33BT1 crimp tool with the B33DS2 die set are recommended to crimp the
Patch Panels. shield ring on all MINI-JACK ™ and PAN-JACK ™ shielded modular jacks (see page 55).
*Refer to Max. conductor and cable O.D.
requirements

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


42 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
MOD-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM ™

PAN-JACK ™ Category 3 Modular Jacks

MODULES
• Provides Category 3 performance
• Can be reterminated a minimum of 10 times • PAN-JACK Category 3 modular jacks are available in 5 standard colors for
• Terminates 24 AWG unshielded twisted easy color coding or to complement any decor.
pair to a modular jack
(Consult factory for 22 AWG No. of Std. Std.
applications) Module Module Pkg. Ctn.
• IDC contact design eliminates need to strip Part Number Description Spaces Height Color Qty. Qty.
individual conductors
• White jack base designates Category 3
Universal 8 Position, 8 Wire T568A and T568B Coded (RJ45 Type)
MUJC88IW 8 position, 8 wire universal 1 Low Off White 1 50
MUJC88EI modular jack. Termination 1 Low Elec. Ivory 1 50
MUJC88 MUJC88IG cap is color coded for T568A 1 Low Light Gray 1 50
MUJC88WH and T568B wiring schemes. 1 Low White 1 50
MUJC88BL 1 Low Black 1 50

Universal 8 Position, 8 Wire T568A Coded (RJ45 Type)


MUJC88AIW 8 position, 8 wire universal 1 Low Off White 1 50
MUJC88A MUJC88AEI modular jack. Termination 1 Low Elec. Ivory 1 50
MUJC88AIG cap is color coded for T568A 1 Low Light Gray 1 50
MUJC88AWH wiring scheme. 1 Low White 1 50
MUJC88ABL 1 Low Black 1 50

Universal 8 Position, 8 Wire T568B Coded (RJ45 Type)


MUJC88BIW 8 position, 8 wire universal 1 Low Off White 1 50
MUJC88B MUJC88BEI modular jack. Termination 1 Low Elec. Ivory 1 50
MUJC88BIG cap is color coded for T568B 1 Low Light Gray 1 50
MUJC88BWH wiring scheme. 1 Low White 1 50
MUJC88BBL 1 Low Black 1 50

Universal 8 Position, 8 Wire USOC Coded (RJ45 Type)


MUJC88UIW 8 position, 8 wire universal 1 Low Off White 1 50
MUJC88U MUJC88UEI modular jack. Termination 1 Low Elec. Ivory 1 50
MUJC88UIG cap is color coded for USOC 1 Low Light Gray 1 50
MUJC88UWH wiring scheme. 1 Low White 1 50
MUJC88UBL 1 Low Black 1 50

Universal 8 Position, 8 Wire Keyed T568A and T568B Coded (RJ45Type)


MUJC88K
MUJC88KIW 8 position, 8 wire universal 1 Low Off White 1 50
MUJC88KEI modular jack, keyed for 1 Low Elec. Ivory 1 50
MUJC88KIG data. Termination cap is 1 Low Light Gray 1 50
MUJC88KWH color coded for T568A and 1 Low White 1 50
MUJC88KBL T568B wiring schemes. 1 Low Black 1 50
• Module labels on page 158 ORDERING INFORMATION:
Note: Same modules snap in and out of all Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
MOD-COM faceplates, boxes and modular
patch panels.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 43
™ MOD-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM

PAN-JACK ™ Category 3 Modular Jacks


No. of Std. Std.
Module Module Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Spaces Height Color Qty. Qty.
Universal 8 Position, 8 Wire Keyed T568A Coded (RJ45Type)
MUJC88KA MUJC88KAIW 8 position, 8 wire 1 Low Off White 1 50
MODULES

MUJC88KAEI universal modular jack 1 Low Elec. Ivory 1 50


MUJC88KAIG keyed for data. Termination 1 Low Light Gray 1 50
MUJC88KAWH cap is color coded for T568A 1 Low White 1 50
MUJC88KABL wiring scheme. 1 Low Black 1 50

Universal 8 Position, 8 Wire Keyed T568B Coded (RJ45 Type)


MUJC88KB
MUJC88KBIW 8 position, 8 wire universal 1 Low Off White 1 50
MUJC88KBEI modular jack keyed for data. 1 Low Elec. Ivory 1 50
MUJC88KBIG Termination cap is color 1 Low Light Gray 1 50
MUJC88KBWH coded for T568B wiring 1 Low White 1 50
MUJC88KBBL scheme. 1 Low Black 1 50

6 Position, 6 Wire USOC Coded (RJ11 Type)


MMJC66UIW 6 position, 6 wire modular 1 Low Off White 1 50
MMJC66U MMJC66UEI jack. Termination cap is 1 Low Elec. Ivory 1 50
MMJC66UIG color coded for USOC wiring 1 Low Light Gray 1 50
MMJC66UWH scheme. 1 Low White 1 50
MMJC66UBL 1 Low Black 1 50

6 Position, 6 Wire (RJ11 Type)


MMJC66IW 6 position, 6 wire modular 1 Low Off White 1 50
MMJC66 MMJC66EI jack. 1 Low Elec. Ivory 1 50
MMJC66IG 1 Low Light Gray 1 50
MMJC66WH 1 Low White 1 50
MMJC66BL 1 Low Black 1 50

6 Position, 4 Wire (RJ11 Type)


MMJC64IW 6 position, 4 wire modular 1 Low Off White 1 50
MMJC64 MMJC64EI jack. 1 Low Elec. Ivory 1 50
MMJC64IG 1 Low Light Gray 1 50
MMJC64WH 1 Low White 1 50
MMJC64BL 1 Low Black 1 50
ORDERING INFORMATION:
• Module labels on page 158 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Note: Same modules snap in and out of all


MOD-COM Faceplates, Boxes and Modular
Patch Panels.

Dust Covers Dust Covers for PAN-JACK Modular Jacks


MDC-C Dust cover snaps directly - - Clear 100 1000
into front housing of all
PAN-JACK modular jacks.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

• Keep contacts clean when jacks are not in


use.
• Clear polycarbonate material, used with all
colors of modular jacks.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


44 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
MOD-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM ™

Australian PAN-JACK ™ No. of Std. Std.


Category 5 Modular Jack Module Module Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Spaces Height Color Qty. Qty.
Universal 8 Position, 8 Wire T568A and T568B Coded (RJ45Type)
MUAJC588IW 8 position, 8 wire 1 Low Off White 1 50
MUAJC588 MUAJC588EI universal modular jack 1 Low Elec. Ivory 1 50
MUAJC588IG keyed for data. Termination 1 Low Light Gray 1 50
MUAJC588WH cap is color coded for T568A 1 Low White 1 50
MUAJC588BL and T568B wiring schemes. 1 Low Black 1 50

MODULES
MUAJC588OR 1 Low Orange 1 50
MUAJC588RD 1 Low Red 1 50
• Snaps directly in to Australian standard MUAJC588BU 1 Low Blue 1 50
faceplates MUAJC588GR 1 Low Green 1 50
• Available only in Australia MUAJC588YL 1 Low Yellow 1 50
MUAJC588VL 1 Low Violet 1 50
• Austel Approved A90/831/0174
• Lead frame design for highest reliability ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
• Clear removable termination cap provides
easy troubleshooting
• Patented termination style ensures twists
are maintained to within 1/2"
(per Category 5 installation requirements)

Jack/Jack Telephone No. of Std. Std.


Coupler Module Module Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Spaces Height Color Qty. Qty.
Jack/Jack Telephone Coupler
MMC64EI 6 position, 4 wire 1 Low Elec. Ivory 1 10

MMC MMC66EI 6 position, 6 wire 1 Low Elec. Ivory 1 10


MMC88EI 8 position, 8 wire 1 Low Elec. Ivory 1 10
MMC88KEI 8 position, 8 wire 1 Low Elec. Ivory 1 10
• Jacks in each end accept the same standard keyed for data
modular telephone plugs. ORDERING INFORMATION:
• Provides one standard telephone outlet for Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
telephone or data. NOTE: Only available in Electrical Ivory color.

RS232 D-Subminiature 9 Pin D-Subminiature Connector


Module Bases for 9, 15,
MMDB9IW-X Accepts industry standard 9 3 Low Off White 10 50
and 25 Pin Connectors MMDB9EI-X pin D-subminiature 3 Low Elec. Ivory 10 50
MMDB9IG-X connector. 3 Low Light Gray 10 50
MMDB9 MMDB9WH-X 3 Low White 10 50
MMDB9BL-X 3 Low Black 10 50

15 Pin D-Subminiature Connector


MMDB15IW-X Accepts industry standard 3 Low Off White 10 50
MMDB15EI-X 15 pin D-subminiature 3 Low Elec. Ivory 10 50
MMDB15
MMDB15IG-X connector. 3 Low Light Gray 10 50
MMDB15WH-X 3 Low White 10 50
MMDB15BL-X 3 Low Black 10 50

25 Pin D-Subminiature Connector


MMDB25IW-X Accepts industry standard 4 Low Off White 10 50
MMDB25 MMDB25EI-X 25 pin D-subminiature 4 Low Elec. Ivory 10 50
MMDB25IG-X connector 4 Low Light Gray 10 50
MMDB25WH-X 4 Low White 10 50
MMDB25BL-X 4 Low Black 10 50
Connectors sold separately ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Note: Same modules snap in and out of all
MOD-COM faceplates, boxes and modular
patch panels.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 45
™ MOD-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM

IBM® Type Data


Connector Module
No. of Std. Std.
Module Module Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Spaces Height Color Qty. Qty.
MMDC4A Data Connector and Module Base
MMDC4AIW Module contains IBM Type 2 High Off White 1 10
MMDC4AEI Data Connector, Type A 2 High Elec. Ivory 1 10
MODULES

MMDC4AIG 2 High Light Gray 1 10


MMDC4AWH 2 High White 1 10
MMDC4ABL 2 High Black 1 10

Data Connector Only


MMI DC4 Data Connector Type B 2 High - 1 10

DC4A Data Connector Type A 2 High - 1 10

Module Base Only


MMIIW-X Accepts either Type A or 2 High Off White 10 50
MMIEI-X Type B Data Connector. 2 High Elec. Ivory 10 50
• Designed for use in IBM Token Ring LANs MMIIG-X 2 High Light Gray 10 50
• Accommodates IBM type 1, 2, or 6 cable. MMIWH-X 2 High White 10 50
• Equivalent to IBM part no. 8310574 Type A MMIBL-X 2 High Black 10 50
or IBM part no. 6091000 Type B

Coax Connector No. of Std. Std.


Module Base Module Module Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Spaces Height Color Qty. Qty.
Coax Connector Module Base
MMTCJ MMTCJIW-X Module base accepts 1 Low Off White 10 50
MMTCJEI-X coax connector jacks 1 Low Elec. Ivory 10 50
MMTCJIG-X which are sold separately. 1 Low Light Gray 10 50
MMTCJWH-X 1 Low White 10 50
MMTCJBL-X 1 Low Black 10 50
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Connectors sold separately


Panduit Coax Connectors used with MMTC
module base:

Termination
Part Number Style Type RG/U Size
BNC10F11S11 Twist-on BNC 58
BNC10F12S11 59, 62
BNC10F13S11 59P
MMTCJ Module with BNC Connector BNC10F14S11 62P
BNC15F17S12 Crimp BNC 58, 58P
BNC15F18S12 59, 62,
59P, 62P
F10F10S11 Twist-on F 6
F10F12S11 59
F15F10S11 Crimp F 6
MMTCJ Module with F Connector
F15F12S11 59
• Coax Connector snaps into Module base
Coax connectors - see pages 55-57.
• Holds Panduit BNC and F connectors,
sold separately. See pages 55-57.
Note: Same modules snap in and out of all
MOD-COM Faceplates, Boxes and Modular
Patch Panels.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


46 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
MOD-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM ™

BNC Coax Bulkhead


No. of Std. Std.
Adapter Modules Module Module Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Spaces Height Color Qty. Qty.
Single Bulkhead Adapter Module
MMBA MMBAIW Single adapter cable 1 Low Off White 1 10
MMBAEI connects to jack on both 1 Low Elec. Ivory 1 10

MODULES
MMBAIG sides of module base. 1 Low Light Gray 1 10
MMBAWH 1 Low White 1 10
MMBABL 1 Low Black 1 10

Dual Bulkhead Adapter Module


MMDBAIW Two adapters can be used 1 High Off White 1 10
MMDBAEI for Ethernet applications. 1 HIgh Elec. Ivory 1 10
MMDBAIG 1 High Light Gray 1 10
MMDBA MMDBAWH 1 High White 1 10
MMDBABL 1 High Black 1 10
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Connectors included Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

F-Type Bulkhead No. of Std. Std.


Adapter Module Base Module Module Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Spaces Height Color Qty. Qty.
F-Type Bulkhead Adapter Module Base
MMFAIW Accepts industry standard 1 Low Off White 1 10
MMFA MMFAEI F-type bulkhead connector 1 Low Elec. Ivory 1 10
MMFAIG 1 Low Light Gray 1 10
MMFAWH 1 Low White 1 10
MMFABL 1 Low Black 1 10
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Connector included

RCA Jack Module No. of Std. Std.


Module Module Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Spaces Height Color Qty. Qty.
N EW RCA Jack Module
MMRCAIW RCA jack included 1 Low Off White 1 10
MMRCAEI 1 Low Elec. Ivory 1 10
MMRCAIG 1 Low Light Gray 1 10
MMRCA MMRCAWH 1 Low White 1 10
MMRCABL 1 Low Black 1 10
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Connector included Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Twinax Connector
Module Base No. of Std. Std.
Module Module Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Spaces Height Color Qty. Qty.
Twinax Connector Module Base
MMTJ
MMTJIW-X Module base accepts 2 High Off White 10 50
MMTJEI-X Panduit Twinax Jack part 2 High Elec. Ivory 10 50
MMTJIG-X no. TWX20F15S11-X 2 High Light Gray 10 50
MMTJWH-X (see page 57) 2 High White 10 50
MMTJBL-X 2 High Black 10 50
Connector sold separately
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Note: Same modules snap in and out of all Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
MOD-COM faceplates, boxes and modular
patch panels.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 47
™ MOD-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM

Ethernet Tap
Module Base
No. of Std. Std.
Module Module Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Spaces Height Color Qty. Qty.
Ethernet Tap Module Base
MMTNT
MMTNTIW-X Module base only. 4 Low Off White 10 50
MMTNTEI-X Thinnet tap connector sold 4 Low Elec. Ivory 10 50
MODULES

MMTNTIG-X separately. 4 Low Light Gray 10 50


MMTNTWH-X 4 Low White 10 50
MMTNTBL-X 4 Low Black 10 50
Connector not included
ORDERING INFORMATION:
• Accepts AMP® Thinnet Tap Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
• For use in Ethernet 10Base2 Networks

SC Fiber Optic Adapter No. of Std. Std.


Module Bases Module Module Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Spaces Height Color Qty. Qty.
Module Base and Single SC Adapter
MMSCWIW Module base supplied with 1 Low Off White 1 10
MMSCW MMSCWEI one SC multimode/single 1 Low Elec. Ivory 1 10
MMSCWIG mode fiber optic 1 Low Light Gray 1 10
MMSCWWH adapter with phosphor 1 Low White 1 10
MMSCWBL bronze sleeve. 1 Low Black 1 10

Module Base and Duplex SC Adapter - Vertical Orientation


MMDSCWIW Module base supplied with 1 High Off White 1 10
MMDSCW MMDSCWEI one duplex SC multimode/ 1 High Elec. Ivory 1 10
MMDSCWIG single mode fiber optic 1 High Light Gray 1 10
MMDSCWWH adapter with phosphor 1 High White 1 10
MMDSCWBL bronze sleeve. 1 High Black 1 10

Module Base and Duplex SC Adapter - Horizontal Orientation


N EW MMHDSCIW Module base supplied with 2 Low Off White 1 10
MMHDSCEI one duplex SC multimode/ 2 Low Elec. Ivory 1 10
MMHDSCW MMHDSCIG single mode fiber optic 2 Low Light Gray 1 10
MMHDSCWH adapter with phosphor 2 Low White 1 10
MMHDSCBL bronze sleeve. 2 Low Black 1 10
• Excellent for use in multi-media/fiber outlets ORDERING INFORMATION:
(see pages 38-39) Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

ST Fiber Optic Adapter No. of Std. Std.


Module Bases Module Module Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Spaces Height Color Qty. Qty.
Module Base and Single ST Adapter
MMST MMSTIW Module base supplied with 1 Low Off White 1 10
MMSTEI one ST fiber optic 1 Low Elec. Ivory 1 10
MMSTIG adapter. 1 Low Light Gray 1 10
MMSTWH 1 Low White 1 10
MMSTBL 1 Low Black 1 10

Module Base and Two ST Adapters


MMSTD
MMSTDIW Module base supplied with 1 High Off White 1 10
MMSTDEI two ST fiber optic adapters. 1 High Elec. Ivory 1 10
MMSTDIG 1 High Light Gray 1 10
MMSTDWH 1 High White 1 10
Note: Same modules snap in and out of all MMSTDBL 1 High Black 1 10
MOD-COM Faceplates, Boxes and Modular ORDERING INFORMATION:
Patch Panels. Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


48 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
MOD-COM ™ NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM ™

FDDI Fiber Optic Module


No. of Std. Std.
Module Module Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Spaces Height Color Qty. Qty.
FDDI Fiber Optic Module
MMFCIW Accepts FDDI connector on 1 High Off White 1 10
MMFCEI one end and two 2.5mm ST 1 High Elec. Ivory 1 10
MMFCIG plug connectors on other 1 High Light Gray 1 10

MODULES
MMFCWH end. 1 High White 1 10
MMFCBL 1 High Black 1 10
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
FDDI module capacity in boxes and
faceplates varies with plug dimensions. • Can be keyed for Type A, B, M, or S
• Supplied with keying device and dust cap

3M ® 2300 Fiber No. of Std. Std.


Termination Module Base Module Module Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Spaces Height Color Qty. Qty.
3M ® 2300 Fiber Termination Module Base
MM2300DIW-X Module base only. 1 High Off White 10 50
MM2300DEI-X 1 High Elec. Ivory 10 50
MM2300DIG-X 1 High Light Gray 10 50
MM2300 MM2300DWH-X 1 High White 10 50
MM2300DBL-X 1 High Black 10 50
• Accepts 3M 2300 Fiber Termination ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Module (not included)

Blank Modules
Low Blank Module
MMB1IW-X Provides reserved space 1 Low Off White 10 50
MMB1 MMB1EI-X for future use. Covers up 1 Low Elec. Ivory 10 50
MMB1IG-X space left by low module. 1 Low Light Gray 10 50
MMB1WH-X 1 Low White 10 50
MMB1BL-X 1 Low Black 10 50

Triple Wide Low Blank Module


MMB3IW-X Integral breakouts allow 1,2 or 3 Low Off White 10 50
MMB3 MMB3EI-X it to be used to cover 1, 2 or 1,2 or 3 Low Elec. Ivory 10 50
MMB3IG-X 3 low module spaces. 1,2 or 3 Low Light Gray 10 50
MMB3WH-X 1,2 or 3 Low White 10 50
MMB3BL-X 1,2 or 3 Low Black 10 50

High Blank Module


MMDB MMDB1IW-X Provides reserved space 1 High Off White 10 50
MMDB1EI-X for future use. Covers up 1 High Elec. Ivory 10 50
MMDB1IG-X space left by high module. 1 High Light Gray 10 50
MMDB1WH-X 1 High White 10 50
• Fills in unused spaces of faceplates or MMDB1BL-X 1 High Black 10 50
surface mount boxes
• Provides support to adjacent modules

Wire Feed Through Module Wire Feed Through Module


MMDWIW-X Routes .14" (3.6mm)-.27" 1 Low Off White 10 50
MMDW MMDWEI-X (6.9mm) O.D. cable directly 1 Low Elec. Ivory 10 50
MMDWIG-X through faceplate or 1 Low Light Gray 10 50
MMDWWH-X surface mount box. 1 Low White 10 50
MMDWBL-X 1 Low Black 10 50
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
• Snaps onto single cable to provide strain relief.
Note: Same modules snap in and out of all MOD-COM
Faceplates, Boxes and Modular Patch Panels.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 49
NOTES
MODULES

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


50 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
SYSTEM ACCESSORIES ™

Wall Board Adapters Std. Std.


Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Qty. Qty.
Single Gang Wall Board Adapter
MWBA1

ACCESSORIES
MWBA1 Replacement for single gang in-wall box. Mounting hole 1 10
spacing of 3.28" (83.5mm).

Double Gang Wall Board Adapter


MWBA-2G
MWBA-2G Replacement for double gang in-wall boxes. Mounting hole 1 10
spacing of 3.28" (83.5mm).

ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

In-Wall Box Adapters Std. Std.


Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Color Qty. Qty.
MIWBAIW Allows mounting of MINI-COM ™ and Off White 1 10
MIWBAEI MOD-COM ™ single gang Faceplates and Elec. Ivory 1 10
MIWBAIG 4 module boxes to double gang in-wall Light Gray 1 10
MIWBAWH boxes and box eliminators, both horizontally White 1 10
MIWBABL and vertically. Also allows a 4 module Black 1 10
space box to be mounted perpendicular to a
single gang in-wall box.
MIWDBAIW Allows mounting of MOD-COM sloped box Off White 1 10
MIWBA MIWDBAEI and square DIN Faceplates to single gang Elec. Ivory 1 10
MIWDBAIG and double gang in-wall boxes and box Light Gray 1 10
MIWDBAWH eliminators. Also allows square DIN White 1 10
MIWDBABL faceplates to be mounted over square DIN Black 1 10
in-wall box.
MIWDBA ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 51
™ SYSTEM ACCESSORIES

Snap-In Faceplate Extender Std. Std.


Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Color Qty. Qty.
Faceplate Extender
ACCESSORIES

MFFPE MFFPEIW Extends snap-in faceplate approximately ½". Off White 1 10


MFFPEEI Accepts MINI-COM ™ CFFP and Elec. Ivory 1 10
MFFPEIG MOD-COM ™ MFFP4 and MFPH4 modular Light Gray 1 10
MFFPEWH faceplates. Fits into same breakout size as MFFP White 1 10
MFFPEBL faceplate. Black 1 10
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
• For use when depth inside modular
furniture base is limited

Herman Miller Adapter Herman Miller Adapter


MFFPHMBL Adapter to use MINI-COM ™ CFFP and Black 1 10
MOD-COM ™ MFFP and MFPH snap-in
faceplates with Herman Miller modular furniture.
Converts a 3" x 1.875" opening into a
2.688" x 1.375" (68.58 x 35.05) opening.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
MFFPHMBL Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

• For use with Herman Miller modular


furniture with 3" x 1.875" opening

Punch Die Std.


Pkg.
Part Number Description Qty.
Punch DIe
MFFD MFFD Punch Die cuts a rectangular hole in base of modular furniture to 1
accept MINI-COM ™ CFFP and MOD-COM ™ MFFP, MFFP2I and
MFPH snap-in faceplates
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

For use with plastic or metal furniture.


Requires hydraulic driver such as a
GreenLee #7804SB.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


52 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
SYSTEM ACCESSORIES ™

Tombstone (Floor Box)


Adapter Plate
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Qty. Qty.
Tombstone Adapter Plate
MSP500W Allows MINI-COM ™ and MOD-COM ™ snap-in 1 10

ACCESSORIES
faceplates to be mounted to Walker floor box service fitting
Part No. 500 (Tombstone).
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

• Accepts snap-in faceplates


• Up to four connector modules
per faceplate

In-Floor Box Std. Std.


Adapter Plate Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Qty. Qty.
In-Floor Box Adapter Plate
MIFBA Allows MINI-COM ™ and MOD-COM ™ Single Gang 1 10
Faceplates to be mounted to Walker in-floor boxes.
Part No. WF3
Two adapter plates will fit into one Walker box.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

• Accepts single gang


faceplates
• Up to six connector modules
per faceplate

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 53
™ SYSTEM ACCESSORIES

Modular Plugs and Tools


Conductor Std. Std.
Used to mass-terminate solid No. of No. of Insulation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Positions Wires Diameter Qty. Qty.
or stranded modular or twisted
pair cable. Tools provide fast Twisted Pair (Solid)--24-26 AWG
installation. MP66SO-L 6 6 50 250
ACCESSORIES

.034"
Modular Plugs (.86mm)
MP88SO-L 8 8 50 250

MP88KSO-L 8 8 50 250
Keyed
for
Data

Flat-Oval (Stranded)--26 AWG


MP64-L 6 4 50 250
Plugs into industry standard
modular jack.
• Plug housing is clear
MP66-L 6 6 50 250
polycarbonate material
.038"
• Contacts are plated with 50 (.97mm)
micro-inches of gold for
maximum performance MP88-L 8 8 50 250

MP88K-L 8 8 50 250
Keyed
for
Data

ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Installation Tools Std.


Ctn.
Part Number Description Qty.
Control Cycle
Crimp Tools and Dies
CT-6 Crimp tool and Die for 6 position (RJ11 Type) modular plugs 1
CT-8 Crimp Tool and Die for 8 position (RJ45 Type) 1
keyed and non-keyed modular plugs
Dies Only
CD-6 Crimp Die only. For 6 position (RJ11 Type) modular plugs 1
CD-8 Crimp Die only. For 8 position (RJ45 Type) 1
keyed and non-keyed modular plugs

Light Duty
Complete Tool (with integral die set)
CT-MP6LD Crimps 6 position plugs, for stranded cable only 1

ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


54 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
SYSTEM ACCESSORIES ™

Crimped Coax
Connectors
RG/U Dimensions in. (mm) Nominal Std.
BNC Straight Jack Coupling Cable Insulation Pkg.
Part Number Style Sizes A B C Outside Dia. Qty.

COAX CONNECTORS
BNC15F17S12-X 58, 58P 1.35 .43 .195" (4.9) 10
BNC (54.3) (10.9) --

† BNC15F18S12-X 59, 62 1.37 .43 .242" (6.1) 10


59P, 62P (34.8) (10.9)

BNC Straight Plug BNC15M11S11-X 58 1.08 .56 .195" (4.9) 10


BNC (27.4) (14.2) --

BNC15M12S11-X 59, 62 .242" (6.1) 10

F Straight Jack F15F10S11-X F 6 1.31 .43 .275" (7.0) 10


(3/8"-32) (33.3) (11.0)

F15F12S11-X 59 .242" (6.1) 10

F Straight Plug F15M10S11-X F 6 .73 .43 .275" (7.0) 10


(3/8"-32) (18.5) (11.0)

F15M12S11-X 59 .242" (6.1) 10

ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

† For use with coax module base MMTCJ - see page 46.

Crimping Tools Std.


Pkg.
Part Number Description Qty.
B33BT1 Tool (frame only--order dies separately) 1
Provides tool-controlled crimps
Ratchet-action with mid-cycle release
Jaw die set alignment pin
Crimps RG58, 59, 62/U sizes (and center conductor)
Compact, lightweight, durable
Textured plastic grips
Weighs less than a pound
B33DS1 Die set for F connectors 1
B33DS2 Die set for BNC/TNC connectors 1
B33CT2 Crimps RG58, 59, 62/U sizes (and center conductor) 1
B33CT3 Crimps RG59 and 6/U sizes 1
Both tools provide installer-controlled crimps
Heavy duty construction
Rubberized grips
Weight: 1½ pounds
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Note: The B33BT1 crimp tool and B33DS2 die set are recommended to crimp shield ring on both MINI-JACK ™ and
PAN-JACK ™ Category 5 Shielded Modular Jacks (see pages 19 and 40).

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 55
™ SYSTEM ACCESSORIES

Twist-On RG/U Dimensions in. (mm) Nominal Std.


Coax Connectors Coupling Cable Insulation Pkg.
Part Number Style Sizes A B C Outside Dia. Qty.
BNC Straight Plug BNC10M11S11-X 58 .195" (4.9) 10
1.49 .56 .375
BNC10M12S11-X BNC 59, 62 (37.8) (14.2) (9.5) .242" (6.1) 10
COAX CONNECTORS

BNC10M13S11-X 59P* .206" (5.2) 10


BNC10M14S11-X 62P* .218" (5.5) 10

BNC Straight Jack † BNC10F11S11-X 58 .195" (4.9) 10


1.09 .49 .375
† BNC10F12S11-X BNC 59, 62 (27.7) (12.4) (9.5) .242" (6.1) 10
† BNC10F13S11-X 59P* .206" (5.2) 10
† BNC10F14S11-X 62P* .218" (5.5) 10

F Straight Plug F10M10S11-X F 6 .83 .43 -- .275" (7.0) 10


(3/8"-32) (21.0) (11.0)
F10M12S11-X 59 .242" (6.1) 10

F Straight Jack † F10F10S11-X F 6 1.21 .43 -- .275" (7.0) 10


(3/8"-32) (30.7) (11.0)
† F10F12S11-X 59 .242" (6.1) 10

ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

† For use with coax module base MMTCJ - see page 46.

Technical Specifications

Dimensions
Withstanding Cable Operating
Termination Normal Voltage Rating Insulation Voltage (@ Sea Retention Temperature
Type Impedance (@ Sea Level) Resistance Level) Frequency Range (Pullout) Range
Twist-On BNC:0 to 4GHz -670F to 2570F
50 OHMS 500 Volts 5000 1500 Volts (Usable to 10GHz) 40 Lbs. (-550C to 1250C)
Crimp RMS Megaohms TMS TNC: 0 to 11GHz
(Max) (Min.) (Max.)
0 to 200 MHz -670F to 1850F
Twinax 95 OHMS (Usable to 80 Lbs. (-550C to 850C)
500 MHz)

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


56 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
SYSTEM ACCESSORIES ™

Twinax Connectors RG/U Dimensions in. (mm) Nominal Std.


Straight Plug Coupling Cable Insulation Pkg.
Part Number Style Sizes A B C Outside Dia. Qty.
TWX20M15S11-X TNC Twinax* 1.83 .75 .88 .330" 10
(3/4"-20) (49.0) (19.1) (22.4) (8.4)

COAX CONNECTORS
Straight Jack † TWX20F15S11-X TNC Twinax* 1.72 .75 .78 .330" 10
(3/4"-20) (43.7) (19.1) (19.8) (8.4)

ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
*Most types of shielded Twinax cables (such as Belden 9207, Dearborn 6207, IBM 73662, etc.)
† For use with coax module base MMTJ - see page 46.

BNC Adapters
Dimensions in. (mm) Std.
Tee Adapter Part Number Coupling Pkg.
Style A B C Qty.
BNC2T1-X Jack-Plug-Jack 1.28 (32.5) 1.02 (25.9) .56 (14.2) 10

Bulkhead Adapter BNCFBNCFB11-X Jack-Jack 1.42 (36.0) .54 (13.7) .71 (18.0) 10
MOUNTING LAYOUT
DIAMETER: .500" (12.7)
FLAT: .470" (11.9)

MAX. PANEL THICKNESS:.175"(4.4)

Coax Cable For Connector Std. Pkg.


Stripping Tool Part Number Type Description Qty.
B11ST Twist-on Tool and B11SC Cassette 1
Strips Braid and Dielectric
Insulation to the Proper B33ST Crimped Tool and B33SC Cassette 1
Lengths SLIDE
ADJUSTMENT
Easy to Use...
1. Place cable in open tool at proper length. SLIDE ADJUSTMENT
2. Move slide adjustment to 1st position, POSITION NUMBER
rotate tool around cable.
FINGER HOLE & REPLACEABLE AND
3. Move slide adjustment to 2nd & 3rd ROTATABLE STRIPPING
position, rotating tool each time. LOCKING LATCH
CASSETTE (PROVIDED)
4. Pull out properly stripped cable and
terminate.

Replacement B11SC Twist-on For B11ST tool 1


Cassette B33SC Crimped For B33ST tool 1
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Extends the Life of
MAKES ONE TOOL
Stripping Tool NUMBERED VERSATILE BY
POSITIONS USING ADDITIONAL
CASSETTES

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 57
NOTES

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


58 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)

CLOSET CABLING SOLUTIONS

Telecommunications Closet Cabling Solutions


Panduit delivers an end-to-end system solution with a Pre-Configured Patch Panels provide a high density,
wide range of products to meet your closet cabling high performance solution. The PAN-NET™ Cable
requirements. MINI-COM ™ and MOD-COM ™ Management System helps manage your installation,
Modular Patch Panels deliver the installation and and is unsurpassed for routing, organizing, protecting
performance benefits of Panduit Modular Jacks and and maintaining your cabling investment.
the flexibility to customize your system by also Lastly, Panduit offers a wide range of accessories
accepting coax and fiber optic modules. including high performance Category 5 patch cords.
DATA-PATCH ™ 110 Style Category 5

Panduit Closet Cabling Solutions provide the following key benefits:


• Modular patch panels allow for quick and easy • Maximum density to meet high density
moves, adds and changes application requirements and conserve space
• Support multi-media cabling systems for • Cable management system helps maintain
maximum flexibility cable bend radius for Category 5 and Fiber Optic
• Components mount to standard EIA 19" racks for cables thus ensuring signal integrity
complete flexibility and adaptability • Hinged brackets conserve telecommunications
• 110 Style patch panels meet Category 5 closet space and allow easy access to cables
requirements and are pre-configured for T568A • Colored patch cords provide high quality, reliable
or T568B wiring schemes connections and can be used for identification
and to improve aesthetics

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 59

CLOSET CABLING SOLUTIONS

Cable Management System Product Guide Page


Note: FIBER-DUCT ™ Routing System duct and fittings work only with
FMPV series vertical cable management panels and mount only to the rear. 1. Vertical Cable Management System 71
• WMPV Series with 4" x 5" duct on front and rear
• Extends 20 rack spaces
• Mounts vertically onto sides or between adjacent
standard EIA 19" racks
• Mounting brackets included
6 • Scorelines on duct fingers permit easy breakouts

2. Horizontal Cable Management System 72


• WMPH Series
• Extends 2 rack spaces
• Mounts horizontally onto standard 19" racks
• Built-in vertical brackets

3. Patch Panels 61-64


• DATA-PATCH ™ Category 5 Pre-Configured
Patch Panels
- 110 Style IDC Terminations
• Modular Patch Panels
- Accept unshielded or shielded Category 5
Modular Jacks
• Snap-In Faceplate Patch Panels
- Accept connector modules for Category 5 UTP,
ScTP, Coax and Fiber Optic cables
2
4. Panduit Standard EIA 19" Racks 65
• Can be used with any industry standard 19"
components in addition to all Panduit cable
5 management and patch panel products.
• 84" (2.13m) height provides 45 rack spaces
47.25" (1.20m) height provides 24 rack spaces
• Aluminum construction
• Smooth, black finish
3
5. “Fiber Optic” 68-70
1 Vertical Cable Management System
• FMPV Series with 4" x 4" duct on rear of rack and
4" x 5" duct on front of rack
• Extends 20 rack spaces
• Mounts vertically onto sides or between adjacent
standard EIA 19" racks
• Mounting brackets included (mount onto front channel
of rack
• Scorelines on duct fingers permit easy breakouts

6. FIBER-DUCT ™ Routing System 77


4 • For use with FMPV Series Vertical Cable Management
System (mate with rear side, 4" x 4" duct only)
• PANDUCT ® 4" x 4" duct and fittings provide routing
path for cables from ceiling or cable tray onto cable
management system for rear side cable distribution
• Fittings maintain proper bend radii of Fiber, UTP and
ScTP cables
• Complete selection of mounting brackets and hardware
for ladder rack, wall and rack mounting
• FIBER-DUCT ™ Routing System components located
on pages 77
• For more information on duct, fittings, rivets and
installation tools, request Wiring Duct Catalog
SA101N64B
Note: One rack space = 1.75" (4.45cm)

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


60 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)

CLOSET CABLING SOLUTIONS

MINI-COM ™ Snap-In Faceplate Patch Panels


MINI-COM Snap-In Faceplate Patch Panels are • Excellent for use with the Panduit Cable
Management System
ideal for multi-media applications. They accept
snap-in MINI-COM Modules for UTP, ScTP, Coax • High density
and Fiber Optic cables. Benefits include the (24 ports per
• Mount to rack space)
capability to add ports as needed, mix and match
media, and switch or replace modules as needs standard

PATCH PANELS
EIA 19"
change. Excellent for use in Category 5 racks • Faceplates
applications, snap-in faceplate patch panels make removable
color coding easy and provide a way to take from front
advantage of high performance MINI-JACK ™
Modules in the telecommunications closet.

CPP24WBL Number of Std. Std.


Rack Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Spaces* Qty. Qty.
MINI-COM 24 Port Snap-In Faceplate Patch Panel - With Faceplates
CPP24WBL Patch panel SUPPLIED WITH 6 CFFP type snap-in 1 1 10
faceplates. Accepts up to 24 MINI-COM Modules.
MINI-COM 48 Port Snap-In Faceplate Patch Panel - With Faceplates
CPP48WBL Patch panel SUPPLIED WITH 12 CFFP type snap-in 2 1 10
faceplates. Accepts up to 48 MINI-COM Modules.

• Color: Black MINI-COM 24 Port Snap-In Faceplate Patch Panel - Without Faceplates
CPP24BL Patch panel SUPPLIED WITHOUT snap-in 1 1 10
Connector modules sold separately. faceplates. Accepts up to 6 CFFP type snap-in
faceplates and 24 MINI-COM Modules.
*Note: One rack space = 1.75" (4.45cm) MINI-COM 48 Port Snap-In Faceplate Patch Panel - Without Faceplates
CPP48BL Patch panel SUPPLIED WITHOUT snap-in 2 1 10
faceplates. Accepts up to12 CFFP type snap-in
Note: See page 67 for information on a faceplates and 48 MINI-COM Modules.
wide range of color coding options.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Snap-In Faceplate Patch Panel Installation

Mount snap-in faceplate patch Terminate modular jacks, fiber Once all four terminated modules Install patch cords into snap-in
panel and cable management optic adapters and coax have been installed in the slots on front of cable
panel (Part Number: WMPH2, connectors to their respective snap-in faceplate, simply snap management panel.
see page72) to standard EIA 19" cables and install into snap-in the faceplate into the patch panel
rack. faceplate. opening on the front.
Tip – Be careful to maintain pair Note: Modules can also be
twists to within 1/2" of installed into faceplate after the
termination for Category 5 faceplate has been snapped into
applications. patch panel.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 61

CLOSET CABLING SOLUTIONS

MINI-COM ™ All Metal Modular Patch Panels


MINI-COM All Metal Modular Patch Panels are • Mount to
• Modules standard
ideal for screened twisted pair (ScTP) applications. snap directly EIA 19"
They accept all snap-in MINI-COM Modules for into the racks
UTP, ScTP, Coax and Fiber Optic cables. Modules panel – no
snap directly into the all metal modular patch panel. faceplates • Excellent for
For screened applications, the all metal design are required use with the
PATCH PANELS

Panduit Cable
allows shielded jacks to be directly bonded to the Management
panel upon installation. MINI-COM All Metal • Color: Black System
Modular Patch Panels are excellent for Category 5
UTP as well as multi-media applications and they • Accepts all MINI-COM Modules for UTP, ScTP, Coax and
Fiber Optic cables. Connector modules sold separately
include TIA/EIA-606 compliant white write-on areas (see pages 55-57) (24 port modular patch panel shown
to identify panels and ports. without modules.)
CP24BL
Number of Std. Std.
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
CP48BL Part Number Description Spaces* Qty. Qty.
MINI-COM 24 Port All Metal Modular Patch Panel
CP24BL Accepts all MINI-COM Connector Modules. 1 1 10
MINI-COM 48 Port All Metal Modular Patch Panel
CP96BL
CP48BL Accepts all MINI-COM Connector Modules. 2 1 10
MINI-COM 96 Port All Metal Modular Patch Panel
CP96BL Accepts all MINI-COM Connector Modules. 4 1 10
Grounding Kit for All Metal Modular Patch Panel
PGK Attaches CPxxBL panel to grounding bus when used - 1 10
with painted racks in shielded applications.
Note: See page 67 for information on a
wide range of color coding options. ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Connector modules sold separately. *Not recommended for use with Duplex SC module.

MINI-COM ™ All Metal MINI-COM 24 Port All Metal Modular Patch Panel - with Support Bar
Modular Patch Panel with CP24WSBL Includes same features as shown above but also 1 1 10
Integral Support Bar incudes an integral support bar to provide cable
management.
Accepts all MINI-COM Connector Modules.
N EW MINI-COM 48 Port All-Metal Modular Patch Panel - with Support Bars
CP24WSBL CP48WSBL Includes same features as shown above but also 2 1 10
incudes two integral support bars to provide cable
management.
Accepts all MINI-COM Connector Modules.
Grounding Kit for All Metal Modular Patch Panel - with Support Bar
PGKE Attaches CPxxWSBL panel to grounding bus when - 1 10
used with painted racks in shielded applications.
• Cable tie slots provided for managing
individual cables ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
• Contoured support helps to maintain *Not recommended for use with Duplex SC module. If Duplex SC module is used however, two release levers must
Category 5 cable bend radius be activated on the all metal modular patch panel to release the module.

MINI-COM ™ and MOD-COM ™ All-Metal Modular Patch Panels are Self-Grounding


Benefits:
• Eliminates need for separate
grounding bar
• Speeds installation and lowers
installed cost

Cable shield is bonded directly Shielded modular jacks are Modular patch panels are bonded
to shielded modular jack. then bonded directly to a directly to an unpainted rack. For
modular patch panel painted racks, use PGK Note: Rack must be bonded to
grounding kit (see page 63). ground per TIA-607.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


62 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)

CLOSET CABLING SOLUTIONS

MOD-COM ™ Snap-In Faceplate


Patch Panels
MOD-COM Snap-In Faceplate Patch Panels
accept all MOD-COM Snap-in Connector Modules
for UTP, ScTP, Coax and Fiber Optic cables (see

PATCH PANELS
pages 40-49). They provide an excellent modular
solution for multimedia cabling applications in the
telecommunications closet. These panels can be
customized entirely to meet your present
requirements yet also can be modified quickly to • Use for Category 5 UTP, • Modular design for quick
meet your future moves, adds and changes. Coax and Fiber Optic cabling revisions
applications • Accept all MOD-COM
• Mount to standard EIA 19" Snap-in Cconnector
racks Modules
MPP24WBL
Number Std. Std.
of Rack Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Spaces* Qty. Qty.
24 Port MOD-COM Snap-In Faceplate Patch Panel
MPP24WBL Accepts 24 MOD-COM Modules. Supplied with 1 1 10
6 MFPH snap-in faceplates. Color: Black
MPP48WBL
48 Port MOD-COM Snap-In Faceplate Patch Panel
MPP48WBL Accepts 48 MOD-COM Modules. Supplied with 2 1 10
12 MFPH snap-in faceplates. Color: Black
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Distributor Note: Add suffix -P to part number for P.O.P. packaging for use on merchandising displays.

• Excellent for use with the DATA-PATCH™


MOD-COM ™ All Metal Modular Patch Cable Management System

MOD-COM All Metal Modular Patch Panels • Connector


accept 24 PAN-JACK ™ Modular Jacks. The all modules sold
metal design allows shielded jacks to be separately (see
automatically bonded to panel upon installation, pages 55-57)
(Bottom modular
thus providing an excellent shielded solution for patch panel is
the telecommunications closet. shown without
modules.)
• Mounts to standard EIA 19" racks
• Designed for use with • Includes TIA/EIA-606 compliant
DPF24BL Panduit Cable white write-on areas to identify
Management System panel and ports

Number of Std. Std.


Rack Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Spaces* Qty. Qty.
PGK
Modular Patch Panel
DPF24BL 24 port modular patch panel. Accepts 24 1 1 10
PAN-JACK Category 5 Shielded or
Unshielded Modular Jacks. Color: Black
Grounding Kit for Modular Patch Panel
PGK Attaches panel to grounding bus when used - 1 10
with painted racks in shielded applications.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Distributor Note: Add suffix -P to part number for P.O.P. packaging for use on merchandising displays.
Note: See page 67 for information on a
wide range of color coding options. NOTE: MOD-COM All Metal Modular Patch Panels are designed for use only with
PAN-JACK Category 5 Shielded and Unshielded Modular Jacks.See pages 40-44
*Note: One rack space = 1.75" (4.45cm)

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 63

CLOSET CABLING SOLUTIONS

MINI-COM ™ 12 Port Snap-In Faceplate Patch Panel


MINI-COM 12 Port Snap-In Faceplate Patch • Modular • Mounts to
design for standard
Panel snaps into standard “89D” brackets and can “89D”
easy cabling
be vertically or horizontally wall mounted to meet revisions bracket
your application and space requirements. It accepts
all MINI-COM Modules for UTP, ScTP, Coax and • Accepts all
Fiber Optic cables. The unique design provides MINI-COM
PATCH PANELS

Modules for
additional space behind the jacks for routing cables UTP, ScTP,
and maintaining cable bend radius. Coax and
• Black color Fiber Optic
cables (see
N EW pages19-25)

CPP12WBL Std. Std.


Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Qty. Qty.
MINI-COM 12 Port Snap-In Faceplate Patch Panel
• Faceplate labels on page157 CPP12WBL Patch panel SUPPLIED WITH 3 CFFP type snap-in faceplates. 1 10
Accepts up to 12 MINI-COM Modules.
• Module labels on page158
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Connector modules sold separately. Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

MOD-COM ™ 12 Port Snap-In Faceplate Patch Panel


MOD-COM 12 Port Snap-In Faceplate Patch • Modular • Mounts to
design for standard
Panel snaps into standard “89D” brackets and can “89D”
easy cabling
be vertically or horizontally wall mounted to meet revisions bracket
your application and space requirements. It accepts
all low MOD-COM Modules for UTP, ScTP, Coax • Accepts all low
and Fiber Optic cables. The unique design provides MOD-COM
Modules for
additional space behind the jacks for routing cables UTP, ScTP,
and maintaining cable bend radius. Coax and
• Black color Fiber Optic
cables (see
N EW pages 40-49)

MPP12WBL Std. Std.


Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Qty. Qty.
MOD-COM 12 Port Snap-In Faceplate Patch Panel
Note: See page 67 for information on a MPP12WBL Patch panel SUPPLIED WITH 3 MFPH type snap-in faceplates. 1 10
wide range of color coding options. Accepts up to 12 low MOD-COM Modules.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Connector modules sold separately. Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Standard “89D” Std. Std.


Bracket Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Qty. Qty.
“89D” Bracket
WB89D WB89D Accepts either MINI-COM or MOD-COM 12 port Snap-in 1 10
Faceplate Patch Panels as shown above. Can also be used to
mount industry standard 66 blocks.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


64 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)

CLOSET CABLING SOLUTIONS

DATA-PATCH ™ 110 Style Category 5 Pre-Configured Patch Panels


DATA-PATCH 110 Style Category 5 Patch • UL 1863 Listed, • Mounts to standard EIA • Write-on areas for port and
Panels are supplied with either T568A or T568B Category 5 Verified 19" racks panel identification
wiring configurations. They are available in 24,
32, 48, 64 or 96 port versions for maximum
wiring density. White write-on areas make port

PATCH PANELS
and panel identification easy and optional label
holders for color coded labels are also available.
(See pages 151-152 for patch panel labeling
information.)
These patch panels mount to standard EIA 19”
racks. Industry standard multi-pair punch down
tools can be used for time-saving terminations.
DATA-PATCH Patch Panels should be used
with the Panduit cable management system to • Wiring scheme clearly • Printed circuit • Universal modular jacks
achieve the most organized and efficient identified on front of board design comply with FCC, UL and CSA
telecommunications closet cabling. panel requirements

Number of Std. Std.


Rack Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Spaces* Qty. Qty.
24 Port DATA-PATCH 110 Style Category 5 Patch Panels
DP24588110A T568A Wiring Scheme - 8 position, 8 wire 1 1 10
DP24588110B T568B Wiring Scheme - 8 position, 8 wire 1 1 10

32 Port DATA-PATCH 110 Style Category 5 Patch Panels


DP32588110A T568A Wiring Scheme - 8 position, 8 wire 2 1 10
DP32588110B T568B Wiring Scheme - 8 position, 8 wire 2 1 10

48 Port DATA-PATCH 110 Style Category 5 Patch Panels


DP48588110A T568A Wiring Scheme - 8 position, 8 wire 2 1 10
DP48588110B T568B Wiring Scheme - 8 position, 8 wire 2 1 10

64 Port DATA-PATCH 110 Style Category 5 Patch Panels


DP64588110A T568A Wiring Scheme - 8 position, 8 wire 4 1 10
DP64588110B T568B Wiring Scheme - 8 position, 8 wire 4 1 10

96 Port DATA-PATCH 110 Style Category 5 Patch Panels


DP96588110A T568A Wiring Scheme - 8 position, 8 wire 4 1 10
DP96588110B T568B Wiring Scheme - 8 position, 8 wire 4 1 10
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Distributor Note: For 24 and 48 port panels, add suffix -P to


part number for P.O.P. packaging for use on merchandis-
ing displays.

Note: See page 67 for information on a


wide range of color coding options.

*Note: One rack space = 1.75" (4.45cm)

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 65

CLOSET CABLING SOLUTIONS

Cable Management Kit Std. Std.


for DATA-PATCH ™ Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Qty. Qty.
Patch Panels Cable Management Kit
DPWMK-V Kit includes 5 push mount clips that snap into the pre-existing 5 50
N EW holes in the back of patch panels. Clips manage cables on the
back of patch panels.
PATCH PANELS

1 Kit required for 24 port DATA-PATCH Patch Panel


2 Kits required for 32 and 48 port DATA-PATCH Patch Panels
4 Kits required for 64 and 96 port DATA-PATCH Patch Panels
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

• Low cost solution for managing cables


on the back of patch panels

Punch Down Impact Tool Std. Std.


Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Qty. Qty.
Punch Down Impact Tool
PDT110 Punch down impact tool and blade for 110 style IDCs 1 -
Replacement Blade
PDTH110 Replacement blade for punch down impact tool
ORDERING INFORMATION:
• For use with DATA-PATCH ™ Patch Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Panels shown on previous page

110 Style Patch Panel Installation

Mount patch panel to standard Strip insulation from workstation Mount cable management panel Install patch cords as required,
EIA 19" rack. cable and punch down on back and route cables through fingers routing them through fingers on
of patch panel. in back of panel. front of cable management
Tip - Be careful to maintain pair panel.
twists to within 1/2" of
termination.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


66 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)

CLOSET CABLING SOLUTIONS

The Intuitive Network: Color Coding Options for Your Cabling System
One of the greatest challenges facing network administrators today is maintaining control of their cabling system after the
network is up and running. Why? Because change is constant in a multi-user, multi-protocol environment. To assist you in
getting and keeping control of your network, consider color coding each connection in your cabling system. Panduit offers
three color coding options:

Option 1: All Metal Modular Patch Panel to Modular Communication Outlet

PATCH PANELS
Adhesive labels are available in nine
standard colors to provide color coding
options for all metal modular patch
panels in the telecommunications closet
(see page 151). MINI-JACK ™ and
PAN-JACK ™ Category 5 Modular
Jacks are available in eleven standard
colors and provide color coding options
for both the telecommunications closet
and the workstation outlet (see pages
19 and 40).

Option 2: Snap-In Faceplate Patch Panel to Modular Communication Outlet


The individual MINI-COM or
MOD-COM Snap-in Faceplates (see
pages 14 and 34) are available in
eleven standard colors and can be
mixed or matched to meet your specific
application requirements.
MINI-JACK ™ and PAN-JACK ™
Category 5 Modular Jacks are available
in eleven standard colors and provide
color coding options for both the
telecommunications closet and the
workstation outlet (see pages 19
and 40).

Option 3: Pre-Configured Patch Panel to Modular Communication Outlet


Computer printable, adhesive labels for
patch panel port identification are
available in nine standard colors (see
page 151). MINI-JACK ™ and
PAN-JACK ™ Category 5 Modular
Jacks are available in eleven standard
colors and provide color coding options
for both the telecommunications closet
and the workstation outlet (see pages
19 and 40).

The Payoff:
In a color coded cabling system, everyone from the user, to the technician, to the network administrator, can visibly
identify predetermined designations for each connection. Administrators can select particular colors for particular
applications (for example orange for data, white for voice, red for ATM, blue for 10BASE-T, etc.).
When a modular connection is to be engaged, color coding reduces the chances that it will be plugged into the incorrect
port because whoever is engaging the connection may know the color scheme, may use a nearby field for reference, or
may contact the administrator for guidance. In many applications, if a connection is plugged into the wrong port, it can
slow down or interrupt service on the network. But with some additional planning up front, and the installation of an
“intuitive network”, downtime can be minimized, resulting in a more productive working environment for all.

Custom colors are available. For custom colored identification labels, call 800-777-3300 Ext. 7350
For custom colored network cabling components, call 800-777-3300 Ext. 8314

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 67

CLOSET CABLING SOLUTIONS

Fiber Optic/Multi-Media Interconnect Trays


The fiber optic/multi-media • Rear access • Accepts ST simplex adapters, SC simplex & duplex
only adapters, UTP, ScTP and coax modules
interconnect trays mount to standard
EIA 19" racks directly behind all • Accept 24
or 48
MINI-COM ™ or MOD-COM ™ All MINI-COM or
Metal Modular Patch Panels and
FIBER OPTIC TRAY

MOD-COM
Snap-In Faceplate Patch Panels. Modules for
These stationary trays provide a Fiber Optic
simple, easy to install solution for cables (see
pages 24 and
routing, terminating, and organizing 48)
your fiber optic cable investment.
Fiber optic cable interconnect trays
can be used for both single and • Black textured
multimode terminations to meet your finish
patching and splicing requirements.
• Up to 24 or 48
multimode fiber
connections

• Rear tray capacity


allows installation
for splice tray†

• Excellent for present and future multi- • Removable rear tray cover • Mount to standard
media applications - modular design provides easy access to EIA 19" racks
NE W allows fiber terminations to be added splices and cable storage
quickly and easily

Number of Std. Std.


FMT24 Rack Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Spaces* Qty. Qty.
24 Port Fiber Optic/Multi-Media Interconnect Tray
FMT24 Mounts behind 24 port MINI-COM or MOD-COM 1 1 -
Snap-In Faceplate Patch Panels (CPP24WBL,
MPP24WBL) or All Metal Modular Patch Panels
(CP24BL, DPF24BL).
Includes Fiber Optic Cable Routing Accessory Kit
and Rear Cover.

48 Port Fiber Optic/Multi-Media Interconnect Tray


FMT48 Mounts behind 48 port MINI-COM or MOD-COM 2 1 -
• Pem stud helps align tray to modular Snap-In Faceplate Patch Panels (CPP48WBL,
patch panel for easy installation onto rack MPP48WBL) or All Metal Modular Patch Panel
(CP48BL).
• Multiple side and rear cable entries -
Includes Fiber Optic Cable Routing Accessory Kit
FMT24 designed to accommodate up to
and Rear Cover.
1" innerduct
FMT48 designed to accommodate up to ORDERING INFORMATION:
1½" Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
• Side cable entries designed to align with
NOTE: Fiber Optic Cable Routing Accessory Kit contains various fiber optic cable management
Panduit Vertical Cable Management components such as cable ties, adhesive backed mounts, innerduct pieces and grommet edging.
Panels (see page 71)
• Universal #12-24 mounting hardware † Consult factory for recommended splice trays.

FMT48 available 3rd Quarter 1996

Connector modules and modular patch


panels sold separately.
*Note: One rack space = 1.75" (4.45cm)

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


68 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
CLOSET CABLING SOLUTIONS ™

Fiber Optic/Multi-Media Interconnect Drawers


The fiber optic/multi-media • Drawers slide out for • Accept ST simplex adapters, SC simplex & duplex adapters or
easy front access UTP, ScTP, Coax and Fiber Optic MINI-COM ™ Modules.
interconnect drawers provide an
excellent solution for routing, • Easily added
terminating and organizing your fiber to existing

FIBER OPTIC DRAWER


multimedia
optic cable investment. The drawers installations
slide out to the front to provide easy that will
access to the fiber connections, require fiber
splice tray and cable storage. The terminations
drawers accept either 6 port fiber
adapter panels or 6 port multi-media • Side cable entries
designed to work
modular panels which accept all with WMPV or
MINI-COM ™ Modules for true FMPV series cable
multi-media applications. The fiber management
optic/multi-media interconnect panels
drawers can be used for both single • Black textured
and multimode fiber terminations to finish
meet your patching and splicing
requirements. • Removable rear tray cover • Mount to standard • Rear tray capacity • Up to 24 or 48
provides easy rear access EIA 19" racks for splice tray multimedia
installation† connections

N EW

Number of Std. Std.


Rack Pkg. Ctn.
FMD24 Part Number Description Spaces* Qty. Qty.
24 Port Fiber Optic/Multi-Media Interconnect Drawer
FMD24 Slide out drawer accepts up to 4 FAP* or FMP* 1 1 –
Modular Panels (see page 70).
Includes Fiber Optic Cable Routing Accessory Kit
and Rear Cover.

48 Port Fiber Optic/Multi-Media Interconnect Drawer


FMD48 Slide out drawer accepts up to 8 FAP* or FMP* 2 1 –
Modular Panels (see page 70).
Includes Fiber Optic Cable Routing Accessory Kit
• Multiple side and rear cable entries and Rear Cover.
designed to accommodate 1" innerduct ‡ ORDERING INFORMATION:
for FMD24 and 2" innerduct for FMD48 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
• Side cable entries designed to align with NOTE: Fiber Optic Cable Routing Accessory Kit contains various fiber optic cable management
Panduit Vertical Cable Management components such as cable ties, adhesive backed mounts, and grommet edging.
Panels (see page 71) ˜Fiber Optic/Multi-Media Interconnect Drawers provide total installation flexibility. They accept modular
• Universal #12-24 mounting hardware panels which allow you to custom configure each installation. The FAP series modular panels are
designed strictly for fiber applications and they accept ST simplex adapters and SC simplex and duplex
adapters. FMP series modular panels are designed for multi-media applications and accept all
MINI-COM Modules for Fiber Optic, UTP, ScTP and Coax applications.
† Consult factory for recommended splice trays
Connector modules sold separately. ‡ Consult factory for recommended innerduct.
*Note: One rack space = 1.75" (4.45cm)

FAP series modular FMP series modular


panel accepts fiber panel accepts all
optic adapters only MINI-COM
Connector Modules

69

CLOSET CABLING SOLUTIONS

Fiber Optic and Multi-Media Panels – For use with Fiber Optic/
Multi-Media Interconnect Drawers
Multi-Media Modular Panel Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
FMP6 Part Number Description Color Qty. Qty.
6 Port Multi-Media Modular Panel – For Use With MINI-COM ™ Modules
SIX PORT PANELS

N EW FMP6 Panel accepts up to 6 MINI-COM Connector


Modules for Fiber Optic, UTP, ScTP and Coax
Black 1 —

applications.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
• Panel accepts all MINI-COM Modules – Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
you can customize your installation for true
multi-media applications
• Snaps quickly into front of the Fiber Optic/
Multi-Media Interconnect Drawers (see
previous page)
• Excellent for use in applications requiring
integration of fiber optic and copper cables
Available 4th Quarter 1996

Fiber Optic Adapter Panels


Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
FAP6WST Part Number Description Color Qty. Qty.
6 Port Panels With Fiber Optic Adapters
FAP6WST Preloaded with 6 ST multimode/single mode Black 1 —
NE W adapters with phosphor bronze sleeves.
FAP6WSC Preloaded with 6 SC Simplex multimode/single mode Black 1 —
adapters with phosphor bronze sleeves.
FAP6WDSC Preloaded with 6 SC Duplex multimode/single mode Black 1 —
FAP6WDSC adapters with phosphor bronze sleeves.

3 Port Panel With Fiber Optic Adapters


FAP3WDSC FAP3WDSC Preloaded with 3 SC Duplex multimode/single mode Black 1 -
adapters with phosphor bronze sleeves.

6 Port Panels Without Fiber Optic Adapters


FAP
FAP6ST Accommodates 6 ST adapters. Black 1 -
FAPB Blank panel with no openings - reserves space for Black 1 -
future use.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

• Supplied with or without fiber optic adapters


• Snap quickly into front of the Fiber Optic/
Multi-Media Interconnect Drawers (see
previous page)
• Excellent for use in applications requiring
integration of fiber optic and copper cables
Available 3rd Quarter 1996

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


70 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
CLOSET CABLING SOLUTIONS ™

Vertical Cable Management System


The Vertical Cable Management System can be • Helps maintain
mounted to the sides of standard EIA 19” racks or • Manages cables on
Category 5 UTP
front and rear of
between two adjacent racks. These versatile telecommunication
and Fiber Optic
components can be used for multimedia cable bend radii
racks

CABLE MGMT. SYSTEM


applications including UTP, ScTP, Coax and Fiber
Optic cables. The Vertical Cable Management • Duct fingers can
• Duct fingers be removed for
System is excellent for use in Category 5 and fiber retain cables in cable routing
optic cabling applications. The unique design helps place
maintain proper cable bend radius. • Duct fingers
Cables are accessible so moves, adds and • Covers snap have rounded
off so cables edges to protect
changes are easier than ever before. The Vertical are accessible cables and
Cable Management System keeps your cables for quick installer’s hands
neat and organized so it is easier to work with revisions
them. These components are part of an integrated • Mounting
system of products including patch panels, racks • Color: Black brackets and
and patch cords. screws supplied

“Standard” Version
Number of Std. Std.
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
WMPVS Part Number Description Spaces* Qty. Qty.

• Mounts to sides Side Panel – Manages cables on front and rear of rack
of standard EIA
WMPVS20 Includes 4" x 5" duct on front and rear 20 1 10
19" racks
Side Panel – Manages cables on front of rack only
WMPVSF20 Includes 4" x 5" duct on front 20 1 10
Center Panel – Manages cables on front and rear of rack
WMPVC20 Includes 4" x 5" duct on front and rear 20 1 10
Center Panel – Manages cables on front of rack only
WMPVC
WMPVCF20 Includes 4" x 5" duct on front 20 1 10
• Mounts between
adjacent standard Replacement Front Cover
EIA 19" racks
WMPV-RFC Replacement front cover for panels shown above. 20 1 10
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

NOTE: All “standard” panels can be used for both twisted pair and fiber optic cabling
applications. However, they do not accept fiber optic fittings (see page 79).
Recommended capacity†:
WMPV: 240 (Category 5, 24 AWG 4 pair UTP) cables per side

Approximate based on .187” (.475cm) O.D. cable

“Fiber Optic” “Fiber Optic” Side Panel – Manages cables on front and rear of rack
Version FMPVS20 Includes 4" x 5" duct on front, 4" x 4" duct on rear 20 1 10

FMPVS “Fiber Optic” Center Panel - Manages cables on front and rear of rack
• Mounts to sides FMPVC20 Includes 4" x 5" duct on front, 4" x 4" duct on rear 20 1 10
of standard EIA Replacement Front Cover
19" racks
WMPV-RFC Replacement front cover for panels shown above. 20 1 10
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
NOTE: Both “Fiber Optic” panels can be used for both fiber optic and twisted pair cabling
FMPVC
applications. They are supplied with 4" x 4" duct on their rear side which
• Mounts between accommodates the fiber optic fittings (see page 79). When used together, they
adjacent standard facilitate cable access from the ceiling or cable tray for above the rack cable routing.
EIA 19" racks
Recommended capacity†:
FMPV: 200 (Category 5, 24 AWG 4 pair UTP) cables per side

Approximate based on .187” (.475cm) O.D. cable
* Note: One rack space = 1.75" (4.45cm)

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 71
™ CLOSET CABLING SOLUTIONS

Horizontal Cable Management System


The Horizontal Cable Management System
provides a neat and efficient means for routing and • Manages cables on front • Helps maintain Category 5
protecting cables on telecommunication racks. and rear of UTP and Fiber Optic cable
When mounted to standard EIA 19” racks, these telecommunication racks bend radii
CABLE MGMT. SYSTEM

versatile components can be used for multimedia


applications including UTP, ScTP, Coax or Fiber
Optic cables. The Horizontal Cable Management
System is excellent for use in Category 5 and fiber
optic cabling applications. The unique design helps
maintain proper cable bend radius.
The Horizontal Cable Management System keeps
your cables organized yet accessible so that
moves, adds and changes are easier than ever
before. These components are part of an
integrated system of products including patch • Covers snap off so • Built in strain relief • Duct fingers retain
cables are accessible on both ends cables in place
panels, racks and patch cords, designed to satisfy for quick revisions
your current and future telecommunication closet
cabling needs.
Number of Std. Std.
WMPH2 Rack Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Spaces* Qty. Qty.
Two Rack Space Panel – Manages cables on front and rear of rack
WMPH2 Includes 3" x 3" duct on front, 2" x 4" duct on rear, 2 1 10
2 strain relief clips, 4 mounting screws, 3 wire
WMPHF2 retainers and front and rear covers
Two Rack Space Panel – Manages cables on front of rack only
WMPHF2 Includes 3" x 3" duct on front, 4 mounting screws, 3 2 1 10
wire retainers and front cover
Recommended capacity†: Replacement Cover
WMPH: 72 Category 5, 24 AWG, 4 pair UTP cables
per side (72 ports)
WMPH2-RFC Replacement front cover WMPH2, WMPHF2 2 1 10

Approximate based on .187” (.475cm) O.D. cable

Horizontal Cable One Rack Space Panel – Manages cables on front and back of rack
Management Panels WMPS 1.75" height (one rack space). Wiring duct manages 1 1 10
cables on both front and back of standard 19" rack.
WMPS Includes 1.5" x 2" front duct, 1" x 4" rear duct, 2 strain
relief clips and 12-24 mounting screws.
One Rack Space Panel – Manages cables on front of rack only
WMPFS 1.75" height (one rack space). Wiring duct manages 1 1 10
cables only on front of standard 19" rack. Includes
1.5" x 2" front duct and 12-24 mounting screws.
WMPFS
WMPS-RFC Replacement front cover for WMPS, WMPFS 1 1 10
WMPS-RBC Replacement rear cover for WMPS, WMPFS 1 1 10

Two Rack Space Panel – Manages cables on front and back of rack
WMP1
WMP1 Includes 3" x 3" duct on front, 2" x 4" duct on rear, 2 1 10
2 strain relief clips, 4 mounting screws, 3 wire
retainers and front and rear covers
Two Rack Space Panel – Manages cables on front of rack only
WMPF1 WMPF1 3.5" height (two rack spaces). Wiring duct manages 2 1 10
cables only on front of standard 19" rack. Includes 3"
x 3" front duct, 3 wire retainers and 12-24 mounting
screws.
WMP1-RFC Replacement front cover for WMP1, WMPF1 2 1 10

• All panels mount to standard EIA 19" racks WMP1-RBC Replacement rear cover for WMP1, WMPF1 2 1 10
• Color: Black ORDERING INFORMATION:
*Note: One rack space = 1.75" (4.45cm) Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


72 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
CLOSET CABLING SOLUTIONS ™

N EW
Cable Management Bar Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Qty. Qty.
Cable Management Bar
WMBR1 Mounts directly onto back of standard EIA 19" rack. Includes 1 10

CABLE MGMT. SYSTEM


Panduit releasable cable ties and wire saddles - installer can use
either for cable management. Provides cable support and strain
relief.
• Use in applications where rack space is at a ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
premium - bar mounts directly onto back of
rack
• Can be used with VELCRO ® Cable Ties
(see page 169)

VELCRO is a trademark of the VELCRO Companies

Cable Management Brackets Vertical Cable Management Brackets


WMBV2 WMBV1 Vertical wire management bracket 1" wide 1 10
WMBV2 Vertical wire management bracket 2" wide 1 10

WMBV1 Center Cable Management Bracket


WMBC Central bracket for routing cables between two adjacent racks. 1 10
(Bracket requires 8.25" spacing between the center lines of the
adjacent racks' mounting holes.)

WMBC Strain Relief Clips


WMSRC-L Left side strain relief clip 1 10
WMSRC-R Right side strain relief clip 1 10
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Note: Mount Left strain relief clip on left side of wire management panel and Right strain relief clip on right side of wire
management panel when wires are routed up and away from panel as shown in photo at top. When wires are routed
down and away from wire management panel, simply reverse the Left clip to the right side and the Right clip to the left
side.

WMSRC-L WMSRC-R

Panduit Standard EIA 19" Number of Std. Std.


Racks Rack Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Spaces* Qty. Qty.
84" High Standard EIA 19" Racks
CMR19X84 Standard EIA 19" rack. 84" overall height. 45 1 10
N EW 47" High Standard EIA 19" Racks
CMR19X47 Standard EIA 19" rack. 47.25" overall height. 24 1 10
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
• Can be used with all Panduit Cable
Management and Patch Panel products
CMR in addition to any industry standard 19"
components.
• Sturdy aluminum construction
• Smooth, black finish
• Quick and easy assembly
*Note: One rack space = 1.75" (4.45cm)

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 73

CLOSET CABLING SOLUTIONS

Hinged Wall Brackets


Hinged Wall Brackets can be mounted directly to
a wall to conserve telecommunications closet
space. They are used instead of floor mounted
racks to secure any industry standard 19"
BRACKETS & PANELS

components. Use them with all Panduit Patch


Panels and Horizontal Cable Management
Panels to give installations an organized,
professional appearance. The hinge provides
direct access to cables.

WBH2 • Mount to wall or standard EIA 19" • Stackable for larger


racks installations
• 6" depth for use with Panduit Cable • Include white write-on labeling
Management System† areas
• Color: Black • Accept 12-24 screws

WBH3
Number of Std.
Rack Pkg.
Part Number Description Spaces* Qty.
1 Rack Space – Hinged Wall Bracket
WBH1 Hinge allows easy access to cabling 1 1
2 Rack Space – Hinged Wall Bracket
WBH4 WBH2 Hinge allows easy access to cabling 2 1
3 Rack Space – Hinged Wall Bracket
WBH3 Hinge allows easy access to cabling 3 1
4 Rack Space – Hinged Wall Bracket

WMP series horizontal cable management
panels (as shown in photo) are recommended WBH4 Hinge allows easy access to cabling 4 1
for use with WBH2 and larger hinged wall ORDERING INFORMATION:
brackets (see page 72) Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Filler Panels
Filler Panels reserve rack space for future use
and help keep installations manageable by acting
as a divider.

• Mount to standard EIA 19" • Include #12-24 mounting


racks or wall bracket screws
• Stackable • Color: Black
DPFP1
Number of Std. Std.
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Spaces* Qty. Qty.
1 Rack Space - Filler Panel
DPFP2 DPFP1 Fills up one rack space 1 1 10
2 Rack Space - Filler Panel
DPFP2 Fills up two rack spaces 2 1 10
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
*Note: One rack space = 1.75" (4.45cm)

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


74 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
CLOSET CABLING SOLUTIONS ™

Category 5 Patch Cords


Category 5 patch cords are Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
constructed from high performance, Part Number Description Length Color* Qty. Qty.
stranded UTP cable for maximum
flex-life. They provide quick and easy Category 5 Patch Cords with STANDARD Modular Plugs
interconnection for all of your UTPC2 8 conductor modular jack to modular 2 ft. Off White 1 10
patching requirements and meet all

PATCH CORDS
jack cord
proposed Category 5 patch cord UTPC4 8 conductor modular jack to modular 4 ft. Off White 1 10
requirements as defined by TIA/EIA. jack cord
UTPC6 8 conductor modular jack to modular 6 ft. Off White 1 10
jack cord
UTPC8 8 conductor modular jack to modular 8 ft. Off White 1 10
jack cord
UTPC12 8 conductor modular jack to modular 12 ft. Off White 1 10
jack cord
UTPC16 8 conductor modular jack to modular 16 ft. Off White 1 10
jack cord
• Available in 6 standard colors
UTPC20 8 conductor modular jack to modular 20 ft. Off White 1 10
• 100% factory tested for wiring jack cord
sequence and continuity
* For other colors, add suffix to part number: BL (Black - example: UTPC2BL), RD (Red),
GR (Green), BU (Blue), YL (Yellow)

Category 5 Patch Cords


Std. Std.
“Tangle-Free” Patch Cords Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Length Qty. Qty.
Category 5 Patch Cords with "TANGLE FREE” Design
UTPCT2 8 conductor modular jack to modular jack cord 2 ft. 1 10
UTPCT4 8 conductor modular jack to modular jack cord 4 ft. 1 10
UTPCT6 8 conductor modular jack to modular jack cord 6 ft. 1 10
UTPCT8 8 conductor modular jack to modular jack cord 8 ft. 1 10
UTPCT12 8 conductor modular jack to modular jack cord 12 ft. 1 10
• Tangle free design speeds installation and
cabling revisions by eliminating snags UTPCT16 8 conductor modular jack to modular jack cord 16 ft. 1 10
• Color: Off White UTPCT20 8 conductor modular jack to modular jack cord 20 ft. 1 10

Category 5 Shielded Patch Cords


Category 5 Shielded Patch Cords are Std. Std.
constructed from high performance Pkg. Ctn.
screened twisted pair cable (ScTP). Part Number Description Length Qty. Qty.
They meet all proposed ScTP Category 5 Shielded Patch Cords
Category 5 patch cord requirements
STPC2 8 conductor modular jack to modular jack cord 2 ft. 1 10
as defined by TIA/EIA.
STPC4 8 conductor modular jack to modular jack cord 4 ft. 1 10
STPC6 8 conductor modular jack to modular jack cord 6 ft. 1 10
STPC8 8 conductor modular jack to modular jack cord 8 ft. 1 10
STPC12 8 conductor modular jack to modular jack cord 12 ft. 1 10
STPC16 8 conductor modular jack to modular jack cord 16 ft. 1 10
STPC20 8 conductor modular jack to modular jack cord 20 ft. 1 10
• Provides quick and easy interconnection ORDERING INFORMATION:
• 100% factory tested for wiring sequence Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
and continuity
• Color: Off White

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 75
NOTES

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


76 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
FIBER-DUCT ™ WIRING DUCT ROUTING SYSTEM ™

FIBER-DUCT ™ Wiring Duct Routing System


FIBER-DUCT Wiring Duct Routing System is a The FIBER-DUCT Wiring Duct Routing System can
complete fiber optic cable routing system. This new be used with the PAN-NET ™ Network Cabling
system can be used for all of your fiber optic cable System to provide you with a totally integrated
trunking installations. The specially designed fittings horizontal cabling solution for Fiber Optic, Category 5,
feature a minimum 2" bend radius to protect fiber UTP, ScTP, and Coax cabling.
optic cables. Use the new FIBER-DUCT Wiring Duct
Additional features include:
Routing System for your telecommunications closet
• Covers snap securely onto fittings
applications and also in appropriate floor and ceiling
spaces. A complete selection of fittings is available to • Large capacity: 2" x 2" and 4" x 4" sizes
help meet your specific requirements and to speed • Fittings available in polycarbonate and ABS
your installation. • Available in Orange, Clear, Light Gray and Black

Refer to back cover for information regarding Panduit’s complete line of structured cabling products.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 77
™ FIBER-DUCT ™ WIRING DUCT ROUTING SYSTEM

Table of Contents
Page
FIBER-DUCT ™ System
Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79-82
Mounting Brackets . . . . . . 84-86
FACEPLATES

PANDUCT ® Types E and S


Wiring Duct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

FIBER-DUCT ™ Routing System Applications

FIBER-DUCT Wiring Duct Routing System can be used Both the duct and fittings are available in clear for low smoke
with the Panduit Cable Management System when routing applications. The clear polycarbonate material allows cable
fiber optic or category 5 cables to telecommunications racks. color to show through for easy identification.

Both the duct and fittings are available in orange color to All fittings in this system are designed with a minimum 2"
clearly identify multi-mode fiber optic cable. bend radius to protect fiber optic cables.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


78 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
FIBER-DUCT ™ WIRING DUCT ROUTING SYSTEM ™

N EW
FIBER-DUCT ™ System Fittings
FIBER-DUCT Wiring Duct Routing System
provides a complete solution for routing and
protecting your fiber optic cables. This • Large capacity • Available in ABS
2" x 2" and or Polycarbonate
system can also be used for Category 5 4" x 4" sizes material
UTP, ScTP and Coax cabling applications
as well. The fittings are specially designed to
maintain a minimum 2" cable bend radius

FITTINGS
• 4 color choices: • Routes Fiber Optic,
which protects against signal loss due to Category 5 UTP,
Black, Light
excessive bending of cables. A full selection Gray, Orange ScTP and Coax
of fittings is available to speed your and Clear cables
installation.
• Compatible with PAN-NET ™ Network
Cabling System - Provides a totally
integrated structured cabling solution

Coupler Fitting Std. Std.


Part Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Material* Color Qty. Qty.
Coupler Fitting – 4" x 4" Size
FCF4x4LG Used to join two sections of wiring ABS Light Gray 1 pc. 5 pcs.
FCF4x4OR duct together. Provides added ABS Orange 1 pc. 5 pcs.
FCF4x4BL strength and rigidity. ABS Black 1 pc. 5 pcs.
PFCF4x4CL Polycarbonate Clear 1 pc. 5 pcs.

End Cap Fitting End Cap Fitting – 4" x 4" Size


FEC4x4LG Closes off the ends of the wiring ABS Light Gray 1 pc. 5 pcs.
FEC4x4OR duct. ABS Orange 1 pc. 5 pcs.
FEC4x4BL ABS Black 1 pc. 5 pcs.
PFEC4x4CL Polycarbonate Clear 1 pc. 5 pcs.

Four Way Cross Fitting Four Way Cross Fitting – 4" x 4" Size
FFWC4x4LG Used to connect wiring duct at four ABS Light Gray 1 pc. 5 pcs.
FFWC4x4OR way intersections. ABS Orange 1 pc. 5 pcs.
FFWC4x4BL ABS Black 1 pc. 5 pcs.
PFFWC4x4CL Polycarbonate Clear 1 pc. 5 pcs.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
*ABS material is designed for use in most applications. Use Polycarbonate material for applications which require low
halogen and low smoke generation.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 79
™ FIBER DUCT ™ WIRING DUCT ROUTING SYSTEM

NE W
FIBER-DUCT ™ System Fittings
Inside Vertical Right Std. Std.
Angle Fitting Part Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Material* Color Qty. Qty.
Inside Vertical Right Angle Fitting – 4" x 4" Size
FIVRA4x4LG Used to join wiring duct at 90o inside ABS Light Gray 1 pc. 5 pcs.
FIVRA4x4OR corners. ABS Orange 1 pc. 5 pcs.
FITTINGS

FIVRA4x4BL ABS Black 1 pc. 5 pcs.


PFIVRA4x4CL Polycarbonate Clear 1 pc. 5 pcs.

Outside Vertical Right Outside Vertical Right Angle Fitting – 4" x 4" Size
Angle Fitting FOVRA4x4LG Used to join wiring duct at 90o ABS Light Gray 1 pc. 5 pcs.
FOVRA4x4OR outside corners. ABS Orange 1 pc. 5 pcs.
FOVRA4x4BL ABS Black 1 pc. 5 pcs.
PFOVRA4x4CL Polycarbonate Clear 1 pc. 5 pcs.

Inside Vertical 45o Fitting Inside Vertical 45o Fitting – 4" x 4" Size
FIV454x4LG Used to join wiring duct at 45o inside ABS Light Gray 1 pc. 5 pcs.
FIV454x4OR corners. ABS Orange 1 pc. 5 pcs.
FIV454x4BL ABS Black 1 pc. 5 pcs.
PFIV454x4CL Polycarbonate Clear 1 pc. 5 pcs.

Outside Vertical 45o Fitting Outside Vertical 45o Fitting – 4" x 4" Size
FOV454x4LG Used to join wiring duct at 45o ABS Light Gray 1 pc. 5 pcs.
FOV454x4OR outside corners. ABS Orange 1 pc. 5 pcs.
FOV454x4BL ABS Black 1 pc. 5 pcs.
PFOV454x4CL Polycarbonate Clear 1 pc. 5 pcs.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
*ABS material is designed for use in most applications. Use Polycarbonate material for applications which require low
halogen and low smoke generation.

NOTE: The Inside Vertical 45o fitting and Outside Vertical 45o fitting can be used together to easily route duct around obstructions.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


80 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
FIBER-DUCT ™ WIRING DUCT ROUTING SYSTEM ™

N EW
FIBER-DUCT ™ System Fittings
Vertical Tee Fittings Std. Std.
Part Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Material* Color Qty. Qty.
Vertical Tee Fitting – 2" x 2" Size
FVT2x2LG Used to join vertical and horizontal ABS Light Gray 1 pc. 5 pcs.
FVT2x2OR sections of wiring duct. ABS Orange 1 pc. 5 pcs.

FITTINGS
FVT2x2BL ABS Black 1 pc. 5 pcs.
PFVT2x2CL Polycarbonate Clear 1 pc. 5 pcs.

Vertical Tee Fitting – 4" x 4" Size


FVT4x4LG Used to join vertical and horizontal ABS Light Gray 1 pc. 5 pcs.
FVT4x4OR sections of wiring duct. ABS Orange 1 pc. 5 pcs.
FVT4x4BL ABS Black 1 pc. 5 pcs.
PFVT4x4CL Polycarbonate Clear 1 pc. 5 pcs.

Right Angle Fittings Right Angle Fitting – 2" x 2" Size


FRA2x2LG Used to join wiring duct at 90o flat ABS Light Gray 1 pc. 5 pcs.
FRA2x2OR junctions. ABS Orange 1 pc. 5 pcs.
FRA2x2BL ABS Black 1 pc. 5 pcs.
PFRA2x2CL Polycarbonate Clear 1 pc. 5 pcs.

Right Angle Fitting – 4" x 4" Size


FRA4x4LG Used to join wiring duct at 90o flat ABS Light Gray 1 pc. 5 pcs.
FRA4x4OR junctions. ABS Orange 1 pc. 5 pcs.
FRA4x4BL ABS Black 1 pc. 5 pcs.
PFRA4x4CL Polycarbonate Clear 1 pc. 5 pcs.

Tee Fittings Tee Fitting – 2" x 2" Size


FT2x2LG Used to join wiring duct at tee ABS Light Gray 1 pc. 5 pcs.
FT2x2OR intersections. ABS Orange 1 pc. 5 pcs.
FT2x2BL ABS Black 1 pc. 5 pcs.
PFT2x2CL Polycarbonate Clear 1 pc. 5 pcs.
Tee Fitting – 4" x 4" Size
FT4x4LG Used to join wiring duct at tee ABS Light Gray 1 pc. 5 pcs.
FT4x4OR intersections. ABS Orange 1 pc. 5 pcs.
FT4x4BL ABS Black 1 pc. 5 pcs.
PFT4x4CL Polycarbonate Clear 1 pc. 5 pcs.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
*ABS material is designed for use in most applications. Use Polycarbonate material for applications which require low
halogen and low smoke generation.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 81
™ FIBER DUCT ™ WIRING DUCT ROUTING SYSTEM

N EW
FIBER-DUCT ™ System Fittings
Reducer Fitting Std. Std.
Part Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Material* Color Qty. Qty.
Reducer Fitting
FRF42LG Reduces 4" x 4" size wiring duct ABS Light Gray 1 pc. 5 pcs.
FRF42OR down to 2" x 2" size. ABS Orange 1 pc. 5 pcs.
FITTINGS

FRF42BL ABS Black 1 pc. 5 pcs.


PFRF42CL Polycarbonate Clear 1 pc. 5 pcs.
*ABS material is designed for use in most applications. Use Polycarbonate material for applications which require low
halogen and low smoke generation.

Innerduct Transition Innerduct Transition Fitting


Fitting FITF Provides transition from 4" x 4" Metal — 1 pc. 5 pcs.
wiring duct to 1" innerduct. 1 pc. 5 pcs.
Contains fitting and one cable tie to 1 pc. 5 pcs.
secure innerduct to fitting. 1 pc. 5 pcs.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Attaches to the end of PANDUCT ® Type E


and Type S 4" x 4" Wiring Duct. It can also be
attached anywhere along the side walls of the
duct provided the duct fingers or side walls are
removed.

Available 3rd Quarter 1996

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


82 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
FIBER-DUCT ™ WIRING DUCT ROUTING SYSTEM ™

PANDUCT ® Wiring Duct • Large capacity


2" x 2" and
PANDUCT Wiring Duct, when used with 4" x 4" sizes
the new FIBER-DUCT ™ Routing System,
• Available in
provides a complete solution for routing and PVC or
protecting your fiber optic cables. Both Polycarbonate
slotted and solid wall wiring duct are material

WIRING DUCT
available to match your application • Routes Fiber Optic,
requirements. Smooth, rounded edges Category 5 UTP,
protect cables and hands from abrasion. ScTP and Coax
cables
Both versions accept the same non-slip,
snap-on cover.
Types E and PE Slotted Wall Wiring Duct
• Made of rigid PVC (Type E) and Polycarbonate (Type PE).
• Available in Light Gray (LG), Orange (OR), Black (BL), and Clear (CL).
• Provided with standard mounting holes.
• Available without mounting holes. (To order duct without mounting holes, add NM suffix to the
Part Number. For Example: E2X2LG6NM)

Note: Order DUCT and COVER separately.

Nominal Duct Size


Duct Cover
Duct Width Height Cover Std. Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.
Part Number in. (mm) in. (mm) Part Number Color Material* Length Qty. Qty.
E2X2LG6 C2LG6 Light Gray PVC 6 ft. 120 ft. 120 ft.
E2X2OR6 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) C2OR6 Orange PVC 6 ft. 120 ft. 120 ft.
E2X2BL6 C2BL6 Black PVC 6 ft. 120 ft. 120 ft.
PE2X2CL6 PC2CL6 Clear Polycarbonate 6 ft. 120 ft. 120 ft.
E4X4LG6 C4LG6 Light Gray PVC 6 ft. 60 ft. 120 ft.
E4X4OR6 4.00 (101.6) 4.00 (101.6) C4OR6 Orange PVC 6 ft. 60 ft. 120 ft.
E4X4BL6 C4BL6 Black PVC 6 ft. 60 ft. 120 ft.
PE4X4CL6 PC4CL6 Clear Polycarbonate 6 ft. 60 ft. 120 ft.

Types S and PS Solid Wall Wiring Duct


• Made of rigid PVC (Type S) and Polycarbonate (Type PS).
• Available in Light Gray (LG), Orange (OR), Black (BL), and Clear (CL).
• Provided without standard mounting holes.
• Available with mounting holes. (To order duct with mounting holes, delete NM from the Part Number.)

Note: Order DUCT and COVER separately.

Nominal Duct Size


Duct Cover
Duct Width Height Cover Std. Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.
Part Number in. (mm) in. (mm) Part Number Color Material* Length Qty. Qty.
S2X2LG6NM C2LG6 Light Gray PVC 6 ft. 120 ft. 120 ft.
S2X2OR6NM 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) C2OR6 Orange PVC 6 ft. 120 ft. 120 ft.
S2X2BL6NM C2BL6 Black PVC 6 ft. 120 ft. 120 ft.
PS2X2CL6NM PC2CL6 Clear Polycarbonate 6 ft. 120 ft. 120 ft.
S4X4LG6NM C4LG6 Light Gray PVC 6 ft. 60 ft. 120 ft.
S4X4OR6NM 4.00 (101.6) 4.00 (101.6) C4OR6 Orange PVC 6 ft. 60 ft. 120 ft.
S4X4BL6NM C4BL6 Black PVC 6 ft. 60 ft. 120 ft.
PS4X4CL6NM PC4CL6 Clear Polycarbonate 6 ft. 60 ft. 120 ft.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of feet required, in multiples of Standard Length Increment.
*PVC material is designed for use in most applications. Use Polycarbonate material for applications which require low halogen and low smoke generation.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 83
™ FIBER-DUCT ™ WIRING DUCT ROUTING SYSTEM

NE W
Mounting Brackets • All metal
mounting
A complete selection of mounting brackets components
is available for use with the new • Provide secure
FIBER-DUCT ™ Routing System. They can means for
MOUNTING BRACKETS

be used in conjunction with existing mounting duct


and fittings
ladder racks or in applications suspended
from the ceiling. The mounting brackets and • Use in suspended
hardware can also be used in under-floor and under-floor
applications
applications.

Std. Std.
Part Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Qty. Qty.
Unistrut Bracket Kit – Accepts 1/2" Threaded Rod
FTRB12 Bracket attaches to unistrut. It accepts 1/2" threaded rod (not 1 pc. 10 pcs.
included).
Contains bracket and hardware for attaching it to unistrut only.

Bracket Kit – For Use With EXISTING Threaded Rod Assembly


FTRBE12 Bracket attaches to existing 1/2" threaded rod (not included). 1 pc. 10 pcs.
Contains bracket and hardware for attaching it to 1/2" threaded
rod.
FTRBE58 Bracket attaches to existing 5/8" threaded rod (not included). 1 pc. 10 pcs.
Contains bracket and hardware for attaching it to 5/8" threaded
rod.

Bracket Kit – For Use With NEW Threaded Rod Assembly


FTRBN12 Bracket attaches to new 1/2" threaded rod (not included). 1 pc. 10 pcs.
Contains bracket and hardware for attaching it to 1/2" threaded
rod.
FTRBN58 Bracket attaches to new 5/8" threaded rod (not included). 1 pc. 10 pcs.
Contains bracket and hardware for attaching it to 5/8" threaded
rod.

Bracket Kit – For Use With Ladder Rack


FLRB Bracket attaches to 3/8" x 1-1/2" or 3/8" x 2" ladder rack rails. 1 pc. 10 pcs.
Contains bracket and hardware for attaching bracket to ladder
rack. Also contains hardware for attaching duct/fittings to
bracket.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


84 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
FIBER-DUCT ™ WIRING DUCT ROUTING SYSTEM ™

N EW
Mounting Brackets
Std. Std.
Part Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Qty. Qty.

MOUNTING BRACKETS
Bracket Kit – For Use With Ladder Rack
FLB12X15 Bracket attaches to 1-1/2" ladder rack rail. Bracket accepts 1/2" 1 pc. 10 pcs.
threaded rod (not included).
Contains bracket and hardware for attaching bracket to ladder
rack.

Bracket Kit – For Use With Ladder Rack


FLB12X20 Bracket attaches to 2" ladder rack rail. Bracket accepts 1/2" 1 pc. 10 pcs.
threaded rod (not included).
Contains bracket and hardware for attaching bracket to ladder
rack.

Bracket Kit – For Use With Ladder Rack


FLB58X15 Bracket attaches to 1-1/2" ladder rack rail. Bracket accepts 5/8" 1 pc. 10 pcs.
threaded rod (not included).
Contains bracket and hardware for attaching bracket to ladder
rack.

Bracket Kit – For Use With Ladder Rack


FLB58X20 Bracket attaches to 2" ladder rack rail. Bracket accepts 5/8" 1 pc. 10 pcs.
threaded rod (not included).
Contains bracket and hardware for attaching bracket to ladder
rack.

Bracket Kit – For Use With Under-Floor Pedestal


FUSB Bracket attaches to under-floor support pedestal (not included). 1 pc. 10 pcs.
Contains bracket and hardware for attaching bracket to
pedestal. Also contains hardware for attaching duct/fittings to
bracket.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 85
™ FIBER-DUCT ™ WIRING DUCT ROUTING SYSTEM

N EW
Mounting Brackets

Std. Std.
MOUNTING BRACKETS

Part Pkg. Ctn.


Number Description Qty. Qty.
“L” Bracket Kit – For Use In Wall-Mount Applications
FLB “L” Bracket attaches to walls. User supplies appropriate 1 pc. 10 pcs.
mounting hardware for attaching “L” Bracket to walls.
Contains bracket and hardware for attaching duct/fittings
to “L” Bracket.

“L” Bracket Kit – For Use In Rack-Mount Applications


FMRB “L” Bracket attaches to top rail of rack. 1 pc. 10 pcs.
Contains bracket and hardware for attaching “L” bracket
to rack.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


86 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM ™

PAN-WAY ™ Types LDP, LD, and CD Raceway


·Type LDP for Power or Communications Cabling including Fiber Optic Cables
·Types LD and CD for Communications Cabling including Fiber Optic Cables
PAN-WAY Surface Raceway provides a complete • Adhesive backing to speed installation
system for routing and protecting your premises • Aggressive latch design
cabling. The fittings maintain a minimum 1" bend • Tamper resistance
radius as recommended for Category 5 UTP and • Can be used with the PAN-NET ™ Network Cabling
Fiber Optic cables. PAN-WAY Surface Raceway System for Category 5 UTP, ScTP, Coax and Fiber Optic
features a superior hinged cover design that allows cabling applications
cables to be laid in, instead of fished through. This • Three sizes to match your application needs
hinge provides exceptional strength during impact • Five standard colors to complement any decor
and cutting. Other features include: • Finish is pure color that will not scratch or chip during
installation, routine maintenance or years of service

B
I J K
H
D G

C E

A. Entrance End Fitting G. Outside Corner Fitting


B. Type LDP Raceway H. Junction Box with MOD-COM ™
C. Right Angle Fitting Executive faceplate (see pages 30-31)
D. Tee Fitting I. Inside Corner Fitting
E. Reducer Fitting J. Coupler Fitting
F. MOD-COM ™ Multi-Media Surface K. MINI-COM ™ Surface Mount Box (see
Mount Box (see pages 38-39) pages 15-18)

Refer to back cover for information regarding the complete line of Panduit Structured Cabling Products.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 87
™ PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM

Table of Contents
Page
PAN-WAY Type LDP
Surface Raceway . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
FACEPLATES

PAN-WAY Type LD
Surface Raceway . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

PAN-WAY Type CD
Surface Raceway . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

PAN-WAY Types LDP, LD and CD


Cat. 5 Compliant Fittings . . 93-96
600V Power Rated Fittings . 97-99
Standard Fittings . . . . . . . 100-102

PAN-WAY Types LDP, LD and CD


Junction Boxes . . . . . . . . 139-140

PAN-WAY Types LDP, LD and CD


Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . 142-143

Fill Capacity Information 103-104

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


88 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM ™

PAN-WAY ™Surface Raceway Applications

PAN-WAY Surface Raceway is perfectly suited for use in modern offices, schools, hospitals, labs, etc. It is versatile enough to
handle either communications cabling or power cabling yet it is attractive enough to blend in almost anywhere.

Types LDP, LD and CD raceway can be For extremely low profile installations, Use Type CD Raceway with screw
used with MOD-COM ™ Surface Mount both Types LD and CD Raceway can be mounted metal base for masonry
Boxes for multi-media applications. used with a MINI-COM ™ Surface applications and other irregular surfaces.
Mount Box.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 89
™ PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM

NE W
PAN-WAY ™ Type LDP Surface Raceway
PAN-WAY Type LDP Surface Raceway is • Tamper • Excellent for
U.L. Listed to 600V yet can also be used for resistant latch Category 5 and
design fiber optic cabling
routing low voltage communication cabling applications
including fiber optic cables. It provides
superior tamper resistance making it ideal
• Non-metallic,
for school and university applications. The lightweight
RACEWAY

one piece, hinged cover design allows • Pre-applied


PVC
adhesive speeds
cables to be laid in, not fished through and installation on
also provides exceptional strength during • 5 decorator
clean, smooth
impact and cutting. Fittings incorporate a interior surfaces
colors
minimum 1" bend radius which makes
• Compatible with PAN-NET ™ Network
them ideal for use in Category 5 UTP and Cabling System – Provides a totally
Fiber Optic cabling applications. integrated structured cabling solution
U.L. Listed to 600V Std.
Part Std. Ctn.
Number Description Color Length Qty.

LDP3 LDP3 Size – Surface Raceway


LDP3IW6-A Tamper resistant, one piece latching surface Off White 6 ft. 120ft.
LDP3EI6-A raceway. Supplied with pre-applied adhesive Elec. Ivory 6 ft. 120 ft.
LDP3IG6-A backed tape for permanent and hands-free Gray 6 ft. 120 ft.
LDP3WH6-A mounting. White 6 ft. 120 ft.
LDP3BR6-A Brown 6 ft. 120 ft.

LDP5 LDP5 Size – Surface Raceway


LDP5IW6-A Tamper resistant, one piece latching surface Off White 6 ft. 120ft.
LDP5EI6-A raceway. Supplied with pre-applied adhesive Elec. Ivory 6 ft. 120 ft.
LDP5IG6-A backed tape for permanent and hands-free Gray 6 ft. 120 ft.
LDP5WH6-A mounting. White 6 ft. 120 ft.
LDP3 and LDP5 Available 3rd Quarter 1996 LDP5BR6-A Brown 6 ft. 120 ft.

LDP10 Size – Surface Raceway


LDP10IW6-A Tamper resistant, one piece latching surface Off White 6 ft. 120ft.
LDP10 LDP10EI6-A raceway. Supplied with pre-applied adhesive Elec. Ivory 6 ft. 120 ft.
LDP10IG6-A backed tape for permanent and hands-free Gray 6 ft. 120 ft.
LDP10WH6-A mounting. White 6 ft. 120 ft.
LDP10BR6-A Brown 6 ft. 120 ft.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of feet required, in multiples of Standard Length Increment.
Optional Raceway NOTE: All sizes of LDP Raceway available in 8 and 10 foot lengths in IW and EI colors only - contact factory
for ordering information.
Installation Tool
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Qty. Qty.
LDW5-V Optional installation tool for use with Type LDP5 raceway. 5 pcs. 50 pcs.
LDW10-V Optional installation tool for use with Type LDP10 raceway. 5 pc. 50 pcs.
• Holds LDP raceway cover open during ORDERING INFORMATION:
installation Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
NOTE: Type LDP Raceway requires screw mounting if it is being used for power cabling applications.
• Serves as guide for drill bit in screw mount
applications; slides easily along raceway
Optional Mounting Method

Raceway mounts easily to smooth, clean interior surfaces, however, not all surfaces are suitable for adhesive mounting. In these
applications, use the foam tape as a temporary mounting means. Insert the raceway installation tool to facilitate screw installation.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


90 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM ™

PAN-WAY ™ Type LD Surface Raceway


PAN-WAY Type LD Surface Raceway is • Complete • Excellent for
an adhesive-backed, one-piece raceway selection of Category 5 and
that installs quickly and easily. The superior fittings to fiber optic cabling
speed applications
one piece, hinged cover design holds cables installation
in place during installation, allowing cables
• Pre-applied
to be laid in, instead of fished through the • Non-metallic, adhesive speeds

RACEWAY
raceway. The integral hinge will not sepa- lightweight installation on
rate when the raceway is cut or impacted. PVC clean, smooth
interior surfaces
Fittings incorporate a minimum 1" bend
radius which makes them ideal for use in • 6 decorator
colors
Category 5 UTP and Fiber Optic cabling
applications. • Compatible with PAN-NET ™ Network
Cabling System – Provides a totally
Low Voltage Applications integrated structured cabling solution
Std.
Part Std. Ctn.
Number Description Color Length Qty.
LD3 Size – Surface Raceway
LD3 LD3IW6-A One piece, latching surface raceway for low Off White 6 ft. 120ft.
LD3EI6-A voltage, communications cabling applications. Elec. Ivory 6 ft. 120 ft.
LD3IG6-A Supplied with pre-applied adhesive backed tape Gray 6 ft. 120 ft.
LD3WH6-A for permanent and hands-free mounting. White 6 ft. 120 ft.
LD3BR6-A Brown 6 ft. 120 ft.

LD5 Size – Surface Raceway


LD5IW6-A One piece, latching surface raceway for low Off White 6 ft. 120ft.
LD5 LD5EI6-A voltage, communications cabling applications. Elec. Ivory 6 ft. 120 ft.
LD5IG6-A Supplied with pre-applied adhesive backed tape Gray 6 ft. 120 ft.
LD5WH6-A for permanent and hands-free mounting. White 6 ft. 120 ft.
LD5BR6-A Brown 6 ft. 120 ft.
LD5BL6-A Black 6 ft. 120 ft.

LD10 Size – Surface Raceway


LD10IW6-A One piece, latching surface raceway for low Off White 6 ft. 120ft.
LD10 LD10EI6-A voltage, communications cabling applications. Elec. Ivory 6 ft. 120 ft.
LD10IG6-A Supplied with pre-applied adhesive backed tape Gray 6 ft. 120 ft.
LD10WH6-A for permanent and hands-free mounting. White 6 ft. 120 ft.
LD10BR6-A Brown 6 ft. 120 ft.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of feet required, in multiples of Standard Length Increment.
NOTE 1: Low Voltage is considered any voltage under 48V.
NOTE 2: All sizes of LD Raceway available in 8 and 10 foot lengths in IW and EI colors only - contact factory
for ordering information.

Types LDP and LD Raceways can be used for routing low voltage cabling on smooth, The liner on both Types LDP
clean interior surfaces. Their one piece design allows cables to be laid in instead of and LD Raceway is easily
fished through the raceway. They can be reopened when cabling revisions are removed from the adhesive
required. The entire raceway base is covered with adhesive backed, pressure sensitive backing to speed installation.
foam tape for fast raceway installation.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 91
™ PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM

PAN-WAY ™
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Type CD Surface Raceway
PAN-WAY Type CD Surface Raceway • Complete • Two-piece design
System is a two piece design and consists selection of
fittings to • Ideal for use on
of a cover which snaps onto a choice of speed irregular surfaces
adhesive-backed or screw mounted bases. installation such as masonry
It is used to route low voltage • Non-metallic,
communication cabling on irregular interior lightweight PVC • Compatible with
PAN-NET ™
surfaces such as masonry. Fittings • 5 decorator
RACEWAY

colors Network Cabling


incorporate a minimum 1" bend radius System - Provides a
• Excellent for
which makes them ideal for use in Category Category 5 and
totally integrated
structured cabling
5 UTP and Fiber Optic cabling applications. fiber optic cabling
solution
applications

Low Voltage Applications Std.


Part Std. Ctn.
Number Description Color Length Qty.
CD3 Size – Cover
CD3 CD3IW6 Raceway cover snaps onto adhesive backed Off White 6 ft. 120ft.
CD3EI6 bases shown below. Elec. Ivory 6 ft. 120 ft.
CD3IG6 Gray 6 ft. 120 ft.
CD3WH6 White 6 ft. 120 ft.
CD3BR6 Brown 6 ft. 120 ft.
CD5 Size – Cover
CD5 CD5IW6 Raceway cover snaps onto adhesive backed Off White 6 ft. 120ft.
CD5EI6 bases or screw mounted metal base shown Elec. Ivory 6 ft. 120 ft.
CD5IG6 below. Gray 6 ft. 120 ft.
CD5WH6 White 6 ft. 120 ft.
CD5BR6 Brown 6 ft. 120 ft.
CD10 Size – Cover
CD10 CD10IW6 Raceway cover snaps onto adhesive backed Off White 6 ft. 120ft.
CD10EI6 bases or screw mounted metal base shown Elec. Ivory 6 ft. 120 ft.
CD10IG6 below. Gray 6 ft. 120 ft.
CD10WH6 White 6 ft. 120 ft.
CD10BR6 Brown 6 ft. 120 ft.
NOTE: Low Voltage is considered any voltage under 48V.

Adhesive Backed Bases Used With Std.


Part Raceway Std. Ctn.
Number Description Cover Length Qty.
6' Lengths – For mounting on smooth surfaces
CDB36-A For increased adhesion and impact resistance. CD3 6 ft. 120 ft.
CDB CDB56-A Cables are laid into base prior to the cover being CD5 6 ft. 120 ft.
CDB106-A snapped on. CD10 6 ft. 120 ft.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of feet required, in multiples of Standard Length Increment.

Short Pieces – For mounting on smooth surfaces


CDB3S-A-L For lighter loads. Cables are laid into base prior CD3 1.5 in. 50 pcs.
CDB5S-A-L to the cover being snapped on. Recommended CD5 2.0 in. 50 pcs.
CDB10S-A-L minimum of 4 pieces for each 6 feet of cover. CD10 2.0 in. 50 pcs.

Screw Mounted Metal Base Used With Rec. Std.


Part Raceway Screw Ctn.
Number Description Cover Size Qty.
For mounting on uneven (masonry) surfaces
CDC5-L Cables are laid into base prior to the cover being CD5 #6 50 pcs.
CDC10-L snapped on. Recommended minimum of 4 CD10 or 50 pcs.
pieces per each 6 feet of cover. #8
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


92 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM ™

NE W
PAN-WAY ™ Category 5 Compliant Fittings
Data transmission performance of both
Category 5 cables and optical fibers can be
degraded when they are bent excessively.

The new PAN-WAY Raceway Fittings for


Types LDP, LD and CD raceways are
TIA/EIA compliant. These fittings are

FITTINGS
designed to maintain a minimum 1" cable
bend radius which protects optical fiber
cabling and prevents Category 5 cables
from exceeding their 1" minimum bend
radius as recommended in TIA/EIA-568A.

The PAN-WAY Raceway System, when


used with the PAN-NET ™ Network Cabling
System, provides you with a totally
integrated, structured cabling solution to
handle all your connectivity requirements New PAN-WAY Raceway Fittings protect the cable bend
from the telecommunication closet to the radius of Category 5 cables and optical fibers. This helps to
workstation outlet. ensure proper data transmission performance.

The new Right Angle


Entrance End Fitting Additional Product Features:
provides a smooth,
Category 5 compliant • Unique fitting design maintains a 1" cable bend
transition for bringing radius when cables are laid in or pulled
through, regardless of raceway fill
cables from conduit
inside the wall into • Aggressive latching design holds fittings
securely to the raceway
raceway on the
surface. Note how the • Same fittings can be used with Types LDP, LD
and CD Raceways
fitting design
maintains the proper • Fittings snap easily into place to speed
entire raceway installation
minimum 1" bend
radius for the cable. • Fittings eliminate need for mitering

Bend Radius Definition Panduit Category 5 Compliant Fitting Design Holds Cables to
Fitting Minimum 1" Bend Radius

Minimum bend radius for


Category 5 cable = 4 x Cable O. D.
1/4" O.D. Max. Category 5 cable Minimum bend radius: 4 x 1/4" = 1"

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 93
™ PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM

N EW
PAN-WAY ™ Category 5 Compliant Fittings
For Use In Category 5, Std. Std.
Fiber and other Part Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Color Qty. Qty.
Low Voltage Applications
Coupler Fitting
CFC
CFX3IW-X For use with Types LDP3, LD3 and CD3 Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CFX3EI-X Raceway. Coupler fitting includes cover only – Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CFX3IG-X no base is required. Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
FITTINGS

CFX3WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.


CFX3BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CFX5IW-X For use with Types LDP5, LD5 and CD5 Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CFX5EI-X Raceway. Coupler fitting includes cover only – Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CFX5IG-X no base is required. Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CFX5WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CFX5BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CFX10IW-X For use with Types LDP10, LD10 and CD10 Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CFX10EI-X Raceway. Coupler fitting includes cover only – Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CFX10IG-X no base is required. Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CFX10WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CFX10BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.

ICFC Inside Corner Fitting


ICFC3IW-X For use with Types LDP3, LD3 and CD3 Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ICFC3EI-X Raceway. Inside Corner fitting includes cover Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ICFC3IG-X only – no base is required. Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ICFC3WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ICFC3BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ICFC5IW-X For use with Types LDP5, LD5 and CD5 Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ICFC5EI-X Raceway. Inside Corner fitting includes cover Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ICFC5IG-X only – no base is required. Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ICFC5WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ICFC5BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ICFC10IW-X For use with Types LDP10, LD10 and CD10 Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ICFC10EI-X Raceway. Inside Corner fitting includes cover Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ICFC10IG-X only – no base is required. Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ICFC10WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ICFC10BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.

RAFC Right Angle Fitting


RAFC3IW-X For use with Types LDP3, LD3 and CD3 Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAFC3EI-X Raceway. Right Angle fitting includes cover Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAFC3IG-X only – no base is required Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAFC3WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAFC3BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAFC5IW-X For use with Types LDP5, LD5 and CD5 Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAFC5EI-X Raceway. Right Angle fitting includes cover Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAFC5IG-X only – no base is required Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAFC5WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAFC5BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAFC10IW-X For use with Types LDP10, LD10 and CD10 Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAFC10EI-X Raceway. Right Angle fitting includes cover Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAFC10IG-X only – no base is required Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAFC10WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAFC10BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
NOTE: Low Voltage is considered any voltage under 48V.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


94 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM ™

NE W
PAN-WAY ™ Category 5 Compliant Fittings
For Use In Category 5, Std. Std.
Fiber and other Part Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Color Qty. Qty.
Low Voltage Applications
Drop Ceiling/Entrance End Fitting
DCEFX
DCEFXIW-X Same fitting for use with all sizes of Types Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.

FITTINGS
DCEFXEI-X LDP, LD and CD Raceway. Drop Ceiling/ Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
DCEFXIG-X Entrance End fitting includes cover and base. Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
DCEFXWH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
DCEFXBR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.

RAEFX Right Angle Entrance End Fitting


RAEFXIW-X Same fitting for use with all sizes of Types Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAEFXEI-X LDP, LD and CD Raceway. Drop Ceiling/ Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAEFXIG-X Entrance End fitting includes cover and base. Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAEFXWH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAEFXBR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.

OCFX Outside Corner Fitting


OCFX3IW-X For use with Types LDP3, LD3 and CD3 Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
OCFX3EI-X Raceway. Outside Corner fitting includes cover Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
OCFX3IG-X and base. Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
OCFX3WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
OCFX3BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
OCFX5IW-X For use with Types LDP5, LD5 and CD5 Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
OCFX5EI-X Raceway. Outside Corner fitting includes cover Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
OCFX5IG-X and base. Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
OCFX5WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
OCFX5BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
OCFX10IW-X For use with Types LDP10, LD10 and CD10 Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
OCFX10EI-X Raceway. Outside Corner fitting includes cover Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
OCFX10IG-X and base. Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
OCFX10WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
OCFX10BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
NOTE: Low Voltage is considered any voltage under 48V.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 95
™ PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM

N EW
PAN-WAY ™ Category 5 Compliant Fittings
For Use In Category 5, Std. Std.
Fiber and other Part Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Color Qty. Qty.
Low Voltage Applications
Tee Fitting
TFC TFC3IW-X For use with Types LDP3, LD3 and CD3 Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
FITTINGS

TFC3EI-X Raceway. Tee fitting includes cover only – no Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TFC3IG-X base is required. Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TFC3WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TFC3BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TFC5IW-X For use with Types LDP5, LD5 and CD5 Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TFC5EI-X Raceway. Tee fitting includes cover only – no Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TFC5IG-X base is required. Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TFC5WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TFC5BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TFC10IW-X For use with Types LDP10, LD10 and CD10 Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TFC10EI-X Raceway. Tee fitting includes cover only – no Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TFC10IG-X base is required. Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TFC10WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TFC10BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.

ECFC End Cap Fitting


ECFX3IW-X For use with Types LDP3, LD3 and CD3 Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ECFX3EI-X Raceway. End Cap fitting includes cover only – Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ECFX3IG-X no base is required. Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ECFX3WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ECFX3BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ECFX5IW-X For use with Types LDP5, LD5 and CD5 Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ECFX5EI-X Raceway. End Cap fitting includes cover only – Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ECFX5IG-X no base is required. Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ECFX5WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ECFX5BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ECFX10IW-X For use with Types LDP10, LD10 and CD10 Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ECFX10EI-X Raceway. End Cap fitting includes cover only – Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ECFX10IG-X no base is required. Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ECFX10WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ECFX10BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.

RFX Reducer Fitting


RFX53IW-X For use with Types LDP5, LD5 and CD5 Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RFX53EI-X Raceway to reduce them to LDP3, LD3 and Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RFX53IG-X CD3. Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RFX53WH-X Reducer fitting is a one piece cover – no base White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RFX53BR-X is required. Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RFX105IW-X For use with Types LDP10, LD10 and CD10 Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RFX105EI-X Raceway to reduce them to LDP5, LD5 and Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RFX105IG-X CD5. Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RFX105WH-X Reducer fitting is a one piece cover – no base White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RFX105BR-X is required. Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RFX103IW-X For use with Types LDP10, LD10 and CD10 Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RFX103EI-X Raceway to reduce them to LDP3, LD3 and Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RFX103IG-X CD3. Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RFX103WH-X Reducer fitting is a one piece cover – no base White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RFX103BR-X is required. Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
NOTE: Low Voltage is considered any voltage under 48V.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


96 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM ™

N EW
PAN-WAY ™ Category 5 Compliant Fittings – Rated to 600V
For Use In Power Cabling
Applications Up to 600V or
for Category 5, Fiber Optic Std. Std.
and Other Low Voltage Part Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Color Qty. Qty.
Applications Requiring
Tamper-Resistance Coupler Fitting

FITTINGS
CFX3IW-X For use with Type LDP3 Raceway. Coupler Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CFC CFX3EI-X fitting includes cover only - no base is required. Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CFX3IG-X Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CFX3WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CFX3BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CFX5IW-X For use with Type LDP5 Raceway. Coupler Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CFX5EI-X fitting includes cover only – no base is Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CFX5IG-X required. Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CFX5WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CFX5BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CFX10IW-X For use with Type LDP10 Raceway. Coupler Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CFX10EI-X fitting includes cover only – no base is Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CFX10IG-X required. Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CFX10WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CFX10BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.

ICFX

Inside Corner Fitting


ICFX3IW-X For use with Type LDP3 Raceway. Inside Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ICFX3EI-X Corner fitting includes cover and base. Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ICFX3IG-X Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ICFX3WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ICFX3BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ICFX5IW-X For use with Type LDP5 Raceway. Inside Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ICFX5EI-X Corner fitting includes cover and base. Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ICFX5IG-X Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ICFX5WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ICFX5BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ICFX10IW-X For use with Type LDP10 Raceway. Inside Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ICFX10EI-X Corner fitting includes cover and base. Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ICFX10IG-X Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ICFX10WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ICFX10BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.

RAFX
Right Angle Fitting
RAFX3IW-X For use with Type LDP3 Raceway. Right Angle Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAFX3EI-X fitting includes cover and base. Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAFX3IG-X Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAFX3WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAFX3BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAFX5IW-X For use with Type LDP5 Raceway. Right Angle Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAFX5EI-X fitting includes cover and base. Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAFX5IG-X Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAFX5WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAFX5BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAFX10IW-X For use with Type LDP10 Raceway. Right Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAFX10EI-X Angle fitting includes cover and base. Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAFX10IG-X Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAFX10WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAFX10BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 97
™ PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM

N EW
PAN-WAY ™ Category 5 Compliant Fittings – Rated to 600V
For Use In Power Cabling
Applications Up to 600V or
for Category 5, Fiber Optic
and Other Low Voltage
Applications Requiring
Tamper-Resistance
FITTINGS

Std. Std.
DCEFX Part Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Color Qty. Qty.
Drop Ceiling/Entrance End Fitting
DCEFXIW-X Same fitting for use with all sizes of Types Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
DCEFXEI-X LDP, LD and CD Raceway. Drop Ceiling/ Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
DCEFXIG-X Entrance End fitting includes cover and base. Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
DCEFXWH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
DCEFXBR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.

RAEFX

Right Angle Entrance End Fitting


RAEFXIW-X Same fitting for use with all sizes of Types Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAEFXEI-X LDP, LD and CD Raceway. Drop Ceiling/ Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAEFXIG-X Entrance End fitting includes cover and base. Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAEFXWH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAEFXBR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.

Outside Corner Fitting


OCFC
OCFC3IW-X For use with Type LDP3 Raceway. Outside Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
OCFC3EI-X Corner fitting includes cover only – no base is Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
OCFC3IG-X required. Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
OCFC3WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
OCFC3BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
OCFC5IW-X For use with Type LDP5 Raceway. Outside Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
OCFC5EI-X Corner fitting includes cover only – no base is Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
OCFC5IG-X required. Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
OCFC5WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
OCFC5BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
OCFC10IW-X For use with Type LDP10 Raceway. Outside Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
OCFC10EI-X Corner fitting includes cover only – no base is Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
OCFC10IG-X required. Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
OCFC10WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
OCFC10BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


98 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM ™

N EW
PAN-WAY ™ Category 5 Compliant Fittings – Rated to 600V
For Use In Power Cabling
Applications Up to 600V or
for Category 5, Fiber Optic Std. Std.
and Other Low Voltage Part Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Color Qty. Qty.
Applications Requiring
Tee Fitting
Tamper-Resistance

FITTINGS
TFX3IW-X For use with Type LDP3 Raceway. Tee fitting Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TFX TFX3EI-X includes cover and base. Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TFX3IG-X Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TFX3WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TFX3BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TFX5IW-X For use with Type LDP5 Raceway. Tee fitting Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TFX5EI-X includes cover and base. Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TFX5IG-X Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TFX5WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TFX5BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TFX10IW-X For use with Type LDP10 Raceway. Tee fitting Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TFX10EI-X includes cover and base. Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TFX10IG-X Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TFX10WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TFX10BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.

ECFC
End Cap Fitting
ECFX3IW-X For use with Type LDP3 Raceway. End Cap Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ECFX3EI-X fitting includes cover only – no base is Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ECFX3IG-X required. Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ECFX3WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ECFX3BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ECFX5IW-X For use with Type LDP5 Raceway. End Cap Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ECFX5EI-X fitting includes cover only – no base is Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ECFX5IG-X required. Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ECFX5WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ECFX5BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ECFX10IW-X For use with Type LDP10 Raceway. End Cap Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ECFX10EI-X fitting includes cover only – no base is Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ECFX10IG-X required. Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ECFX10WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ECFX10BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.

RFX Reducer Fitting


RFX53IW-X For use with Type LDP5 Raceway to reduce it Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RFX53EI-X to LDP3. Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RFX53IG-X Reducer fitting is a one piece cover – no base Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RFX53WH-X is required. White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RFX53BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RFX105IW-X For use with Type LDP10 Raceway to reduce it Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RFX105EI-X to LDP5. Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RFX105IG-X Reducer fitting is a one piece cover – no base Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RFX105WH-X is required. White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RFX105BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RFX103IW-X For use with Type LDP10 Raceway to reduce it Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RFX103EI-X to LDP3. Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RFX103IG-X Reducer fitting is a one piece cover – no base Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RFX103WH-X is required. White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RFX103BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 99
™ PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM

PAN-WAY ™ Standard Fittings


For Use In Low Voltage
Applications
Std. Std.
Standard fittings can be used Part Pkg. Ctn.
in applications that do not Number Description Color Qty. Qty.
require cable bend radius Coupler Fitting
protection.
FITTINGS

CF3IW-E For use with Types LDP3, LD3 and CD3 Off White 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
CF CF3EI-E Raceway. Elec. Ivory 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
CF3IG-E Gray 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
CF3WH-E White 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
CF3BR-E Brown 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
CF5IW-E For use with Types LDP5, LD5 and CD5 Off White 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
CF5EI-E Raceway. Elec. Ivory 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
CF5IG-E Gray 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
CF5WH-E White 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
CF5BR-E Brown 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
CF5BL-E Black 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
CF10IW-X For use with Types LDP10, LD10 and CD10 Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CF10EI-X Raceway. Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CF10IG-X Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CF10WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CF10BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.

ICF Inside Corner Fitting


ICF3IW-E For use with Types LDP3, LD3 and CD3 Off White 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
ICF3EI-E Raceway. Elec. Ivory 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
ICF3IG-E Gray 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
ICF3WH-E White 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
ICF3BR-E Brown 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
ICF5IW-E For use with Types LDP5, LD5 and CD5 Off White 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
ICF5EI-E Raceway. Elec. Ivory 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
ICF5IG-E Gray 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
ICF5WH-E White 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
ICF5BR-E Brown 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
ICF5BL-E Black 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
ICF10IW-X For use with Types LDP10, LD10 and CD10 Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ICF10EI-X Raceway. Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ICF10IG-X Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ICF10WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ICF10BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.

RAF
Right Angle Fitting
RAF3IW-E For use with Types LDP3, LD3 and CD3 Off White 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAF3EI-E Raceway. Elec. Ivory 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAF3IG-E Gray 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAF3WH-E White 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAF3BR-E Brown 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAF5IW-E For use with Types LDP5, LD5 and CD5 Off White 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAF5EI-E Raceway. Elec. Ivory 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAF5IG-E Gray 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAF5WH-E White 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAF5BR-E Brown 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAF5BL-E Black 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAF10IW-X For use with Types LDP10, LD10 and CD10 Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAF10EI-X Raceway. Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAF10IG-X Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAF10WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAF10BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
NOTE: Low Voltage is considered any voltage under 48V.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


100 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM ™

PAN-WAY ™ Standard Fittings


For Use In Low Voltage Std. Std.
Applications Part Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Color Qty. Qty.
Standard fittings can be used Drop Ceiling/Entrance End Fitting
in applications that do not
require cable bend radius DCF3IW-X For use with Types LDP3, LD3 and CD3 Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
DCF3EI-X Raceway. Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
protection. DCF3IG-X Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.

FITTINGS
DCF DCF3WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
DCF3BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
DCF5IW-X For use with Types LDP5, LD5 and CD5 Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
DCF5EI-X Raceway. Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
DCF5IG-X Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
DCF5WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
DCF5BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
DCF5BL-X Black 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
DCF10IW-X For use with Types LDP10, LD10 and CD10 Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
DCF10EI-X Raceway. Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
DCF10IG-X Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
DCF10WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
DCF10BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.

OCF Outside Corner Fitting


OCF3IW-E For use with Types LDP3, LD3 and CD3 Off White 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
OCF3EI-E Raceway. Elec. Ivory 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
OCF3IG-E Gray 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
OCF3WH-E White 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
OCF3BR-E Brown 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
OCF5IW-E For use with Types LDP5, LD5 and CD5 Off White 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
OCF5EI-E Raceway. Elec. Ivory 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
OCF5IG-E Gray 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
OCF5WH-E White 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
OCF5BR-E Brown 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
OCF5BL-E Black 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
OCF10IW-X For use with Types LDP10, LD10 and CD10 Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
OCF10EI-X Raceway. Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
OCF10IG-X Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
OCF10WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
OCF10BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.

TF Tee Fitting
TF3IW-E For use with Types LDP3, LD3 and CD3 Off White 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
TF3EI-E Raceway. Elec. Ivory 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
TF3IG-E Gray 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
TF3WH-E White 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
TF3BR-E Brown 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
TF5IW-E For use with Types LDP5, LD5 and CD5 Off White 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
TF5EI-E Raceway. Elec. Ivory 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
TF5IG-E Gray 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
TF5WH-E White 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
TF5BR-E Brown 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
TF5BL-E Black 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
TF10IW-X For use with Types LDP10, LD10 and CD10 Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TF10EI-X Raceway. Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TF10IG-X Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TF10WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TF10BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
NOTE: Low Voltage is considered any voltage under 48V.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 101
™ PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM

PAN-WAY ™ Standard Fittings


For Use In Low Voltage Std. Std.
Applications Part Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Color Qty. Qty.
Standard fittings can be used
End Cap Fitting
in applications that do not
require cable bend radius ECF3IW-E For use with Types LDP3, LD3 and CD3 Off White 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
ECF3EI-E Raceway. Elec. Ivory 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
protection. ECF3IG-E Gray 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
FITTINGS

ECF ECF3WH-E White 20 pcs. 100 pcs.


ECF3BR-E Brown 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
ECF5IW-E For use with Types LDP5, LD5 and CD5 Off White 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
ECF5EI-E Raceway. Elec. Ivory 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
ECF5IG-E Gray 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
ECF5WH- White 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
ECF5BR-E Brown 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
ECF5BL-E Black 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
ECF10IW-X For use with Types LDP10, LD10 and CD10 Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ECF10EI-X Raceway. Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ECF10IG-X Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ECF10WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ECF10BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.

RF Reducer Fitting
RF5X3IW-E For use with Types LDP5, LD5 and CD 5 Off White 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
RF5X3EI-E Raceways to reduce them to LDP3, LD3 and Elec. Ivory 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
RF5X3IG-E CD3 respectively. Gray 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
RF5X3WH-E White 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
RF5X3BR-E Brown 20 pcs. 100 pcs.
RF10X5IW-X For use with Types LDP10, LD10, and CD10 Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RF10X5EI-X Raceways to reduce them to LDP5, LD5 and Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RF10X5IG-X CD5 respectively. Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RF10X5WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RF10X5BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RF10X3IW-X For use with Types LDP10, LD10 and CD10 Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RF10X3EI-X Raceways to reduce them to LDP3, LD3 and Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RF10X3IG-X CD3 respectively. Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RF10X3WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RF10X3BR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
NOTE: Low Voltage is considered any voltage under 48V.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


102 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM ™

Fill Capa Fill Capacities for Types LDP, LD and CD Raceways


This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may
vary according to the wire installation methods, straightness of wires, etc.

FILL CAPACITIES
Fill Capacity Table for:
·Electrical ·Voice Grade 24 AWG UTP ·Data Grade 24 AWG UTP

Electrical Cables Voice Grade Cables Data Grade Cables


14 AWG 12 AWG 10 AWG 24 AWG UTP CM/CMR 24 AWG
Raceway
Type THHN THHN THHN UTP CM
T90 T90 T90 2 pr 3 pr 4 pr 25 pr Cat. 5 4 pr
Dia. = Dia. = Dia. = DIA.=0.120 DIA.=0.150 DIA.=0.190 DIA.=0.422 DIA.=0.217
0.105 0.122 0.153 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill
CD3 N/A N/A N/A 3 6 1 3 1 2 0 0 0 1
CD5 N/A N/A N/A 5 11 3 7 2 4 0 0 1 3
CD10 N/A N/A N/A 13 27 8 17 5 11 1 2 4 8
LD3 N/A N/A N/A 3 6 2 4 1 2 0 0 1 2
LD5 N/A N/A N/A 6 12 3 7 2 4 0 0 1 3
LD10 N/A N/A N/A 17 35 11 22 7 14 1 2 5 10
LDP10 * 12 7 5 17 34 11 22 6 13 1 2 5 10
* LDP10 raceway not approved for use with T90 wire

Fill Capacity Table for:


·Data Grade 22 AWG UTP ·Data Grade 24, 22 AWG STP ·Type 1A STP

Data Grade Cables


24 AWG 22 AWG Type 1A
22 AWG
Raceway STP CM UTP CM STP CM STP CM
Type 25 pr 4 pr 25 pr 4 pr 25 pr 4 pr
DIA.=0.512 DIA.=0.250 DIA.=0.544 DIA.=0.234 DIA.=0.635 DIA.=0.286 DIA.=0.430
20% FIll 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill
CD3 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
CD5 0 0 1 2 0 0 1 3 0 0 1 2 0 0
CD10 0 1 3 6 0 1 3 7 0 0 2 4 1 2
LD3 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0
LD5 0 0 1 2 0 0 1 3 0 0 1 2 0 0
LD10 0 1 4 8 0 1 4 9 0 1 3 6 1 2
LDP10 0 1 3 7 0 1 4 9 0 1 3 6 1 2

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 103
™ PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM

Fill Capacities for Types LDP, LD and CD Raceways


This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may
vary according to the wire installation methods, straightness of wires, etc.
FILL CAPACITIES

Fill Capacity Table for:


·Coax Cables

Coax Cables

Raceway RG6/u RG11/u RG58/u RG59/u RG62A/u


Type DIA.=0.270 DIA.=0.405 DIA.=0.193 DIA.=0.242 DIA.=0.242
20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill
CD3 0 1 0 0 1 2 0 1 0 1
CD5 1 2 0 1 2 4 1 2 1 2
CD10 2 5 1 2 5 10 3 6 3 6
LD3 0 1 0 0 1 2 0 1 0 1
LD5 1 2 0 1 2 4 1 2 1 2
LD10 3 6 1 3 6 13 4 8 4 8
LDP10 3 6 1 3 6 13 4 8 4 8

Fill Capacity Table for:


·Fiber Optic Cable (62.5/125mm) ·Signal Cables

Fiber Optic Cables (62.5/125mm) Signal Cables


2 Strand 4 Strand 6 Strand 18AWG 20 AWG 22 AWG 24 AWG
Raceway
Type DIA.=0.175 DIA.=0.175 DIA.=0.210 DIA.=0.066 DIA.=0.057 DIA.=0.050 DIA.=0.044
20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill
CD3 1 2 1 2 0 1 10 20 13 26 17 34 22 45
CD5 2 5 2 5 1 3 18 37 25 50 32 65 42 85
CD10 6 13 6 13 4 9 45 91 61 122 79 159 102 205
LD3 1 3 1 3 1 2 11 22 14 29 19 38 24 49
LD5 2 5 2 5 1 3 19 39 26 53 34 69 44 89
LD10 8 16 8 16 5 11 58 116 78 156 101 202 131 262
LDP10 8 16 8 16 5 11 57 114 76 152 99 198 128 256

Raceway Cutting Instructions:


For Raceway Types LDP, LD and CD, use Panduit Cutting Tool, Part No. SRT found on page 143.
Alternative method : For small quantities, use a fine tooth handsaw. For larger quantities, a fine tooth bandsaw
or circular saw (10" dia., high speed steel, 1/16" thick, hollow ground to 2" collar diameter, 300 tooth, alternate
top bevel, 14", no set blade) will produce good results.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


104 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM ™

PAN-WAY ™ Type T Surface Raceway


Type T for Power and Communications Cabling including Fiber Optic Cables
PAN-WAY Type T Surface Raceway provides a Network Cabling System to provide you with a totally
complete system for routing and protecting both your integrated horizontal cabling solution for Category 5
communications and power cabling. Its UTP, ScTP, Coax, Fiber Optic and Power cabling.
multi-channel design keeps electrical and
Additional features include:
communications cables separated. This gives you the • Complete selection of fittings to speed installation
flexibility to install power cables first, then easily add
• Three sizes to match your application needs
communication cables later. Type T Raceway is
tamper-resistant while also allowing you easy access • Four standard colors to complement any decor
for moves, adds and changes. • U.L. Listed to 600V and C.S.A. Certified to 300V
• Finish is pure color and resists scratches during
Type T Raceway can be used with the PAN-NET ™ installation, routine maintenance and years of service

A. End Cap H. Rectangular Electrical &


B. Type T105 Raceway Communications Molded Cover with
C. T130 to T105 Reducer Fitting MINI-COM Snap-In
D. Type T130 Raceway Faceplate (see page 14)
E. Duplex Electrical & Communications I. Rectangular Electrical Molded Cover
Molded Cover with MINI-COM ™ J. Inside Corner Fitting
Snap-In Faceplate (see page 14) K. Cover Coupler
F. Base Couplers L. Duplex Electrical Molded Cover
G. Outside Corner Fitting
Refer to back cover for information regarding the complete line of Panduit Structured Cabling Products.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 105
™ PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM

Table of Contents
Page
PAN-WAY Type T
Surface Raceway . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
FACEPLATES

PAN-WAY Type T
Raceway Accessories . . . . . . . . 109

PAN-WAY Type T
Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-112

PAN-WAY Type T
Molded Covers . . . . . . . . . . 113-114

PAN-WAY Type T
Box and Pre-Cut Covers . . 115-116

Fill Capacity Information. . 117-118

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


106 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM ™

PAN-WAY ™Surface Raceway Applications

PAN-WAY Type T Surface Raceway, when used in conjunction with the PAN-NET ™ Network Cabling System, provides you with
a complete network cabling solution to meet your cabling requirements today and tomorrow.

Type T Raceway allows you to mount MINI-COM ™ Sloped Faceplates can be The optional divider wall separates
rectangular or duplex electrical devices mounted flush onto Type T Raceway power cables from low voltage
singularly or together with providing an excellent solution for communications cables. Up to four
communications devices. Category 5 and Fiber Optic applications. separate channels can be created.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 107

PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM

PAN-WAY ™ Type T Surface Raceway


PAN-WAY Type T Surface Raceway is a • Routes both power and • Excellent for school, university
large capacity, multi-channel system. It low voltage cables and laboratory applications
allows you to route both power and low
voltage communication cables together in • Optional divider
wall keeps
one raceway. Type T Raceway features power and
superior tamper resistance which makes it communication
RACEWAY

ideal for school and university applications. cables separate


However, cables are accessible for future
revisions. A complete selection of fittings
and accessories is available to speed • Non-metallic,
installation. lightweight PVC

• 4 decorator
colors
• Tamper
resistant
• Compatible with PAN-NET ™ Network
Cabling System - Provides a totally
integrated structured cabling solution

Std.
Part Std. Ctn.
TB105 Number Description Color Length Qty.
Type T Raceway Base
TB105IW6 Raceway Base for T105 Raceway Off White 6 ft. 24 ft.
TB105EI6 Elec. Ivory 6 ft. 24 ft.
TB105IG6 Gray 6 ft. 24 ft.
For lower capacity requirements TB105WH6 White 6 ft. 24 ft.
TB130IW6 Raceway Base for T130 Raceway Off White 6 ft. 24 ft.
TB130EI6 Elec. Ivory 6 ft. 24 ft.
TB130IG6 Gray 6 ft. 24 ft.
TB130 TB130WH6 White 6 ft. 24 ft.
TB170IW6 Raceway Base for T170 Raceway Off White 6 ft. 24 ft.
TB170EI6 Elec. Ivory 6 ft. 24 ft.
TB170IG6 Gray 6 ft. 24 ft.
TB170WH6 White 6 ft. 24 ft.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of feet required, in multiples of Standard Length Increment.

For added wire capacity requirements


Type T Raceway Cover
TC105IW6 Tamper resistant raceway cover for use with Off White 6 ft. 48 ft.
TC105EI6 T105 raceway base. Elec. Ivory 6 ft. 48 ft.
TC105IG6 Gray 6 ft. 48 ft.
TB170
TC105WH6 White 6 ft. 48 ft.
TC130IW6 Tamper resistant raceway cover for use with Off White 6 ft. 48 ft.
TC130EI6 T130 raceway base. Elec. Ivory 6 ft. 48 ft.
TC130IG6 Gray 6 ft. 48 ft.
TC130WH6 White 6 ft. 48 ft.
TC170IW6 Tamper resistant raceway cover for use with Off White 6 ft. 48 ft.
TC170EI6 T170 raceway base. Elec. Ivory 6 ft. 48 ft.
TC170IG6 Gray 6 ft. 48 ft.
For maximum wire capacity requirements TC170WH6 White 6 ft. 48 ft.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of feet required, in multiples of Standard Length Increment.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


108 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM ™

PAN-WAY ™ Type T Raceway Accessories


Divider Wall Std.
Part Std. Ctn.
Number Description Color Length Qty.
Divider Wall

ACCESSORIES
TD686 Snaps onto rails in raceway base to create Gray 6 ft. 48 ft.
separate channels.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of feet required, in multiples of Standard Length Increment.

• Divider Wall can be used with all


three sizes of raceway

Mounting Bracket Used Std. Std.


Part with Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Raceway Qty. Qty.
Mounting Bracket
TMB105-X Brackets are attached flush to wall. Type T T105 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
raceway is then snapped onto brackets.
TMB130-X Can be used as required anywhere along T130 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TMB170-X the raceway. T170 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
• Speeds mounting of raceway Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
• Bracket is hidden from view once
base is mounted

Wire Retainer
Used Std. Std.
with Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Raceway Qty. Qty.
Wire Retainer
TWR105-X Holds wires in place. Will not interfere with T105 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
cover installation. To add wire or cable,
TWR130-X simply remove cover and loosen one side of T130 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TWR170-X the retainer. T170 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

• Unique design supports wire and


cable weight even when raceway
is mounted in inverted fashion.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 109
™ PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM

PAN-WAY ™ Type T Raceway Fittings


Std. Std.
Part Pkg. Ctn.
Coupler Fittings Number Description Color Qty. Qty.
Base Couplers
TCFB105IW-X For use with T105 Raceway Base. Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TCFB105EI-X Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TCFB105IG-X Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
FITTINGS

TCFB105WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.


TCFB3070IW-X For use with T130 and T170 Raceway Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TCFB3070EI-X Bases. Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TCFB3070IG-X Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TCFB3070WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.

Cover Couplers
TCFC105IW-X For use with T105 Raceway Cover. Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TCFC105EI-X Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TCFC105IG-X Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TCFC105WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
• Covers seam between sections
of raceway TCFC130IW-X For use with T130 Raceway Cover. Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TCFC130EI-X Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TCFC130IG-X Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TCFC130WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TCFC170IW-X For use with T170 Raceway Cover. Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TCFC170EI-X Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TCFC170IG-X Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TCFC170WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.

Inside Corner Fitting Inside Corner Fitting


TIC105IW For use with T105 Raceway. Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TIC105EI Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TIC105IG Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TIC105WH White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
TIC130IW For use with T130 Raceway. Off White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TIC130EI Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TIC130IG Gray 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TIC130WH White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TIC170IW For use with T170 Raceway. Off White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TIC170EI Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TIC170IG Gray 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TIC170WH White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
• Use to mount raceway at 900
inside corners

Right Angle Fitting Right Angle Fitting


TRA105IW For use with T105 Raceway. Off White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TRA105EI Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TRA105IG Gray 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TRA105WH White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TRA130IW For use with T130 Raceway. Off White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TRA130EI Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TRA130IG Gray 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TRA130WH White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TRA170IW For use with T170 Raceway. Off White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TRA170EI Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TRA170IG Gray 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TRA170WH White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
• Used to mount raceway at 900 ORDERING INFORMATION:
flat junctions. Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


110 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM ™

PAN-WAY ™ Type T Raceway Fittings


Outside Corner Fitting Std. Std.
Part Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Color Qty. Qty.
Outside Corner Fitting Base
TOCB105IW For use with T105 Raceway. Off White 1 pc. 10 pcs.

FITTINGS
TOCB105EI Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TOCB105IG Gray 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TOCB105WH White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TOCB130IW For use with T130 Raceway. Off White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TOCB130EI Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TOCB130IG Gray 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TOCB130WH White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
• Use to mount raceway at 900 TOCB170IW For use with T170 Raceway. Off White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
outside corners TOCB170EI Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TOCB170IG Gray 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TOCB170WH White 1 pc. 10 pcs.

Outside Corner Fitting Cover


TOCC105IW For use with T105 Raceway. Off White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TOCC105EI Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TOCC105IG Gray 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TOCC105WH White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TOCC130IW For use with T130 Raceway. Off White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TOCC130EI Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TOCC130IG Gray 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TOCC130WH White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TOCC170IW For use with T170 Raceway. Off White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TOCC170EI Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TOCC170IG Gray 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TOCC170WH White 1 pc. 10 pcs.

Tee Fitting Tee Fitting


TT105IW For use with T105 Raceway. Off White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TT105EI Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TT105IG Gray 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TT105WH White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TT130IW For use with T130 Raceway. Off White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TT130EI Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TT130IG Gray 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TT130WH White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TT170IW For use with T170 Raceway. Off White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TT170EI Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TT170IG Gray 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TT170WH White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
• Used to mount raceway at tee ORDERING INFORMATION:
intersections. Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 111
™ PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM

PAN-WAY ™ Type T Raceway Fittings


End Cap Fitting
Std. Std.
Part Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Color Qty. Qty.
End Cap Fitting
TEC105IW For use with T105 Raceway. Off White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
FITTINGS

TEC105EI Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.


TEC105IG Gray 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TEC105WH White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TEC130IW For use with T130 Raceway. Off White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TEC130EI Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TEC130IG Gray 1 pc. 10 pcs.
• For closing off the ends of the TEC130WH White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
raceway base. TEC170IW For use with T170 Raceway. Off White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
• Includes concentric breakouts for TEC170EI Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
1/2" and 3/4" conduit. TEC170IG Gray 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TEC170WH White 1 pc. 10 pcs.

Reducer Fitting Reducer Fitting


TR170X105IW Reduces a horizontal section of T170 Raceway Off White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TR170X105EI to a perpendicular section of T105 Raceway. Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TR170X105IG Gray 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TR170X105WH White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TR170X130IW Reduces a horizontal section of T170 Raceway Off White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TR170X130EI to a perpendicular section of T130 Raceway. Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TR170X130IG Gray 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TR170X130WH White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TR130X105IW Reduces a horizontal section of T130 Raceway Off White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TR130X105EI to a perpendicular section of T105 Raceway. Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TR130X105IG Gray 1 pc. 10 pcs.
TR130X105WH White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
• Used to reduce one size raceway ORDERING INFORMATION:
to a smaller size raceway mounted Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
perpendicular to it.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


112 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM ™

PAN-WAY ™ Type T130 Hanging Device Bracket


The Hanging Device Bracket is designed for • Provides for • Works with
use with Type T130 Raceway. Electrical maximum standard NEMA
wire electrical devices
devices are mounted directly to this bracket capacity
thus eliminating the need to install separate inside the

DEVICE BRACKET
junction boxes for each outlet inside the raceway
raceway base. The hanging device bracket
allows electrical devices to be mounted • Holds
devices very
adjacent to communications faceplates in • Easy to securely
the raceway. The hanging device bracket install
also provides you with a faster and less
costly installation solution.
• Eliminates need for standard electrical
Type T130 Molded Covers are available for faceplates and pre-punched covers
T130 raceway only.

Std. Std.
Part Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Color Qty. Qty.
T130DB-X Hanging Device Bracket
T130DB-X Used to quickly mount NEMA standard Gray 10 100
electrical receptacles (including GFCI) in T130
Raceway. Must be used with appropriate T130
Molded Cover.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Note: Type T130 Hanging Device Bracket is


required to mount all electrical devices with
T130 molded covers (shown on next page).

Snap the T130 Hanging Device Bracket Install electrical device and snap on Complete the installation with
into the slot on the raceway wall and onto appropriate T130 Molded Cover. MINI-COM ™ or MOD-COM Snap-in
the divider wall. Faceplates for your network and voice
communication requirements.

For MINI-COM ™ Snap-in Faceplates - see page 14


For MOD-COM ™ Snap-in Faceplates - see page 35

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 113
™ PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM

PAN-WAY ™ Type T130 Molded Covers


Type T130 Molded Covers eliminate the • Improves • Works with
need for electrical faceplates and aesthetic standard NEMA
appearance electrical devices
pre-punched covers. They allow electrical of raceway
devices to be mounted side-by-side with
MOLDED COVERS

communication devices.Type T130 Molded


• Available in 4
Covers are designed to help speed your • Tamper decorator
installation and lower your installed cost. resistant colors to
match the
raceway
Type T130 Molded Covers are available for
T130 Raceway only.

• Available in six configurations to match


your application requirements

Note: T130 Hanging Bracket (shown on


previous page) is required to mount all electrical Std. Std.
devices with T130 Molded Covers. Part Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Color Qty. Qty.

T130DMC
Duplex Electrical Device Molded Cover
T130DMCIW Covers standard duplex electrical devices. Off White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T130DMCEI Replaces faceplate and raceway cover. Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T130DMCIG Gray 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T130DMCWH White 1 pc. 10 pcs.

Rectangular Electrical Device Molded Cover


T130RMC
T130RMCIW Covers standard rectangular electrical Off White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T130RMCEI devices. Replaces faceplate and raceway Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T130RMCIG cover. Gray 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T130RMCWH White 1 pc. 10 pcs.

Twist Lock Electrical Device Molded Cover


T130LMC
T130LMCIW Covers standard twist lock electrical Off White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T130LMCEI devices. Replaces faceplate and raceway Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T130LMCIG cover. Gray 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T130LMCWH White 1 pc. 10 pcs.

Communications Device Molded Cover


T130TMC T130TMCIW Provides proper sized opening to accept Off White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T130TMCEI MINI-COM ™ or MOD-COM ™ snap-in Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T130TMCIG faceplates. Gray 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T130TMCWH White 1 pc. 10 pcs.

Communications and Duplex Electrical Device Molded Cover


T130TDMC T130TDMCIW Covers standard duplex electrical devices Off White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T130TDMCEI and provides proper sized opening to Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T130TDMCIG accept MINI-COM ™ or MOD-COM ™ Gray 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T130TDMCWH Snap-in Faceplates. White 1 pc. 10 pcs.

Communications and Rectangular Electrical Device Molded Cover


T130TRMCIW Covers standard rectangular electrical Off White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T130TRMC T130TRMCEI devices and provides proper sized opening Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T130TRMCIG to accept MINI-COM ™ or MOD-COM ™ Gray 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T130TRMCWH Snap-in Faceplates. White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Note: For communication applications, use MINI-COM ™ Snap-in Faceplates (see page14)
or MOD-COM ™ Snap-in Faceplates (see page 35)

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


114 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM ™

PAN-WAY ™ Type T Box and Pre-Cut Covers


Type T Boxes and pre-cut Covers provide • Box mounts • Can be used for
an alternative method for mounting electrical securely electrical and
inside the communication
and communication devices to Type T

BOX & PRE-CUT COVERS


raceway cabling
Raceway. They allow for flush mounting of
the devices in the raceway and they work
with all three sizes of Type T Raceway.
Pre-cut covers enable you to mount up to six • Devices can
mount flush in
communications devices side-by-side. • Easy to the raceway
Additionally, they allow you to mount other install
MINI-COM ™ and MOD-COM ™ Devices
such as the new Sloped Faceplate and low • Compatible with MINI-COM ™ and
profile, Surface Mount Boxes. MOD-COM ™ Faceplates and Surface
Mount Boxes
Type T Box

Std. Std.
Part Pkg. Ctn.
TB5583-V Number Description Qty. Qty.
Type T Box
TB5583-V 3.28" (83.5mm) mounting holes, 2.17" (55mm) deep. 5 pcs. 60 pcs.
Accepts all MINI-COM and MOD-COM Single Gang
Faceplates and 4 Module Space Boxes. For use with single
gang electrical devices and faceplates.
This box is used with U.S. electrical receptacles.
• For use with all Type T Raceway
ORDERING INFORMATION:
sizes Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Raceway Box Strain Relief Raceway Box Strain Relief


TBSR-Q Snaps onto TB5583-V Type T Box. Used to support cable 25 pcs. -
connections in vertically mounted raceway applications.

ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Pre-Cut Cover for Used Std. Std.


with Pkg. Ctn.
TB5583-V Type T Box Part Number Description Raceway Color Qty. Qty.
Single Gang Opening
T105GIW Used with all standard NEMA Off White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T105GEI electrical faceplates. T105 Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T105GIG Gray 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T105GWH Used with all single gang White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
MINI-COM and MOD-COM
T130GIW Faceplates and 4 Module Space Off White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T130GEI Surface Mount Boxes. T130 Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T130GIG Gray 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T130GWH White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T170GIW Off White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T170GEI T170 Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T170GIG Gray 1 pc. 10 pcs.
• Cover Length = 7.05" (179mm) T170GWH White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 115
™ PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM

Pre-Cut Cover for Used Std. Std.


One Snap-In Faceplate with Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Raceway Color Qty. Qty.
Opening for One Snap-In Faceplate
T105K1IW Off White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T105K1EI T105 Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
PRE-CUT COVERS

T105K1IG Gray 1 pc. 10 pcs.


T105K1WH White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T130K1IW Pre-cut cover for use with one Off White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T130K1EI MINI-COM ™ or MOD-COM ™ T130 Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T130K1IG Snap-in Faceplate. Gray 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T130K1WH White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T170K1IW Off White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
• Cover Length = 4.92” (125mm) T170K1EI T170 Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T170K1IG Gray 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T170K1WH White 1 pc. 10 pcs.

Pre-Cut Cover for Two Opening for Two Snap-In Faceplates


Snap-In Faceplates T130K2IW Off White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T130K2EI T130 Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T130K2IG Pre-cut cover for use with two Gray 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T130K2WH MINI-COM ™ or MOD-COM ™ White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
Snap-in Faceplates.
T170K2IW Off White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T170K2EI T170 Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T170K2IG Gray 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T170K2WH White 1 pc. 10 pcs.

• Cover Length = 4.92” (125mm)


Pre-Cut Cover for Three Opening for Three Snap-In Faceplates
Snap-In Faceplates T170K3IW Pre-cut cover for use with three Off White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T170K3EI MINI-COM ™ or MOD-COM ™ T170 Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T170K3IG Snap-in Faceplates. Gray 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T170K3WH White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

• Cover Length = 4.92” (125mm)

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


116 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM ™

Fill Capa Fill Capacities for Type T Raceway


This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may
vary according to the wire installation methods, straightness of wires, etc.

Fill Capacity Table for:

FILL CAPACITIES
·Electrical ·Voice Grade 24 AWG UTP ·Data Grade 24 AWG UTP

Electrical Cables Voice Grade Cables Data Grade Cables


14 AWG 12 AWG 10 AWG 24 AWG UTP CM/CMR 24 AWG
Raceway THHN THHN THHN UTP CM
Type
T90 T90 T90 2 pr 3 pr 4 pr 25 pr Cat. 5 4 pr
Dia. = Dia. = Dia. = DIA.= 0.120 DIA.= 0.150 DIA.= 0.190 DIA.=0.422 DIA.=0.217
0.105 0.122 0.153 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% FIll 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill
T105 57 43 34 136 272 87 174 54 108 11 22 41 83
T105 with Wire Retainers 28 23 16 41 82 26 52 16 32 3 6 12 25
and TB5583-V Box
T130 62 46 39 170 340 109 218 67 135 13 27 52 104
T130 with Wire Retainers 43 32 25 73 147 47 94 29 59 5 11 22 45
and TB5583-V Box
T170 62 46 43 229 458 146 293 91 182 18 37 70 140
T170 with Wire Retainers 58 43 34 124 249 79 159 49 99 10 20 38 76
and TB5583-V Box

Fill Capacity Table for:


·Data Grade 22 AWG UTP ·Data Grade 24, 22 AWG STP ·Type 1A STP

Data Grade Cables


24 AWG 22 AWG Type 1A
22 AWG
Raceway STP CM UTP CM STP CM STP CM
Type 25 pr 4 pr 25 pr 4 pr 25 pr 4 pr
DIA.=0.512 DIA.=0.250 DIA.= 0.544 DIA.= 0.234 DIA.=0.635 DIA.=0.286 DIA.=0.430
20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill
T105 7 14 31 62 6 13 35 71 4 9 23 47 10 21
T105 with Wire 2 4 9 18 1 3 10 21 1 2 7 14 3 6
Retainers and
TB5583-V Box
T130 9 18 39 78 8 16 44 89 6 12 30 60 13 26
T130 with Wire 4 8 17 34 3 7 19 38 2 5 13 26 5 11
Retainers and
TB5583-V Box
T170 12 25 52 105 11 22 60 120 8 16 40 80 17 35
T170 with Wire 6 13 28 57 6 12 32 65 4 8 21 43 9 19
Retainers and
TB5583-V Box

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 117
™ PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM

Fill Capacities for Type T Raceway


This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may
vary according to the wire installation methods, straightness of wires, etc.

Fill Capacity Table for:


FILL CAPACITIES

·Coax Cables

Coax Cables
Raceway
Type RG6/u RG11/u RG58/u RG59/u RG62A/u
DIA.=0.270 DIA.=0.405 DIA.=0.193 DIA.=0.242 DIA.=0.242
20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill
T105 26 53 11 23 52 105 33 67 33 67
T105 with Wire Retainers 8 16 3 7 15 31 10 20 10 20
and TB5583-V Box
T130 33 67 14 29 65 131 41 83 41 83
T130 with Wire Retainers 14 29 6 12 28 57 18 36 18 36
and TB5583-V Box
T170 45 90 20 40 88 177 56 112 56 112
T170 with Wire Retainers 24 49 10 21 48 96 30 61 30 61
and TB5583-V Box

Fill Capacity Table for:


·Fiber Optic Cable (62.5/125mm) ·Signal Cables

Fiber Optic Cables (62.5/125mm) Signal Cables

Raceway 2 Strand 4 Strand 6 Strand 18AWG 20 AWG 22 AWG 24 AWG


Type DIA.=0.175 DIA.=0.175 DIA.=0.210 DIA.=0.066 DIA.=0.057 DIA.=0.050 DIA.=0.044

20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill

T105 64 128 64 128 44 88 450 900 603 1207 784 1569 1013 2026
T105 with Wire 19 38 19 38 13 26 135 271 181 363 236 472 305 610
Retainers and
TB5583-V Box
T130 80 160 80 160 55 111 563 1126 755 1510 981 1963 1267 2535
T130 with Wire 34 69 34 69 24 48 244 489 327 655 426 852 550 1100
Retainers and
TB5583-V Box
T170 107 215 107 215 74 149 758 1516 1016 2033 1321 2642 1706 3412
T170 with Wire 58 117 58 117 40 81 411 823 551 1103 717 1434 926 1852
Retainers and
TB5583-V Box

Raceway Cutting Instructions:


For small quantities, use a fine tooth handsaw. For larger quantities, a fine tooth bandsaw or circular saw
(10" dia., high speed steel, 1/16" thick, hollow ground to 2" collar diameter, 300 tooth, alternate top bevel, 14",
no set blade) will produce good results.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


118 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM ™

PAN-WAY ™ Type T3 Surface Raceway


Type T3 for Power and Communication Cabling including Fiber Optic Cables
PAN-WAY Type T3 Surface Raceway provides a integrated horizontal cabling solution for Category 5
complete, multi-channel system for routing both your UTP, ScTP, Coax, Fiber Optic and Power cabling.
communications and power cabling . Three channels
Additional features include:
are supplied. Type T3 has a low profile design that is
ideal for use in baseboard applications or it can be • Complete selection of fittings to speed installation
mounted at any height on the wall. It is • Four standard colors to complement any decor
tamper-resistant yet also allows you access for • U.L. Listed to 600V and C.S.A. Certified to 300V
moves, adds and changes. • Finish is pure color and resists scratches during
installation, routine maintenance and years of service
Type T3 Raceway can be used with the PAN-NET ™
Network Cabling System to provide you with a totally

F G H

E
A B C D

A. Type T3 Raceway F. Coupling


B. 6 Position MOD-COM ™ Type T3 Box G. Inside Corner Fitting
C. Standard Electrical Device and H. Transition Fitting
Faceplate Mounted to a Type P I. Type P Raceway
Junction Box (see page 140) J. Standard Electrical Device and
D. Outside Corner Fitting Switchplate Mounted to a Type P
E. 6 Position MOD-COM ™ Type T3 Box Junction Box (see page 140)

Refer to back cover for information regarding the complete line of Panduit Structured Cabling Products.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 119
™ PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM

Table of Contents
Page
PAN-WAY Type T3
Surface Raceway . . . . . . . . . . . 122
FACEPLATES

PAN-WAY Type T3
MOD-COM™ Boxes . . . . . . . 123

PAN-WAY Type T3
Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123-125

Fill Capacity Info.. . . . . . . 126-127

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


120 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM ™

PAN-WAY ™Surface Raceway Applications

PAN-WAY Type T3 Surface Raceway is ideal for use in baseboard applications. Its multi-channel design allows you to route your
communications and power cabling together in one raceway.

Type T3 raceway can be mounted at desk MOD-COM ™ Type T3 Boxes are Electrical outlets and MOD-COM ™ Type
height or at any desired height along the available in four and six module space T3 Boxes can be placed anywhere along
wall to meet your application sizes for UTP, ScTP, Coax and Fiber the raceway for maximum versatility.
requirements. Optic connections.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 121
™ PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM

PAN-WAY ™ Type T3 Surface Raceway


PAN-WAY Type T3 Surface Raceway is a • Routes both power and • Divider walls keep power and
low voltage cables communication cables separate
multi-channel system for routing both power
and low voltage communication cables
together. Three integral channels separate • Non-metallic,
lightweight
the cables. The tamper resistant cover can PVC
be removed for quick and easy cabling
RACEWAY

revisions. A complete selection of fittings is


available to speed installation.
• Optional adhesive
• 4 decorator backing speeds
colors installation

• Tamper
resistant

• Compatible with PAN-NET ™ Network Cabling System –


T3B Provides a totally integrated structured cabling solution

Std.
Part Std. Ctn.
Number Description Color Length Qty.
Type T3 Raceway Base – Adhesive Backed
T3BIW6-A Raceway Base with pre-applied adhesive Off White 6 ft. 120 ft.
T3BEI6-A backing to speed installation. Elec. Ivory 6 ft. 120 ft.
T3BIG6-A See note below. Gray 6 ft. 120 ft.
T3BWH6-A White 6 ft. 120 ft.

Type T3 Raceway Base


T3C T3BIW6 Raceway Base without adhesive backing. Off White 6 ft. 120 ft.
T3BEI6 See note below. Elec. Ivory 6 ft. 120 ft.
T3BIG6 Gray 6 ft. 120 ft.
T3BWH6 White 6 ft. 120 ft.

Type T3 Raceway Cover


T3CIW6 Raceway Cover for use in all applications. Off White 6 ft. 120 ft.
T3CEI6 Elec. Ivory 6 ft. 120 ft.
T3CIG6 Gray 6 ft. 120 ft.
T3CWH6 White 6 ft. 120 ft.
Type T3 Raceway Cover – Extended
T3CEIW6 Raceway Cover for use in baseboard Off White 6 ft. 120 ft.
T3CE T3CEEI6 applications. Cover extends approximately ½" Elec. Ivory 6 ft. 120 ft.
T3CEIG6 below raceway base. Gray 6 ft. 120 ft.
T3CEWH6 White 6 ft. 120 ft.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of feet required, in multiples of Standard Length Increment.
NOTE: Type T3 Raceway Base requires screw mounting if it is being used for power cabling applications.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


122 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM ™

MOD-COM ™ Type T3 Boxes


Std. Std.
Part Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Color Qty. Qty.
4 Module Space Box
T3MBX4IW Box snaps directly onto raceway for easy UTP, Off White 1 pc. 10 pcs.

FITTINGS
T3MBX4EI ScTP, Coax and Fiber Optic terminations. Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T3MBX4IG Connections are made perpendicular to the Gray 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T3MBX4WH raceway. Accepts up to four low MOD-COM White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
Connector Modules.
• Box accepts up to 4 low
MOD-COM Connector Modules
6 Module Space Box
T3MBXD6IW Box snaps directly onto raceway for easy UTP, Off White 1 pc 10 pcs.
T3MBXD6EI ScTP, Coax and Fiber Optic terminations. Elec. Ivory 1 pc 10 pcs.
T3MBXD6IG Connections are made parallel to the raceway. Gray 1 pc 10 pcs.
T3MBXD6WH Accepts up to six low or high White 1 pc 10 pcs.
MOD-COM Connector Modules.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

• Box accepts up to 6 MOD-COM


low or high Connector Modules

PAN-WAY ™ Type T3 Raceway Fittings


Coupling Fitting Std. Std.
Part Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Color Qty. Qty.
Coupler Fitting
T3CFIW Covers seam between two sections of raceway Off White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T3CFEI cover for a neat, finished appearance. Fitting Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T3CFIG snaps onto raceway base. Gray 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T3CFWH White 1 pc. 10 pcs.

Inside Corner Fitting Inside Corner Fitting


T3ICIW Used to mount raceway at 90o inside corners. Off White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T3ICEI Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T3ICIG Gray 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T3ICWH White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 123
™ PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM

PAN-WAY ™ Type T3 Raceway Fittings


Right Angle Fitting Std. Std.
Part Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Color Qty. Qty.
Right Angle Fitting
T3RAIW Used to mount raceway at 90o flat junctions. Off White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T3RAEI Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
FITTINGS

T3RAIG Gray 1 pc. 10 pcs.


T3RAWH White 1 pc. 10 pcs.

Transition Fitting
Transition Fitting
T3TRIW Used to mount communication and electrical Off White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T3TREI devices above or below the raceway. Can also Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T3TRIG be used to mate Type T3 with PAN-WAY Types Gray 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T3TRWH LDP, LD, CD and PD Raceways. White 1 pc. 10 pcs.

Transition fitting used with a Transition fitting can be used for Other PAN-WAY Raceways can be
MOD-COM ™ Surface Mount Box as an mounting electrical devices onto Type PD mated to Type T3 with the transition
alternative method for communications junction boxes (see page 140). fitting.
applications.

Outside Corner Fitting Outside Corner Fitting


T3OCIW Used to mount raceway at 90o outside corners. Off White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T3OCEI Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T3OCIG Gray 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T3OCWH White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


124 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM ™

PAN-WAY ™ Type T3 Raceway Fittings


Tee Fitting Std. Std.
Part Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Color Qty. Qty.
Tee Fitting
T3TIW Used to mount raceway at tee intersections. Off White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T3TEI Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T3TIG Gray 1 pc. 10 pcs.

FITTINGS
T3TWH White 1 pc. 10 pcs.

End Cap Fitting End Cap Fitting


T3ECIW Closes off the ends of the raceway base. Off White 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T3ECEI Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T3ECIG Gray 1 pc. 10 pcs.
T3ECWH White 1 pc. 10 pcs.

Wire Retainer Wire Retainer


T3WR-C Snaps onto divider walls. Retains wires prior to - - 100 pcs.
cover placement to speed installation. Does not
interfere with cover placement.

Raceway Adapters Raceway Adapters


CA3IW-X Adapts Transition Fitting to Types LDP3, Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CA3EI-X LD3 and CD3 Raceways. Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CA3IG-X Use for communications applications only. Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CA3WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CA5IW-X Adapts Transition Fitting to Types LDP5, Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CA5EI-X LD5 and CD5 Raceways. Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CA5IG-X Use for communications applications only. Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CA5WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
BA3IW-X Adapts Transition Fitting to Type PD3 Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
BA3EI-X Raceway. Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
BA3IG-X U.L. Listed and C.S.A. Certified for Power Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
BA3WH-X and Communications applications. White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
BA6IW-X Adapts Transition Fitting to Type PD6 Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
BA6EI-X Raceway. Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
BA6IG-X U.L. Listed and C.S.A. Certified for Power Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
BA6WH-X and Communications applications. White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 125
™ PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM

Fill Capa Fill Capacities for Type T3 Raceway


This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may
vary according to the wire installation methods, straightness of wires, etc.
FILL CAPACITIES

Fill Capacity Table for:


·Electrical ·Voice Grade 24 AWG UTP ·Data Grade 24 AWG UTP

Electrical Cables Voice Grade Cables Data Grade Cables


14 AWG 12 AWG 10 AWG 24 AWG UTP CM/CMR 24 AWG
Raceway THHN THHN THHN UTP CM
Type
T90 T90 T90 2 pr 3 pr 4 pr 25 pr Cat. 5 4 pr
Dia. = Dia. = Dia. = DIA.= 0.120 DIA.= 0.150 DIA.= 0.190 DIA.=0.422 DIA.= 0.217
0.105 0.122 0.153 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill
T3 inner channel 37 27 17 20 40 12 25 8 16 1 3 6 12
† T3 outer channels 37 27 17 19 39 12 25 7 15 1 3 6 12
* T3 inner channel 37 27 17 18 36 11 23 7 14 1 2 5 11
†* T3 outer channels 37 27 17 18 36 11 23 7 14 1 2 5 11
† Fill capacity per each outside channel
* Channel with wire retainer snapped on

Fill Capacity Table for:


·Data Grade 22 AWG UTP ·Data Grade 24, 22 AWG STP ·Type 1A STP

Data Grade Cables


24 AWG 22 AWG Type 1A
22 AWG
Raceway STP CM UTP CM STP CM STP CM
Type 25 pr 4 pr 25 pr 4 pr 25 pr 4 pr
DIA.=0.512 DIA.=0.250 DIA.= 0.544 DIA.= 0.234 DIA.=0.635 DIA.=0.286 DIA.=0.430
20% FIll 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill
T3 inner channel 1 2 4 9 0 1 5 10 0 1 3 7 1 3
† T3 outer channels 1 2 4 9 0 1 5 10 0 1 3 6 1 3
* T3 inner channel 0 1 4 8 0 1 4 9 0 1 3 6 1 2
†* T3 outer channels 0 1 4 8 0 1 4 9 0 1 3 6 1 2

† Fill capacity per each outside channel


* Channel with wire retainer snapped on

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


126 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM ™

Fill Capacities for Type T3 Raceway


This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may
vary according to the wire installation methods, straightness of wires, etc.

FILL CAPACITIES
Fill Capacity Table for:
·Coax Cables

Coax Cables
Raceway
Type RG6/u RG11/u RG58/u RG59/u RG62A/u
DIA.=0.270 DIA.=0.405 DIA.=0.193 DIA.=0.242 DIA.=0.242
20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill

T3 inner channel 3 7 1 3 7 15 4 9 4 9
† T3 outer channels 3 7 1 3 7 15 4 9 4 9
* T3 inner channel 3 7 1 3 7 14 4 8 4 8
†* T3 outer channels 3 7 1 3 6 13 4 8 4 8
† Fill capacity per each outside channel
* Channel with wire retainer snapped on

Fill Capacity Table for:


·Fiber Optic Cable (62.5/125mm) ·Signal Cables

Fiber Optic Cables (62.5/125mm) Signal Cables

Raceway 2 Strand 4 Strand 6 Strand 18AWG 20 AWG 22 AWG 24 AWG


Type DIA.=0.175 DIA.=0.175 DIA.=0.210 DIA.=0.066 DIA.=0.057 DIA.=0.050 DIA.=0.044

20% FIll 40% FIll 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill
T3 inner channel 9 18 9 18 6 13 66 133 89 178 115 231 149 299
† T3 outer channels 9 18 9 18 6 12 65 130 87 174 113 227 146 293
* T3 inner channel 8 17 8 17 5 11 59 119 80 160 104 208 134 269
†* T3 outer channels 8 16 8 16 5 11 59 119 80 160 103 207 134 268
† Fill capacity per each outside channel
* Channel with wire retainer snapped on

Raceway Cutting Instructions:


For small quantities, use a fine tooth handsaw. For larger quantities, a fine tooth bandsaw or circular saw (10"
dia., high speed steel, 1/16" thick, hollow ground to 2" collar diameter, 300 tooth, alternate top bevel, 14", no
set blade) will produce good results.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 127
NOTES

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


128 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM ™

PAN-WAY ™ Type PD Surface Raceway


Type PD for Power or Communications Cabling
PAN-WAY Type PD Surface Raceway is U.L. Listed Type PD Raceway can be used with the PAN-NET ™
for routing electrical cabling up to 600V. Type PD Network Cabling System to provide you with a totally
Raceway is a two piece, low profile, single channel integrated horizontal cabling solution for UTP, ScTP,
system. Although it is rated for power cabling, Coax and Fiber Optic cabling.
Type PD can also be used for routing low voltage Additional features include:
communication cabling. It provides an excellent
solution for applications requiring tamper resistance. • Easier and safer to use than metal raceway
The raceway base is supplied with optional adhesive • Four standard colors to complement any decor
backing and a complete selection of fittings to speed • U.L. Listed to 600V and C.S.A. Certified to 300V
your installation. • Finish is pure color that will not scratch or chip during
installation, routine maintenance or years of service

F G H
E
C D

A. Entrance End Fitting F. Inside Corner Fitting


B. Type PD6 Raceway G. Coupling FItting
C. Right Angle Fitting H. Flexible Fitting - For Routing Around
D. Outside Corner Fitting Obstructions
E. Standard Electrical Device and
Faceplate Mounted to a Type PD
Junction Box (see page 139-140)

Refer to back cover for information regarding the complete line of Panduit Structured Cabling Products.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 129
™ PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM

Table of Contents
Page
PAN-WAY Type PD
Surface Raceway . . . . . . . . . . . 132
FACEPLATES

PAN-WAY Type PD
Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133-136

PAN-WAY Type PD
Junction Boxes . . . . . . . . 139-140

PAN-WAY Type PD
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . 142-143

Fill Capacity Information 137-138

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


130 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM ™

PAN-WAY ™ Surface Raceway Applications

PAN-WAY Type PD Surface Raceway is ideal for your power and low voltage cabling applications. It can be used anywhere power
and low voltage cabling are required including offices, factories, schools, universities, etc.

MINI-COM ™ Executive Faceplates can The “Flexible” fitting can be used to route Type PD Raceway can be mated directly
be mounted to junction boxes for use with Type PD Raceway around obstacles. to conduit with the “Entrance End” fitting.
Type PD Raceway in network cabling
applications. (See page 10-11)

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 131
™ PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM

PAN-WAY ™ Type PD Surface Raceway


PAN-WAY Type PD Surface Raceway is a • Routes either • Non-metallic,
single channel system for routing either power or lightweight PVC
low voltage is easier to use
power or low voltage communication cables. cables than metal
The raceway is tamper and impact resistant.
Type PD raceway is U.L. Listed to 600V, • Optional adhesive
• Tamper backing speeds
C.S.A. Certified to 300V and meets the resistant installation
RACEWAY

specifications of NEC for nonmetallic


surface raceway (352B).
• Extremely • Textured finish
A complete selection of fittings is available durable & hides scratches
to speed installation. impact and fingerprints
resistant
• Compatible with PAN-NET ™ Network
Cabling System – Provides a totally
integrated structured cabling solution

Std.
Part Std. Ctn.
Number Description Color Length Qty.
Type PD3 Raceway Base and Cover
PD3IW6 Raceway Base and Cover packaged together. Off White 6 ft. 120 ft.
PD3EI6 Elec. Ivory 6 ft. 120 ft.
PD3IG6 Raceway Base without adhesive backing. Gray 6 ft. 120 ft.
PD3WH6 White 6 ft. 120 ft.
PD3
Type PD3 Raceway Base and Cover - Adhesive Backed
PD3IW6-A Raceway Base and Cover packaged together. Off White 6 ft. 120 ft.
PD3EI6-A Elec. Ivory 6 ft. 120 ft.
PD3IG6-A Raceway Base with pre-applied adhesive Gray 6 ft. 120 ft.
PD3WH6-A backing to speed installation. White 6 ft. 120 ft.

Type PD6 Raceway Base and Cover


PD6IW6 Raceway Base and Cover packaged together. Off White 6 ft. 120 ft.
PD6EI6 Elec. Ivory 6 ft. 120 ft.
PD6IG6 Raceway Base without adhesive backing. Gray 6 ft. 120 ft.
PD6WH6 White 6 ft. 120 ft.

Type PD6 Raceway Base and Cover – Adhesive Backed


PD6 PD6IW6-A Raceway Base and Cover packaged together. Off White 6 ft. 120 ft.
PD6EI6-A Elec. Ivory 6 ft. 120 ft.
PD6IG6-A Raceway Base with pre-applied adhesive Gray 6 ft. 120 ft.
PD6WH6-A backing to speed installation. White 6 ft. 120 ft.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of feet required, in multiples of Standard Length Increment.
NOTE 1: Type PD Raceway Base requires screw mounting if it is being used for power cabling applications.
NOTE 2: Both sizes of Type PD Raceway available in 8 and 10 foot lengths in IW and EI colors only - contact
factory for ordering information.

Wire Retainer
Std.
Part Std. Ctn.
Number Description Color Length Qty.
PD6 Wire Retainer
PWR6-X Snaps onto base to retain wires prior to cover - 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
placement.

ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

• For use with PD6 Raceway

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


132 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM ™

PAN-WAY ™ Type PD Raceway Fittings


Coupling Fitting Std. Std.
Part Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Color Qty. Qty.
Type PD3 – Coupler Fitting
PCF3IW-X Covers seam between two sections Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.

FITTINGS
PCF3EI-X of raceway for a neat, finished Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
PCF3IG-X appearance. Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
PCF3WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.

Type PD6 – Coupler Fitting


PCF6IW-X Covers seam between two sections Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
PCF6EI-X of raceway for a neat, finished Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
PCF6IG-X appearance. Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
PCF6WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.

Inside Corner Fitting Type PD3 – Inside Corner Fitting


PICF3IW-X Used to mount raceway at 90o inside Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
PICF3EI-X corners. Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
PICF3IG-X Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
PICF3WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.

Type PD6 – Inside Corner Fitting


PICF6IW-X Used to mount raceway at 90o inside Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
PICF6EI-X corners. Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
PICF6IG-X Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
PICF6WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.

Right Angle Fitting Type PD3 – Right Angle Fitting


PRAF3IW-X Used to mount raceway at 90o flat Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
PRAF3EI-X junctions. Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
PRAF3IG-X Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
PRAF3WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.

Type PD6 – Right Angle Fitting


PRAF6IW-X Used to mount raceway at 90o flat Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
PRAF6EI-X junctions. Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
PRAF6IG-X Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
PRAF6WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 133
™ PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM

PAN-WAY ™ Type PD Raceway Fittings


Drop Ceiling/Entrance Std. Std.
End Fitting Part Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Color Qty. Qty.
Type PD3 and PD6 – Drop Ceiling/Entrance End Fitting
DCEFXIW-X Includes cover and base. Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
DCEFXEI-X Requires BA3 Adapters for use with PD3 Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
FITTINGS

DCEFXIG-X Raceway and BA6 Adapters for use with Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
DCEFXWH-X PD6 Raceway (see page 142). White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
DCEFXBR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.

• Fitting allows cable to neatly transition


through a drop ceiling without cutting the
metal support frame.
DCEFX-X Available 3rd Quarter 1996

Right Angle/Entrance
Type PD3 and PD6 – Right Angle/Entrance End Fitting
End Fitting
RAEFXIW-X Includes cover and base. Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAEFXEI-X Requires BA3 Adapters for use with PD3 Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAEFXIG-X Raceway and BA6 Adapters for use with Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAEFXWH-X PD6 Raceway (see page 142). White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
RAEFXBR-X Brown 10 pcs. 100 pcs.

• Fitting maintains minimum 1" cable bend


radius to protect Category 5 and Fiber
Optic cables

Entrance End Fitting Type PD3 and PD6 – Entrance End Fitting
PEEF36IW-X Knockouts on base and end allow for mating Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
PEEF36EI-X with conduit. Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
PEEF36IG-X Breakouts on other end allow fitting to be Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
PEEF36WH-X used with either PD3 or PD6 Raceway. White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


134 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM ™

PAN-WAY ™ Type PD Raceway Fittings


Outside Corner Fitting Std. Std.
Part Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Color Qty. Qty.
Type PD3 – Outside Corner Fitting
POCF3IW-X Used to mount raceway at 90o outside Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
POCF3EI-X corners. Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.

FITTINGS
POCF3IG-X Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
POCF3WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.

Type PD6 – Outside Corner Fitting


POCF6IW-X Used to mount raceway at 90o outside Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
POCF6EI-X corners. Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
POCF6IG-X Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
POCF6WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.

Tee Fitting Type PD3 – Tee Fitting


PTF3IW-X Used to mount raceway at tee Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
PTF3EI-X intersections. Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
PTF3IG-X Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
PTF3WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.

Type PD6 – Tee Fitting


PTF6IW-X Used to mount raceway at tee Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
PTF6EI-X intersections. Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
PTF6IG-X Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
PTF6WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.

End Cap Fitting


Type PD3 – End Cap Fitting
PECF3IW-X Closes off the ends of the raceway base. Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
PECF3EI-X Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
PECF3IG-X Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
PECF3WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.

Type PD6 – End Cap Fitting


PECF6IW-X Closes off the ends of the raceway base. Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
PECF6EI-X Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
PECF6IG-X Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
PECF6WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 135
™ PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM

PAN-WAY ™ Type PD Raceway Fittings


Flexible Fittings Std. Std.
Part Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Color Qty. Qty.
Type PD3 and PD6 – Flexible Fitting for “Raceway to Raceway”
PFF36EI18 Flexible fitting includes two Entrance End Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
FITTINGS

Fittings, plastic box connectors and 18" of


flexible conduit.

For use with either PD3 or PD6 Raceway.

• For connecting raceway to


raceway around obstructions

Type PD3 and PD6 – Flexible Fitting for “Raceway to Conduit Junction Box”
PFBC36EI18 Flexible fitting includes one Entrance End Elec. Ivory 1 pc. 10 pcs.
Fitting, plastic box connectors and 18" of
flexible conduit.

For use with either PD3 or PD6 Raceway.


ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

• For connecting raceway to


conduit or conduit box around
obstructions

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


136 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM ™

Fill Capa Fill Capacities for Type PD Raceway


This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may
vary according to the wire installation methods, straightness of wires, etc.

FILL CAPACITIES
Fill Capacity Table for:
·Electrical ·Voice Grade 24 AWG UTP ·Data Grade 24 AWG UTP

Electrical Cables Voice Grade Cables Data Grade Cables


14 AWG 12 AWG 10 AWG 24 AWG UTP CM/CMR 24 AWG
Raceway THHN THHN THHN UTP CM
Type
T90 T90 T90 2 pr 3 pr 4 pr 25 pr Cat. 5 4 pr
Dia. = Dia. = Dia. = DIA.= 0.120 DIA.= 0.150 DIA.= 0.190 DIA.=0.422 DIA.=0.217
0.105 0.122 0.153 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill
PD3 5 4 0 2 4 1 3 0 1 0 0 0 1
PD6 10 7 5 5 11 3 7 2 4 0 0 1 3
PD6 with retainer 10 7 5 3 7 2 4 1 2 0 0 1 2

Fill Capacity Table for:


·Data Grade 22 AWG UTP ·Data Grade 24, 22 AWG STP ·Type 1A STP

Data Grade Cables


24 AWG 22 AWG Type 1A
22 AWG
Raceway STP CM UTP CM STP CM STP CM
Type 25 pr 4 pr 25 pr 4 pr 25 pr 4 pr
DIA.=0.512 DIA.=0.250 DIA.= 0.544 DIA.= 0.234 DIA.=0.635 DIA.=0.286 DIA.=0.430
20% FIll 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill
PD3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
PD6 0 0 1 2 0 0 1 3 0 0 1 2 0 0
PD6 with retainer 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 137
™ PAN-WAY ™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM

Fill Capacities for Type PD Raceway


This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may
vary according to the wire installation methods, straightness of wires, etc.
FILL CAPACITIES

Fill Capacity Table for:


·Coax Cables

Coax Cables
Raceway
Type RG6/u RG11/u RG58/u RG59/u RG62A/u
DIA.=0.270 DIA.=0.405 DIA.=0.193 DIA.=0.242 DIA.=0.242
20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill

PD3 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1
PD6 1 2 0 0 2 4 1 2 1 2
PD6 with retainer 0 0 0 0 1 2 0 0 0 0

Fill Capacity Table for:


·Fiber Optic Cable (62.5/125mm) ·Signal Cables

Fiber Optic Cables (62.5/125mm) Signal Cables

Raceway 2 Strand 4 Strand 6 Strand 18AWG 20 AWG 22 AWG 24 AWG


Type DIA.=0.175 DIA.=0.175 DIA.=0.210 DIA.=0.066 DIA.=0.057 DIA.=0.050 DIA.=0.044

20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill 20% Fill 40% Fill
PD3 1 2 1 2 0 1 8 16 10 21 14 28 18 36
PD6 2 5 2 5 1 3 19 38 25 51 33 67 43 86
PD6 with retainer 1 3 1 3 1 2 12 24 16 33 21 43 27 55

Raceway Cutting Instructions:


·For Type PD Raceway, use Panduit Cutting Tool, Part No. SRT found on page 143.
Alternative method: For small quantities, use a fine tooth handsaw. For larger quantities, a fine tooth bandsaw
or circular saw (10" dia., high speed steel, 1/16" thick, hollow ground to 2" collar diameter, 300 tooth, alternate
top bevel, 14", no set blade) will produce good results.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


138 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM ACCESSORIES ™

PAN-WAY ™ Low Voltage Junction Boxes


PAN-WAY low voltage junction boxes are
used in surface mounted network cabling • Accept both
MINI-COM ™ and
applications. They are designed for use with MOD-COM ™
• “Deep” version
handles increased
PAN-WAY Types LDP, LD, CD and PD Faceplates, cable capacity

JUNCTION BOXES
raceways. A “Deep” version provides ordered separately and helps
(see pages 10-11
additional cable capacity and is ideal for and 30-31)
maintain cable
bend radius
helping to maintain the minimum bend
radius requirements of Category 5 and Fiber • Tamper
Optic cables. Boxes are available in a resistant • Pre-scored
knockouts on
variety of styles and can be mounted with • Accepts any cover allow
screws (user supplied) or optional adhesive standard NEMA raceway entry
or magnetic backing. faceplate from all four sides

• Compatible with PAN-NET ™ Network


Cabling System - Provides a totally
integrated structured cabling solution

Std. Std.
Part Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Color Qty. Qty.
Single Gang with Adhesive Backed Base
JBX3510
JBX3510IW-A Size: 3.27"W x 5.02"L x 1.62"D Off White 1 10
JBX3510EI-A (83.1mm x 127.5mm x 41.2mm) Elec. Ivory 1 10
JBX3510IG-A Includes junction box base and cover. Gray 1 10
JBX3510WH-A White 1 10

Single Gang “Deep” Style with Adhesive Backed Base


JBXD3510IW-A Size: 3.27"W x 5.02"L x 2.25"D Off White 1 10
JBXD3510EI-A (83.1mm x 127.5mm x 57.15mm) Elec. Ivory 1 10
JBXD3510
JBXD3510IG-A Includes junction box base and cover. Gray 1 10
JBXD3510WH-A White 1 10

Single Gang “Deep” Style with Magnetic Backed Base


JBXDM3510IW-A Size: 3.27"W x 5.02"L x 2.25"D Off White 1 10
JBXDM3510EI-A (83.1mm x 127.5mm x 57.15mm) Elec. Ivory 1 10
JBXDM3510IG-A Includes junction box base and cover. Gray 1 10
JBXDM3510WH-A White 1 10

JBX3510-2G
Double Gang
JBX3510IW-2G Size:5.02"W x 5.02"L x1.62"D Off White 1 10
JBX3510EI-2G (127.5mm x 127.5mm x 41.2mm) Elec. Ivory 1 10
JBX3510IG-2G Includes junction box base and cover. Gray 1 10
JBX3510WH-2G White 1 10

Round
RJBX3510
RJBX3510IW Size:5.25" Diameter x 1.05"D Off White 1 10
RJBX3510EI (133.4mm x 26.7mm) Elec. Ivory 1 10
RJBX3510IG Includes junction box base and cover. Gray 1 10
RJBX3510WH White 1 10

Junction Box Adapter


JBA-X
JBA-X Adapts single gang junction boxes to in-wall conduit boxes 10 50
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 139
™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM ACCESSORIES

PAN-WAY ™ Power Rated Junction Boxes


PAN-WAY power rated junction boxes are • Power rated to
U.L. Listed for routing electrical cabling up to 600V
• Accept both
600V. They are designed for use with MINI-COM ™ and
• Pre-scored
PAN-WAY Types LDP, LD, CD and PD knockouts on
MOD-COM ™
JUNCTION BOXES

Faceplates,
raceways. Although designed for use in cover allow
ordered separately
power cabling systems, these junction raceway entry
from all four sides (see pages 10-11
boxes can also be used in low voltage and 30-31)
communication cabling applications. A • Tamper
resistant • “Deep” version
“Deep” version provides additional cable handles increased
capacity and extra room to protect the • Accepts any cable capacity
bend radius of Category 5 and fiber optic standard NEMA and helps
faceplate maintain cable
cables. Boxes are available in single gang, bend radius
double gang and round styles to suit your
application requirements. • Compatible with PAN-NET ™ Network
Cabling System - Provides a totally
integrated structured cabling solution

PJBX36 Std. Std.


Part Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Color Qty. Qty.
Single Gang
PJBX36IW Size: 3.31"W x 5.05"L x 1.62"D Off White 1 10
PJBX36EI (84.1mm x 128.27mm x 41.2mm) Elec. Ivory 1 10
PJBX36IG Includes junction box base and cover. Gray 1 10
PJBX36WH White 1 10
PJBXD36
Single Gang “Deep” Style
PJBXD36IW Size: 3.31"W x 5.05"L x 2.25"D Off White 1 10
PJBXD36EI (84.1mm x 128.27mm x 57.15mm) Elec. Ivory 1 10
PJBXD36IG Includes junction box base and cover. Gray 1 10
PJBXD36WH White 1 10

PJBX36-2G
Double Gang
PJBX36IW-2G Size:5.05"W x 5.05"L x1.62"D Off White 1 10
PJBX36EI-2G (128.27mm x 128.27mm x 41.2mm) Elec. Ivory 1 10
PJBX36IG-2G Includes junction box base and cover. Gray 1 10
PJBX36WH-2G White 1 10

PRJBX36
Round
PRJBX36IW Size:5.25" Diameter x 1.05"D Off White 1 10
PRJBX36EI (133.4mm x 26.7mm) Elec. Ivory 1 10
PRJBX36IG Includes junction box base and cover. Gray 1 10

Source Box
PSJBXIW Size:3.25"W x 5"L x1.31"D Off White 1 10
PSJBXEI (82.63mm x 127mm x 33.3mm) Elec. Ivory 1 10
PSJBXIG Includes junction box base and cover. Gray 1 10
PSJBX
PSJBXWH White 1 10
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

PSJBX Available 4th Quarter 1996

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


140 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM ACCESSORIES ™

Selection Chart for using PAN-WAY ™ Surface Raceways


with PAN-WAY Junction Boxes

How to use this chart:


1) Locate the desired PAN-WAY Raceway in the left column.

SELECTION CHART
2) Locate the desired box in the top row.
3) Locate the intersecting space to see if they can be used together.

Note: Raceway adapters are required where noted.

PAN-WAY Junction Boxes


JBX3510 JBXD3510 JBX3510-2G RJBX3510 PJBX36 PJBXD36 PJBX36-2G PRJBX36 DJBX PSJBPX
Breakout 1 1 1 1 2 3 2 2 3 1
Scheme
(see below)
Type L D
LD3 Y Y Y Y N Y with CA3 N N Y with CA3 Y
LD5 Y Y Y Y N Y with CA5 N N Y with CA5 Y
LD10 Y Y Y Y N Y N N Y Y
Type LDP
LDP3 Y Y Y Y N Y with CA3 N N Y with CA3 Y
LDP5 Y Y Y Y N Y with CA5 N N Y with CA5 Y
LDP10 Y Y Y Y N Y N N Y Y
Type CD
CD3 Y Y Y Y N Y with CA3 N N Y with CA3 Y
CD5 Y Y Y Y N Y with CA5 N N Y with CA5 Y
CD10 Y Y Y Y N Y N N Y Y
Type PD
PD3 *Y with BA3 *Y with BA3 *Y with BA3 N Y *Y with BA3 Y Y *Y with BA3 *Y with BA3
PD6 *Y with BA6 *Y with BA6 *Y with BA6 N Y *Y with BA6 Y Y *Y with BA6 *Y with BA6
Type T3
T3 (with *Y *Y *Y *Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Transition
Fitting)
*Low Voltage applications ONLY.
Junction Boxes - see two preceding pages
Raceway Adapters - see following page

LD10 Breakout Schemes LD10

PD6

1. LD3 2. PD3 3. Universal


LD5

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 141
™ SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM ACCESSORIES

Surface Raceway Accessories


Nominal Size
PAN-WAY ™ Type FS Std.
Width Height Std. Ctn.
Weather Resistant Part Number In. (mm) In. (mm) Color Length Qty.
Surface Raceway Raceway Base
ACCESSORIES

FS.5X.5EI6WRNM .50" .50" Elec. Ivory 6 ft. 120 ft.


FS.5X.5BR6WRNM (12.7) (12.7) Brown 6 ft. 120 ft.
FS.5X.5WH6WRNM White 6 ft. 120 ft.
FS1X1EI6WRNM 1.00" 1.00" Elec. Ivory 6 ft. 120 ft.
FS1X1BR6WRNM (25.4) (25.4) Brown 6 ft. 120 ft.
FS1X1WH6WRNM White 6 ft. 120 ft.
FS1.5X1EI6WRNM 1.50" 1.00" Elec. Ivory 6 ft. 120 ft.
FS1.5X1BR6WRNM (38.1) (25.4) Brown 6 ft. 120 ft.
FS1.5X1WH6WRNM White 6 ft. 120 ft.
FS2X1EI6WRNM 2.00" 1.00" Elec. Ivory 6 ft. 120 ft.
FS2X1BR6WRNM (50.8) (25.4) Brown 6 ft. 120 ft.
• Used to route cable outdoors FS2X1WH6WRNM White 6 ft. 120 ft.
• Made of weather-resistant PVC
FS2X2EI6WRNM 2.00" 2.00" Elec. Ivory 6 ft. 120 ft.
• Non-slip cover snaps onto duct
FS2X2BR6WRNM (50.8) (50.8) Brown 6 ft. 120 ft.
• Flush base and cover design FS2X2WH6WRNM White 6 ft. 120 ft.

Raceway Cover
C.5EI6WR .50" - Elec. Ivory 6 ft. 120 ft.
C.5BR6WR (12.7) Brown 6 ft. 120 ft.
C.5WH6WR White 6 ft. 120 ft.
C1EI6WR 1.00" - Elec. Ivory 6 ft. 120 ft.
C1BR6WR (25.4) Brown 6 ft. 120 ft.
C1WH6WR White 6 ft. 120 ft.
C1.5EI6WR 1.50" - Elec. Ivory 6 ft. 120 ft.
C1.5BR6WR (38.1) Brown 6 ft. 120 ft.
C1.5WH6WR White 6 ft. 120 ft.
C2EI6WR 2.00" - Elec. Ivory 6 ft. 120 ft.
C2BR6WR (50.8) Brown 6 ft. 120 ft.
C2WH6WR White 6 ft. 120 ft.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of feet required, in multiples of Standard Length Increment.

Raceway Adapters Std. Std.


Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Color Qty. Qty.
Raceway Adapters
CA3IW-X For use with Types LDP3, LD3 and CD3 Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CA3EI-X raceways.* Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CA3IG-X Fits into universal breakout. Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CA3WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CA5IW-X For use with Types LDP5, LD5 and CD5 Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CA5EI-X raceways.* Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CA5IG-X Fits into universal breakout. Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
CA5WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
BA3IW-X For use with Type PD3 raceway.* Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
• Adapts box breakouts to correct size for BA3EI-X Fits into LD10 breakout. Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
use with PAN-WAY ™ Surface Raceway BA3IG-X Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
• Snap into breakouts of MOD-COM ™ BA3WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
Surface Mount Boxes and both
PAN-WAY low voltage and power rated BA6IW-X For use with Type PD6 raceway.* Off White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
Junction Boxes. BA6EI-X Fits into LD10 breakout. Elec. Ivory 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
BA6IG-X Gray 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
BA6WH-X White 10 pcs. 100 pcs.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
*NOTE: See Selection Chart on preceding page for detailed information.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


142 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM ACCESSORIES ™

Surface Raceway Accessories


Surface Raceway Std.
Cutting Tool Pkg.
Part Number Description Qty.
SRT Used to easily cut all sizes of Types PD, LDP, LD, and CD raceway. 1 pc.
Leaves a clean, burr-free end on raceway.
Can also be used to cut plastic conduit.

ACCESSORIES
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

• Rugged, ratchet-action tool cuts


surface raceway and foam tape

Magnet Strip
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Qty. Qty.
FMS75X6 6 ft. roll x .75" wide for use with PD3, LDP3, LD3, CD3, 1 pc. 10 pcs.
CD5 Raceway

FMS100X6 6 ft. roll x 1.00" wide for use with PD6, LDP5, LDP10, LD5, 1 pc. 10 pcs.
LD10, CD10 Raceway

ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

• Mounts adhesive backed raceway


to metal surfaces such as desks,
cabinets, modular furniture, etc.
• Flexible material can be easily cut
to length

Floor Guard Wire Slot Std.


Overall Size Size Pkg.
Part Number Length WxH WxH Color Qty.
FG1 – For single, twisted pair cables
FG1EI6-A 6 ft. Elec. Ivory 6 ft.
FG1BR6-A 6 ft. Brown 6 ft.
FG1YL6-A 6 ft. Safety Yellow 6 ft.
FG1BL6-A 6 ft. 1.25" x .27" .25" x .27" Black 6 ft.
(31.8 x 6.9) 6.4 x 4.3)
FG1EI50-A 50 ft. Elec. Ivory 50 ft.
FG1BR50-A 50 ft. Brown 50 ft.
FG1YL50-A 50 ft. Safety Yellow 50 ft.
FG1BL50-A 50 ft. Black 50 ft.
• Routes cabling over carpet,
concrete or tile to prevent tripping FG3 – For multiple or larger cables
• Flexible vinyl material can be FG3EI6S-A 6 ft. Elec. Ivory 30 ft.
easily cut to length FG3BR6S-A 6 ft. Brown 30 ft.
FG3YL6S-A 6 ft. Safety Yellow 30 ft.
• Cables slip into slit on base FG3BL6S-A 6 ft. 2.44" x .47" .68" x .28" Black 30 ft.
• Adhesive mounting tape is (62.0 x 12.0) (17.2 x 7.1)
FG3EI50-A 50 ft. Elec. Ivory 50 ft.
supplied FG3BR50-A 50 ft. Brown 50 ft.
FG3YL50-A 50 ft. Safety Yellow 50 ft.
FG3BL50-A 50 ft. Black 50 ft.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of feet required, in multiples Standard Package Quantity.
Note: Mounting tape is pre-applied only to FG3 in 6 ft. lengths.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 143
NOTES
FACEPLATES

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8287


144 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
TIA/EIA-606 COMPLIANT LABELING PRODUCTS ™

TIA/EIA-606 Compliant Labeling


The TIA/EIA-606 Standard specifies the systems can be used with the entire PAN-NET ™
requirements for labeling and administration of Network Cabling System to provide you with the most
telecommunication infrastructure in commercial reliable system that is easy to install and to
buildings. TIA/EIA-606 applies to all of the following: administer.
Cables, Connectors, Hub Facilities, Termination Proper identification of all the components in your
Facilities (Patch Panels), Conduits and Pathways. network cabling system simplifies routine
Panduit supplies a wide range of identification maintenance and also provides for easier and faster
labeling products to help facilitate compliance with moves, adds and changes.
these requirements. These labels and labeling

The following labels are recommended to meet most aspects of TIA/EIA-606 compliance:
• Pathway Labeling (Ladder Racks/Conduit): Part Numbers PLL-17-Y2-1 or PDL-301 (see page 147)

• Space Labeling (Communication Closet): Part Number TFL1A (see page 148)

• Cable Labeling (4 and 25 Pair Cables): Part Numbers PDL-2 (see page 149) & PLL-11-Y3-2.5 (see page 150)

• Termination Hardware Labeling (Patch Panels): Part Number DPLFA-1 or PDL-403-1 (see pages 151 and 154)

• Termination Position Labeling (Faceplates): Part Number EFPL-1 (see page 154)

• Termination Position Labeling (Modular Jacks): Part Number PJ1-PO-1 (see page 158)
For more information regarding the complete line of Panduit Identification Labeling Products,
request Identification Products Catalog (SA101N315) and EDP Labels Bulletin (SA117N28D).

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 7350


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 145
™ TIA/EIA-606 COMPLIANT LABELING PRODUCTS

Table of Contents Page


TIA/EIA-606 Section 5.2.2
Pathway Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
FACEPLATES

TIA/EIA-606 Section 5.2.4


Space Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

TIA/EIA-606 Section 6.2.2


Cable Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149-150

TIA/EIA-606 Section 6.2.4


Termination Hardware Labeling
DATA-PATCH ™ Patch Panel Labels . . . . 151
110 Block Labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
66 Block Markers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

TIA/EIA-606 Section 6.2.6


Termination Position Labeling
Executive Faceplate Labels . . . . . . . . .154-155
Standard Faceplate and Box Labels . . . . . 156
Snap-In Faceplate Labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
MINI-JACK ™ Modular Jack Labels . . . . 158
PAN-JACK ™ Modular Jack Labels. . . . . 158
Marker Books . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159-160
PAN-MARK ™ Labeling Software . . . . . . 162
Indelible Ink Ribbons, Marking Pens . . . . 163
Portable Labeling Systems . . . . . . . . .164-165

TIA/EIA-606 Section 6.2.8


Splice Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

TIA/EIA-606 Section 7.2.2.1, .2


Building Ground Labeling . . . . . . 161

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 7350


146 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
TIA/EIA-606 COMPLIANT LABELING PRODUCTS ™

TIA/EIA-606 Section 5.2.2 Pathway Labeling


·Choose from computer printable labels in both Dot Matrix and Laser formats for identifying ladder racks and conduit.
TIA/EIA-606 Section 5.2.2 states: “Pathways shall be labeled at all endpoints located in telecommunications
closets, equipment rooms or entrance facilities. Additional labeling may be desirable at intermediate locations, or
regularly spaced throughout the length (such as one per building bay) of the pathway. Closed-loop pathways (e.g.

TIA/EIA-606 LABELING
a loop of cable tray) shall be labeled at regularly space intervals.”
Note: Pathway labeling is critical when cables have to be replaced or removed for any reason.

Dot-Matrix Printable Adhesive Labels


• All pathway labels below are computer printable. In the event
a computer/printer is not available, use the dot matrix
printable labels and mark with Panduit Indelible Ink Marking
Pens found on page 163.
• Labels below have pressure sensitive adhesive backing for
permanent indoor/outdoor marking.
• Pathways over 50 feet long and pathways that run through
walls and floors are recommended to be labeled at all
intersections and every 25 feet.
• For best results, use with PAN-MARK ™ Software for
WINDOWS* (see page 162) and Panduit Indelible Ink
Ribbons (see page 163).
* WINDOWS is a trademark of Microsoft Corp.

Part Label Label Labels Labels per Maximum Maximum Std.


Number Material Color Width Length Across Fanfold Characters Lines Pkg. Application
PDL-301 Polyester White 2.0" .90" 3 36 40 7 1000 Ladder racks/conduit
PDL-311 Polyester White 3.0" .90" 2 24 60 7 1000 Ladder racks/conduit
PDL-305 Polyester White 2.0" 1.437" 3 24 40 11 1000 Ladder racks/conduit
PDL-315 Polyester White 3.0" 1.437" 2 16 60 11 1000 Ladder racks/conduit
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of labels required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Laser Printable Adhesive Labels


• All PLL Laser Labels are supplied on 8.5" x 11" sheets.
• Panduit Polyester Laser Labels are supplied on a clear
polyester liner to reduce potential sheet jams in your printer.
• For best results, use with PAN-MARK ™ Software for
WINDOWS* (see page 162).
* WINDOWS is a trademark of Microsoft Corp.

Label Label Labels Labels per Std.


Part Number Material Color Width Length Across Sheet Pkg. Application
PLL-16-Y2.5 Polyester White 1.88" .375" 4 100 2500 Ladder racks/conduit
PLL-17-Y2-1 Polyester White 1.88" .83" 4 44 1000 Ladder racks/conduit
PLL-18-Y2-1 Polyester White 1.88" 1.33" 4 28 1000 Ladder racks/conduit
PLL-19-Y2-1 Polyester White 3.0" .375" 2 50 1000 Ladder racks/conduit
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of labels required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 7350


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 147
™ TIA/EIA-606 COMPLIANT LABELING PRODUCTS

TIA/EIA-606 Section 5.2.4 Space Labeling


·Choose from Pre-Printed Cards and Restricted Access Signs for identifying spaces.
TIA/EIA-606 Section 5.2.4 states: “All spaces shall be labeled. It is recommended that labels be affixed at the
entry to the space.”
Space = Communication Closet and all areas with a concentration of Telecommunication equipment.
TIA/EIA-606 LABELING

Note: It is important to label communication closets to restrict access and warn of potential hazards.

Preprinted Adhesive Labels on Cards

PANDUIT PN. TFL1B


COMMUNICATION COMMUNICATION
CLOSET CLOSET
COMMUNICATION COMMUNICATION
CLOSET CLOSET

Part No. TFL1B

Legend/Bkrnd Label Label Labels per Std.


Part Number Material Color Width Length Card Pkg. Legend
TFL1A Polyester Black/White 9" 2.25" 1 Label 5 Cards COMMUNICATION CLOSET
TFL1B Polyester Black/White 4.5" 1.125" 4 Labels 5 Cards COMMUNICATION CLOSET
TFL1C Polyester Black/White 2.25" .5" 18 Labels 5 Cards COMMUNICATION CLOSET
PCV-FOA Vinyl Black/Orange 9" 2.25" 1 Label 5 Cards FIBER OPTIC
PCV-FOB Vinyl Black/Orange 4" 1.125" 4 Labels 5 Cards FIBER OPTIC
PCV-FOC Vinyl Black/Orange 2.25" .5" 18 Labels 5 Cards FIBER OPTIC
PCV-ESA Vinyl Black/Orange 9" 2.25" 1 Label 5 Cards EMERGENCY SERVICE
PCV-ESB Vinyl Black/Orange 4" 1.125" 4 Labels 5 Cards EMERGENCY SERVICE
PCV-ESC Vinyl Black/Orange 2.25" .5" 18 Labels 5 Cards EMERGENCY SERVICE
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of labels required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Restricted Access Adhesive Backed Signs


• General purpose material for use in most environments
AUTHORIZED • Can be easily wiped clean
• Additional legends available - contact factory
PERSONNEL
ONLY

Legend/Bkrnd Label Label Std.


Part Number Material Color Height Length Pkg. Legend
PVS0710B335 Vinyl Red/White 7" 10" 1 Sign AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY
PVS0710D70 Vinyl Red and 7" 10" 1 Sign ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
Black/White AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY
PVS0514B392 Vinyl White/Red 5" 14" 1 Sign RESTRICTED AREA
AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of signs required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 7350


148 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
TIA/EIA-606 COMPLIANT LABELING PRODUCTS ™

TIA/EIA-606 Section 6.2.2 Cable Labeling


·Use Dot-Matrix, Laser Computer Printable or Write-On Self-Laminating Labels for cable labeling.
TIA/EIA-606 Section 6.2.2 states: “Horizontal and backbone subsystem cables shall be labeled at each end. It is
recommended that labels be affixed at each end rather than marking the cable. For proper administration,
additional cable labeling may be required on the cable at intermediate locations such as conduit ends, backbone

TIA/EIA-606 LABELING
splice points, manholes and pull boxes. It may be desirable that both end termination positions be marked on the
cable or its labels. NOTE: For hybrid cables, additional cable labels should be used to identify the individual
hybrid components.”
Note: Cables should be labeled with origin and destination to enable quick troubleshooting or rerouting.

Dot-Matrix, Computer Printable Self-Laminating Adhesive Labels


• Designed to help identify all sizes of wires and cables quickly and
economically.
• Always test the labels you have designed on paper before actually printing
the dot-matrix or laser label. This will reduce waste, verify the printer is set
up correctly and ensure all desired information is produced on the label.
• For best results, use with PAN-MARK ™ Software for WINDOWS* (see
page 162) and Panduit Indelible Ink Ribbons (see page 163).
* WINDOWS is a trademark of Microsoft Corp.

Used with Used with Vinyl Material TEDLAR‡ Material


Copper Fiber Part Number Part Number Nominal
Labels Cable Std.
Number of Width Width Width Width Print-On Label Labels per Max. Max. Outside Pkg.
Cable Type Fibers 1" Wide 2" Wide 1" Wide 2" Wide Length Length Across Fanfold Char. Lines Diameter Qty.
4 Pair 2-4 Fibers PDL-249 NA PDL-248 NA .375" .750" 8 96 20 3 .015"-.200" 5000
4-6 Fibers PDL-251 NA PDL-250 NA .375" .937" 8 96 20 3 .250"-.250” 5000
4 or 25 Pair 12 Fibers PDL-2** PDL-3** PDL-54** PDL-55** .500" 1.437"# 8 64 20 4 .310"-.340" 5000
STP PDL-2** PDL-3** PDL-54* PDL-55** .500" 1.437"# 8 64 20 4 .310"-.340" 5000
50 Pair PDL-4** PDL-5** PDL-56** PDL-57** .750" 2.437" 8 32 20 6 .470"-.610” 1000
STP PDL-4** PDL-5* PDL-56** PDL-57** .750" 2.437" 8 32 20 6 .310"-.400" 1000
Coax PDL-4** PDL-5* PDL-56** PDL-57** .750" 2.437" 8 32 20 6 .350"-.750" 1000
100 pair 36 Fibers PDL-6** PDL-7** PDL-58** PDL-59** 1.000" 3.937" 8 24 20 8 .675"-.760" 1000
300 Pair PDL-124 PDL-133 PDL-123 PDL-134 1.500" 5.937" 7 14 20 12 1.000"-1.400" 1000
600 Pair PDL-126 PDL-115 PDL-125 PDL-116 1.500" 7.437" 7 14 20 12 1.400"-1.800" 1000
.5" Wide .8" Wide .5" Wide .8" Wide
25 Pair 12 Fibers PDL-1* PDL-8* PDL-53* PDL-60* .500" 1.437"# 16 128 10 4 .310"-.340" 5000
STP PDL-1* PDL-8* PDL-53* PDL-60* .500" 1.437"# 16 128 10 4 .310"-.400" 5000
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of labels required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
* Use “B” for Blue, “G” for Green, “Y” for Yellow and “R” for Red.
** Use “B” for Blue, “G” for Green, “Y” for Yellow “R” for Red, “GR” for Gray, “OR” for Orange, “PR” for Purple and “BR” for Brown.
‡ TEDLAR is a registered trademark of E.I. Dupont Co.
# Label length of vinyl material is 1.437", label length of TEDLAR material is 1.375".
For Material Specification Table, see page166.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 7350


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 149
™ TIA/EIA-606 COMPLIANT LABELING PRODUCTS

Laser, Computer Printable Self-Laminating Adhesive Labels


• All PLL Laser Labels are supplied on 8.5" x 11" sheets.
• Panduit Polyester Laser Labels are supplied on a clear polyester liner to
reduce potential sheet jams in your printer.
• For best results, use with PAN-MARK ™ Software for
TIA/EIA-606 LABELING

WINDOWS* (see page 162).


* WINDOWS is a trademark of Microsoft Corp.

Used with Used with Polyester Material


Copper Fiber Part Number
Nominal Std.
Cable Number of Width Labels across Labels per Sheet Width Print-On Label Cable Outside Pkg.
Type Fibers 1" Wide for 1" Wide for 1" Wide 2" Wide Length Length Diameter Qty.
NA 2-4 Fibers PLL-10-Y3-5 7 84 NA 0.34" 0.75" .015"-.017" 5000
4 Pair 4-6 Fibers PLL-11-Y3-2.5 7 70 NA 0.47" 1.00" .250"-.250" 2500
25 Pair 12 Fibers PLL-12-Y3-2.5 7 49 NA 0.47" 1.33" .310"-.340" 2500
50 Pair 24 Fibers PLL-13-Y3-1 7 21 PLL-21-Y3-1 0.97" 3.17" .470"-.610" 1000
100 Pair 36 Fibers PLL-13-Y3-1 7 21 PLL-21-Y3-1 0.97" 3.17" .675"-.760" 1000
STP PLL-13-Y3-1 7 21 PLL-21-Y3-1 0.97" 3.17" .310"-.400" 1000
Coax PLL-13-Y3-1 7 21 PLL-21-Y3-1 0.97" 3.17" .310"-.750" 1000
Width
.5" Wide
2-4 Fibers PLL-3-Y3-5 13 156 NA 0.34" 0.75" .015"-.017" 5000
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of labels required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Self-Laminating, Write-On Adhesive Wire Marker Books (PSCB) and Dispensers (PLD)
• Quick, easy to use for smaller installations and maintenance

PSCB PLD

Used with Used with Part Labels/Book Std.


Copper Fiber Number Material Color Write-On Area Total Marker or Roll Pkg.
25 Pair 12 Fibers PSCB-12 Vinyl White/Clear .50" x .625" .50" x 1.50" 180 1 Book
50 Pair 24 Fibers PSCB-3 Vinyl White/Clear 1.00" x .75" 1.00" x 3.00" 60 1 Book
Coax PSCB-13 Vinyl White/Clear 1.50" x .75" 1.50" x 3.00" 40 1 Book
100 Pair 36 Fibers PSCB-5 Vinyl White/Clear 1.00" x 1.00" 1.00" x 5.00" 30 1 Book
300 Pair PSCB-16 Vinyl White/Clear 1.50" x 1.00" 1.50" x 6.00" 20 1 Book
4 Pair 2-4 Fibers PLD-1 Vinyl White/Clear 1.00" x .37" 1.00" x 1.50" 200 1 Dispenser
50 Pair 24 Fibers PLD-2 Vinyl White/Clear 1.00" x .75" 1.00" x 3.00" 100 1 Dispenser
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of books or dispensers required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 7350


150 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
TIA/EIA-606 COMPLIANT LABELING PRODUCTS ™

TIA/EIA-606 Section 6.2.4 Termination Hardware Labeling


·Use Universal (Dot-Matrix, Ink-Jet and Laser computer printable) Labels for termination hardware labeling.
TIA/EIA-606 Section 6.2.4 states: “An identifier shall be marked on each termination hardware or its label.
NOTE: Duplicate labeling of termination hardware located in the work area is optional. For example, a
faceplate or box does not require a separate identifier if the identifier for the connector is used for labeling.”

TIA/EIA-606 LABELING
Note: Termination hardware should be labeled to allow for quick moves, adds and changes.
Computer Printable, Adhesive Labels for Patch Panel Port Identification
• Universal labels – designed to work on laser, ink-jet or dot-matrix
printers.
• Labels are provided on 4.68" wide fan-fold sheets.
• Adhesive labels provide quick, professional labeling for patch
panels.
• Available in eight colors to match PAN-JACK ™ Category 5
Modular Jacks.
• For best results with laser or ink-jet printers, use with
PAN-MARK ™ Software for WINDOWS* (see page 162).
• Perforation on black lines for For best results with dot-matrix printers, use with
individual position labels PAN-MARK ™ Software for WINDOWS* (see page 162) and
Panduit Indelible Ink Ribbons (see page 163).
• Identify patch panel ports
* WINDOWS is a trademark of Microsoft Corp.
• Can be used with DATA-PATCH ™
110 Style Category 5 Pre-Config-
Part Number Std.
ured Patch Panels (see page 65) Front Label Label Size Pkg.
Adhesive Material Color WxL Qty.
DPLFA-1 Polyolefin White 3.68" x 0.333" 1000
DPLFA-YL-1 Polyolefin Yellow 3.68" x 0.333" 1000
DPLFA-RD-1 Polyolefin Red 3.68" x 0.333" 1000
DPLFA-BU-1 Polyolefin Blue 3.68" x 0.333" 1000
DPLFA-GR-1 Polyolefin Green 3.68" x 0.333" 1000
DPLFA-IG-1 Polyolefin Gray 3.68" x 0.333" 1000
DPLFA-OR-1 Polyolefin Orange 3.68" x 0.333" 1000
DPLFA-VL-1 Polyolefin Violet 3.68" x 0.333" 1000
DPLFA-EI-1 Polyolefin Elec. Ivory 3.68" x 0.333" 1000
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of labels required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Above white and colored labels are also available in 100 labels/roll (Dot-matrix only, designated with a
-C packaging suffix). Contact Distributor for DPLFA-R-C (front adhesive label), DPLTA-R-C (top
adhesive label) and DPLRA-R-C (rear adhesive label).

Computer Printable, Adhesive Labels for Patch Panel Identification

Part Number Std.


Front Label Label Size Pkg.
Adhesive Material Color WxL Qty.
DPLTA-1 Polyolefin White 3.68" x 0.250" 1000
DPLTA-YL-1 Polyolefin Yellow 3.68" x 0.250" 1000
DPLTA-RD-1 Polyolefin Red 3.68" x 0.250" 1000
• Identify patch panels DPLTA-BU-1 Polyolefin Blue 3.68" x 0.250" 1000
• Can be used with DATA-PATCH ™ DPLTA-GR-1 Polyolefin Green 3.68" x 0.250" 1000
DPLTA-IG-1 Polyolefin Gray 3.68" x 0.250" 1000
110 Style Category 5 Pre-Configured DPLTA-OR-1 Polyolefin Orange 3.68" x 0.250" 1000
Patch Panels (see page 65) DPLTA-VL-1 Polyolefin Violet 3.68" x 0.250" 1000
DPLTA-EI-1 Polyolefin Elec. Ivory 3.68" x 0.250" 1000
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of labels required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Above white and colored labels are also available in 100 labels/roll (Dot-matrix only, designated with a
DATA-PATCH ™ Patch Panels -C packaging suffix). Contact Distributor for DPLFA-R-C (front adhesive label), DPLTA-R-C (top
See page 65 adhesive label) and DPLRA-R-C (rear adhesive label).

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 7350


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 151
™ TIA/EIA-606 COMPLIANT LABELING PRODUCTS

Dot-Matrix Printable, Non-Adhesive Label Kits for Patch Panel and Port Identification
• Labels are provided on 4.68" wide fan-fold sheets.
• Available in eight colors to match MINI-JACK ™ and PAN-JACK ™ Category 5
Modular Jacks.
• For best results with dot-matrix printers, use with PAN-MARK ™ Software for
TIA/EIA-606 LABELING

WINDOWS* (see page 162) and Panduit Indelible Ink Ribbons (see page 163).
Non-Adhesive Label Kits
Part Number Std. Std.
Front Label Pkg. Ctn.
Non-Adhesive Description Qty. Qty.
• Perforation on black lines for DPLT Top Label Kit. Identifies patch panel. 1 10
individual position labels Contains 1 snap-in, clear cover and 1 label.
• Identify patch panel ports DPLF Front Label Kit. Identifies individual patch 1 10
• Can be used with DATA-PATCH ™ panel ports.
110 Style Category 5 Pre-Configured Contains 2 snap-in, clear covers and 4 labels
(enough to identify 24 ports).
Patch Panels (see page 65)
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of kits required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Dot-Matrix Printable, Non-Adhesive Labels for Panel and Port Identification


Part Number Part Number Std.
Panel Label Label Size Port Label Label Size Pkg.
Non-Adhesive WxL Non-Adhesive WxL Color Material Qty.
DPLT-RYL-C 3.68" x 0.25" DPLF-RYL-C 3.68" x 0.333" Yellow Vinyl 100
DPLT-RRD-C 3.68" x 0.25" DPLF-RRD-C 3.68" x 0.333" Red Vinyl 100
DPLT-RBU-C 3.68" x 0.25" DPLF-RBU-C 3.68" x 0.333" Blue Vinyl 100
DPLT-RGR-C 3.68" x 0.25" DPLF-RGR-C 3.68" x 0.333" Green Vinyl 100
DPLT-RIG-C 3.68" x 0.25" DPLF-RIG-C 3.68" x 0.333" Gray Vinyl 100
DPLT-ROR-C 3.68" x 0.25" DPLF-ROR-C 3.68" x 0.333" Orange Vinyl 100
DPLT-RVL-C 3.68" x 0.25" DPLF-RVL-C 3.68" x 0.333" Violet Vinyl 100
DPLT-REI-C 3.68" x 0.25" DPLF-REI-C 3.68" x 0.333" Elec. Ivory Vinyl 100
DPLTA-R-C 3.68" x 0.25" DPLF-R-C 3.68" x 0.333" White Vinyl 100
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of labels required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Computer Printable, Adhesive Labels for Patch Panel Port Identification


• Universal labels - work with laser, ink-jet or dot-matrix printers.
• Labels are provided on 8.0" wide fan-fold sheets.
• Adhesive labels provide quick, professional labeling for patch panels.
• Available in nine colors to match MINI-JACK ™ Category 5
Modular Jacks.
• For best results with laser or ink-jet printers, use with
PAN-MARK ™ Software for WINDOWS* (see page 162).
For best results with dot-matrix printers, use with
PAN-MARK ™ Software for WINDOWS* (see page 162) and
• Perforation on black lines for Panduit Indelible Ink Ribbons (see page 163).
* WINDOWS is a trademark of Microsoft Corp.
individual position labels
• Identify patch panel ports Part Number Std.
Front Label Label Size Pkg.
• Can be used with MINI-COM ™ Adhesive Material Color WxL Qty.
All-Metal Modular Patch Panels (see
CPLF-1 Polyolefin White 2.45" x 0.333" 750
page 62) CPLF-1YL Polyolefin Yellow 2.45" x 0.333" 750
CPLF-1RD Polyolefin Red 2.45" x 0.333" 750
CPLF-1BU Polyolefin Blue 2.45" x 0.333" 750
CPLF-1GR Polyolefin Green 2.45" x 0.333" 750
CPLF-1IG Polyolefin Gray 2.45" x 0.333" 750
CPLF-1OR Polyolefin Orange 2.45" x 0.333" 750
MINI-COM ™ Patch Panels CPLF-1PR Polyolefin Purple 2.45" x 0.333" 750
See page 62 CPLF-1EI Polyolefin Elec. Ivory 2.45" x 0.333" 750
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of labels required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 7350


152 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
TIA/EIA-606 COMPLIANT LABELING PRODUCTS ™

110
P Punch Down Block Labels
Std.
Label Size Pkg.
Part Number Material Color WxL Qty.
Laser, Computer Printable Labels with Adhesive Backing -

TIA/EIA-606 LABELING
On Sheets
PLL-22-Y2-1 Polyester White 7.875" x 0.500" 1000
PLL-22-Y3-1 Polyester Clear 7.875" x 0.500" 1000
PLL-22-PO-1 Polyolefin White 7.875" x 0.500" 1000
PLL-22-PO-1Y Polyolefin Yellow 7.875" x 0.500" 1000
PLL-22-PO-1R Polyolefin Red 7.875" x 0.500" 1000
PLL-22-PO-1B Polyolefin Blue 7.875" x 0.500" 1000
PLL-22-PO-1G Polyolefin Green 7.875" x 0.500" 1000
• 110 Punch Down Block labels are placed PLL-22-PO-1GR Polyolefin Gray 7.875" x 0.500" 1000
on top of label holders. PLL-22-PO-1OR Polyolefin Orange 7.875" x 0.500" 1000
• Laser labels are available in white, clear PLL-22-PO-1PR Polyolefin Purple 7.875" x 0.500" 1000
and eight additional colors. Clear labels PLL-22-PO-1BR Polyolefin Brown 7.875" x 0.500" 1000
can be placed over colored label hold-
ers. Laser, Computer Printable Labels (Non-Adhesive) – In Sheets
• Dot-matrix labels are available in white, DS110-1 Paper White 7.875" x 0.500" 1000
clear and the eight colors as specified in DS110-1YL Paper Yellow 7.875" x 0.500" 1000
DS110-1RD Paper Red 7.875" x 0.500" 1000
• Labels fit securely onto snap-on DS110-1BU Paper Blue 7.875" x 0.500" 1000
identification holder (snap-on DS110-1GR Paper Green 7.875" x 0.500" 1000
identification holders supplied with most DS110-1IG Paper Gray 7.875" x 0.500" 1000
standard 110 punch down blocks) DS110-1OR Paper Orange 7.875" x 0.500" 1000
DS110-1VL Paper Violet 7.875" x 0.500" 1000
DS110-1BR Paper Brown 7.875" x 0.500" 1000
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of labels required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Labels Std.
Label Size per Pkg.
Note: DS110 series labels can be used for both Part Number Material Color WxL Roll Qty.
Laser and Dot-Matrix printers. To use with Laser
printers, simply tear off the perforated, pin-feed Dot-Matrix, Computer Printable Labels with Adhesive Backing –
strips on the sides. On Rolls with Dispenser
PDL-403-1 Polyester White 7.50" x 0.500" 1000 1 Roll
• For best results with laser or ink-jet
PDL-403-1R Polyester Red 7.50" x 0.500" 1000 1 Roll
printers, use with PAN-MARK ™
Software for WINDOWS* (see page 162). PDL-403-1B Polyester Blue 7.50" x 0.500" 1000 1 Roll
PDL-403-1Y Polyester Yellow 7.50" x 0.500" 1000 1 Roll
• For best results with dot-matrix printers, PDL-403-1G Polyester Green 7.50" x 0.500" 1000 1 Roll
use with PAN-MARK ™ Software for PDL-403-1GR Polyester Gray 7.50" x 0.500" 1000 1 Roll
WINDOWS* (see page 162) and PDL-403-1OR Polyester Orange 7.50" x 0.500" 1000 1 Roll
Panduit Indelible Ink Ribbons (see PDL-403-1PR Polyester Purple 7.50" x 0.500" 1000 1 Roll
PDL-403-1BR Polyester Brown 7.50" x 0.500" 1000 1 Roll
page 163). PDL-404-1 Polyester Clear 7.50" x 0.500" 1000 1 Roll
* WINDOWS is a trademark of Microsoft Corp.
PDL-403-2.5 Polyester White 7.50" x 0.500" 2500 1 Roll
PDL-404-2.5 Polyester Clear 7.50" x 0.500" 2500 1 Roll
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of rolls required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Dot-Matrix, Computer Printable Labels (Non-Adhesive) – In Sheets


DS110-1 Paper White 7.875" x 0.500" 1000
DS110-1YL Paper Yellow 7.875" x 0.500" 1000
DS110-1RD Paper Red 7.875" x 0.500" 1000
DS110-1BU Paper Blue 7.875" x 0.500" 1000
DS110-1GR Paper Green 7.875" x 0.500" 1000
DS110-1IG Paper Gray 7.875" x 0.500" 1000
DS110-1OR Paper Orange 7.875" x 0.500" 1000
DS110-1VL Paper Violet 7.875" x 0.500" 1000
DS110-1BR Paper Brown 7.875" x 0.500" 1000
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of labels required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 7350


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 153
™ TIA/EIA-606 COMPLIANT LABELING PRODUCTS

66 Block Markers
Pre-Printed Adhesive Marker Books

Part Number Legend Description Part Number Legend Description


TIA/EIA-606 LABELING

PTMB-1BW 1 thru 300 Increments of 25 PTMB-15W 4201 thru 4500 Increments of 25


PTMB-2BW 301 thru 600 legends per PTMB-16BW 4501 thru 4800 legends per
PTMB-3BW 601 thru 900 marker. PTMB-17BW 4801 thru 5100 marker.
PTMB-4BW 901 thru 1200 Each page PTMB-18BW 5101 thru 5400 Each page
PTMB-5BW 1201 thru 1500 contains PTMB-19BW 5401 thru 5700 contains
PTMB-6BW 1501 thru 1800 300 numbers. PTMB-20BW 5701 thru 6000 300 numbers.
PTMB-7BW 1801 thru 2100 12 Label PTMB-21BW 6001 thru 6300 12 Label
• Material: Permanent Paper PTMB-8BW 2101 thru 2400 Strip with PTMB-22BW 6301 thru 6600 Strip with
• Size: 3/8" x 9-1/2" PTMB-9BW 2401 thru 2700 25 legends PTMB-23BW 6601 thru 6900 25 legends
PTMB-10BW 2701 thru 3000 on each strip. PTMB-24BW 6901 thru 7200 on each strip.
• 12 strips per page, 8 pages per
marker book, each page the PTMB-11BW 3001 thru 3300 Ex. PTMB-1BW= PTMB-25BW 1 thru 2400 Increments of
same PTMB-12BW 3301 thru 3600 1-300 PTMB-26BW 2401 thru 4800 25 legends per
PTMB-13BW 3601 thru 3900 PTMB-2= PTMB-27BW 4801 thru 7200 marker. Each
• Black legend on white PTMB-14BW 3901 thru 4200 301-600 PTMB-28BW 7201 thru 9600 page is different.
background ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of books required.
Substitute Y in the Part Number for Yellow background.

TIA/EIA-606 Section 6.2.6 Termination Position Labeling


·Use Universal (Dot-Matrix, Ink-Jet and Laser computer printable) Labels for termination position labeling.

TIA/EIA-606 Section 6.2.6 states: “An identifier shall be marked on each termination position label. Each
termination position shall be marked with the termination position label. Each termination position shall be marked
with the termination position identifier except in cases where high termination densities make labeling impractical.
In these cases, identifiers shall be assigned to each termination hardware unit and to the actual
termination position identifier determined by the conventions used for that unit. Labeling at the work area end may
also include the termination position identifier for the other end of the cable and cable identifier.”
Note: Termination position labeling allows for quick troubleshooting or system changes.

MINI-COM ™ and MOD-COM ™ • Universal labels - designed to work on laser, ink-jet or dot-matrix printers.
Single Gang Executive • Labels are provided on 4.80" wide fan-fold sheets.
Faceplate, Computer • Provide easy, professional labeling of faceplates.
Printable Labels • Designed for use with MINI-COM ™ and MOD-COM ™ Single Gang
Executive Faceplates (See pages 10 and 30).
• For best results with laser or ink-jet printers, use with
PAN-MARK ™ Software for WINDOWS* (see page 162).
For best results with dot-matrix printers, use with PAN-MARK ™
Software for WINDOWS* (see page 162) and Panduit Indelible Ink
Ribbons (see page 163).
* WINDOWS is a trademark of Microsoft Corp.

1, 2, 4 or 6 Position Adhesive Faceplate Labels


Std.
Label Size Pkg.
Part Number Material Color WxL Qty.
EFPL-1 Polyolefin White 1.80" x 0.375" 1000
MINI-COM Executive EFPL-YL-1 Polyolefin Yellow 1.80" x 0.375" 1000
Faceplates - See page 10 EFPL-RD-1 Polyolefin Red 1.80" x 0.375" 1000
EFPL-BU-1 Polyolefin Blue 1.80" x 0.375" 1000
EFPL-GR-1 Polyolefin Green 1.80" x 0.375" 1000
EFPL-IG-1 Polyolefin Gray 1.80" x 0.375" 1000
MOD-COM Executive EFPL-OR-1 Polyolefin Orange 1.80" x 0.375" 1000
Faceplates - See page 30 EFPL-VL-1 Polyolefin Violet 1.80" x 0.375" 1000
EFPL-EI-1 Polyolefin Elec. Ivory 1.80" x 0.375" 1000
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of labels required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 7350


154 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
TIA/EIA-606 COMPLIANT LABELING PRODUCTS ™

MINI-COM ™ Double Gang • Universal labels - designed to work on laser, ink-jet or dot-matrix printers.
Executive Faceplate, Computer • Labels are provided on 4.68" wide fan-fold sheets.
Printable Labels • Provide easy, professional labeling of faceplates.
• Designed for use with MINI-COM ™ Double Gang Executive Faceplates
(See page 11).

TIA/EIA-606 LABELING
• For best results with laser or ink-jet printers, use with PAN-MARK ™
Software for WINDOWS* (see page 162).
For best results with dot-matrix printers, use with PAN-MARK ™
Software for WINDOWS* (see page 162) and Panduit Indelible Ink
Ribbons (see page 163).
* WINDOWS is a trademark of Microsoft Corp.

10 Position, Double Gang Faceplate, Computer


Printable Adhesive Labels
Std.
Label Size Pkg.
Part Number Material Color WxL Qty.
EFPL10-1 Polyolefin White 2.900" x 0.300" 1000
EFPL10-YL-1 Polyolefin Yellow 2.900" x 0.300" 1000
EFPL10-RD-1 Polyolefin Red 2.900" x 0.300" 1000
EFPL10-BU-1 Polyolefin Blue 2.900" x 0.300" 1000
EFPL10-GR-1 Polyolefin Green 2.900" x 0.300" 1000
EFPL10-IG-1 Polyolefin Gray 2.900" x 0.300" 1000
EFPL10-OR-1 Polyolefin Orange 2.900" x 0.300" 1000
EFPL10-VL-1 Polyolefin Violet 2.900" x 0.300" 1000
EFPL10-EI-1 Polyolefin Elec. Ivory 2.900" x 0.300" 1000
MINI-COM Executive
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Faceplates - See page 10 Order number of labels required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

MINI-COM ™ and MOD-COM ™ • Labels designed to work on dot-matrix printers only.


Executive Faceplate, Computer • Labels are provided on rolls.
Printable Labels on Rolls • Provide easy, professional labeling of faceplates.
• Designed for use with MINI-COM ™ and MOD-COM ™ Executive
Faceplates (See pages 10 and 30).
• For best results with dot-matrix printers, use with PAN-MARK ™
Software for WINDOWS* (see page 162) and Panduit Indelible Ink
Ribbons (see page 163).
* WINDOWS is a trademark of Microsoft Corp.

1, 2, 4 and 6 Position, Single Gang Faceplate,


Computer Printable Adhesive Labels
on Rolls (Non-Adhesive)
Labels Std.
Label Size per Pkg.
Part Number Material Color WxL Roll Qty.
PDL-408-TL Semi-Rigid Vinyl White 1.950" x 0.400" 250 1 Roll

10 Position, Double Gang Faceplate Labels


on Rolls (Non-Adhesive)
Labels Std.
Label Size per Pkg.
Part Number Material Color WxL Roll Qty.
MOD-COM Executive PDL-410-TL Semi-Rigid Vinyl White 3.000" x 0.333" 250 1 Roll
Faceplates - See page 30 ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of rolls required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 7350


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 155
™ TIA/EIA-606 COMPLIANT LABELING PRODUCTS

MOD-COM ™ Single Gang and • Provide easy, professional labeling of faceplates.


Double Gang Standard • Designed for use with MOD-COM Standard Faceplates (See page - 32).
Faceplate, Computer Printable • For best results with laser printers, use with PAN-MARK ™ Software
for WINDOWS* (see page 162).
Labels For best results with dot-matrix printers, use with PAN-MARK ™
TIA/EIA-606 LABELING

Software for WINDOWS* (see page 162) and Panduit Indelible Ink
Ribbons (see page 163).
* WINDOWS is a trademark of Microsoft Corp.

Laser, Computer Printable Adhesive Faceplate


Position Labels
Std.
Label Size Pkg.
Part Number Material Color WxL Qty.
PLL-23-Y2-5 Polyester White 0.562" x 0.562" 5000
PLL-23-Y2-1 Polyester White 0.562" x 0.562" 1000
• Identify individual positions PLL-23-Y3-5 Polyester Clear 0.562" x 0.562" 5000
PLL-23-Y3-1 Polyester Clear 0.562" x 0.562" 1000

Dot-Matrix, Computer Printable Adhesive Faceplate


Position Labels
Std.
Label Size Pkg.
Part Number Material Color WxL Qty.

MOD-COM Standard PDL-401-D Polyester Clear 0.562" x 0.562" 500


PDL-406-D Polyester White 0.562" x 0.562" 500
Faceplates - See page 32
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of labels required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 7350


156 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
TIA/EIA-606 COMPLIANT LABELING PRODUCTS ™

NE W
MINI-COM ™ Snap-In Faceplate, • Provide easy, professional labeling of modular furniture.
Computer Printable Labels • Designed for use with MINI-COM Snap-In Faceplates (See page - 14).
• Universal labels - designed to work on laser, ink-jet or dot-matrix printers.
• Labels are provided on 8.0" wide fan-fold sheets.
• For best results with laser printers, use with PAN-MARK ™ Software

TIA/EIA-606 LABELING
for WINDOWS* (see page 162).
For best results with dot-matrix printers, use with PAN-MARK ™
Software for WINDOWS* (see page 162) and Panduit Indelible Ink
Ribbons (see page 163).
* WINDOWS is a trademark of Microsoft Corp.

Part Number Std.


Front Label Label Size Pkg.
Adhesive Material Color WxL Qty.
• Identify individual positions and individual
CPLF-1 Polyolefin White 2.45" x 0.333" 750
faceplate CPLF-1YL Polyolefin Yellow 2.45" x 0.333" 750
CPLF-1RD Polyolefin Red 2.45" x 0.333" 750
CPLF-1BU Polyolefin Blue 2.45" x 0.333" 750
CPLF-1GR Polyolefin Green 2.45" x 0.333" 750
CPLF-1IG Polyolefin Gray 2.45" x 0.333" 750
CPLF-1OR Polyolefin Orange 2.45" x 0.333" 750
CPLF-1PR Polyolefin Purple 2.45" x 0.333" 750
CPLF-1EI Polyolefin Elec. Ivory 2.45" x 0.333" 750
ORDERING INFORMATION:
MINI-COM Snap-In Order number of labels required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Faceplates - See page 14

MOD-COM ™ Snap-In Faceplate, • Provide easy, professional labeling of modular furniture.


Computer Printable Labels • Designed for use with MOD-COM Snap-In Faceplates (See page - 34).
• For best results with laser printers, use with PAN-MARK ™ Software
for WINDOWS* (see page 162).
For best results with dot-matrix printers, use with PAN-MARK ™
Software for WINDOWS* (see page 162) and Panduit Indelible Ink
Ribbons (see page 163).
* WINDOWS is a trademark of Microsoft Corp.

Laser, Computer Printable Adhesive Snap-In


Faceplate Labels
Std.
Label Size Pkg.
Part Number Material Color WxL Qty.
• Identify individual positions and individual PLL-24-Y2-5 Polyester White 0.562" x 0.188" 5000
faceplate PLL-24-Y2-1 Polyester White 0.562" x 0.188" 1000
PLL-24-Y3-5 Polyester Clear 0.562" x 0.188" 5000
PLL-24-Y3-1 Polyester Clear 0.562" x 0.188" 1000

Dot-Matrix, Computer Printable Adhesive Snap-In


Faceplate Labels
Std.
MOD-COM Snap-In Label Size Pkg.
Part Number Material Color WxL Qty.
Faceplates - See page 34
PDL-402-D Polyester Clear 0.562" x 0.187" 500
PDL-405-D Polyester White 0.562" x 0.187" 500
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of labels required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 7350


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 157
™ TIA/EIA-606 COMPLIANT LABELING PRODUCTS

NE W
MINI-JACK ™ and PAN-JACK ™ • Universal labels - designed to work on laser, ink-jet or dot-matrix printers.
Modular Jack Labels – Wrap • Labels are provided on 5.38" wide fan-fold sheets.
Around Design • For best results with laser or ink-jet printers, use with PAN-MARK ™
Software for WINDOWS* (see page 162).
For best results with dot-matrix printers, use with PAN-MARK ™
TIA/EIA-606 LABELING

Software for WINDOWS* (see page 162) and Panduit Indelible Ink
Ribbons (see page 163).
* WINDOWS is a trademark of Microsoft Corp.

Dot-Matrix, Computer Printable Adhesive Labels for


MINI-JACK Modular Jacks
Std.
Label Size Pkg.
Part Number Material Color WxL Qty.
PDL-411-1 Polyester Clear 1.375" x 0.188" 1000
PDL-411-1YL Polyester Yellow 1.375" x 0.188" 1000
PDL-411-1RD Polyester Red 1.375" x 0.188" 1000
• Labels identify individual jacks. PDL-411-1BU Polyester Blue 1.375" x 0.188" 1000
• Wrap around design allows for quick and secure PDL-411-1GR Polyester Green 1.375" x 0.188" 1000
installation. PDL-411-1IG Polyester Gray 1.375" x 0.188" 1000
• Labels attach directly to MINI-JACK and PAN-JACK PDL-411-1OR Polyester Orange 1.375" x 0.188" 1000
Modular Jacks (see pages 19 and 40). PDL-411-1PR Polyester Purple 1.375" x 0.188" 1000
PDL-411-1EI Polyester Elec. Ivory 1.375" x 0.188" 1000
• Custom printed labels are also available - contact factory.
PDL-412 Polyester White 1.375" x 0.188" 1000

Laser, Computer Printable Adhesive Labels for


PAN-JACK Modular Jacks
PJL-PO-1 Polyolefin White 1.375" x 0.280" 1000
PJL-PO-1Y Polyolefin Yellow 1.375" x 0.280" 1000
PJL-PO-1R Polyolefin Red 1.375" x 0.280" 1000
PJL-PO-1B Polyolefin Blue 1.375" x 0.280" 1000
PJL-PO-1G Polyolefin Green 1.375" x 0.280" 1000
PJL-PO-1GR Polyolefin Gray 1.375" x 0.280" 1000
PJL-PO-1OR Polyolefin Orange 1.375" x 0.280" 1000
PJL-PO-1PR Polyolefin Purple 1.375" x 0.280" 1000
PJL-PO-1BR Polyolefin Brown 1.375" x 0.280" 1000

Dot-Matrix Printable Adhesive Labels for PAN-JACK


MINI-JACK Modular
Jacks - See page 19
Modular Jacks
PDL-407-D Polyester Clear 1.375" x 0.280" 1000
PAN-JACK Modular PDL-409-D Polyester White 1.375" x 0.280" 1000
Jacks - See page 40 ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of labels required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

PAN-JACK ™ Modular Pre-Printed Marker Books of Adhesive Labels for


Jack Labels - Wrap Around Design PAN-JACK Modular Jacks
Choose from Words or Symbols
VOICE DATA FAX DEC LAN

Number of Markers Std.


Each Label Size Pkg.
Part Number Legend Legend (per Book) WxL Qty.
PJIB-COM VOICE,DATA,FAX 160/160/80 1.375" x 0.280" 1 Book
PJIB-V VOICE 400 1.375" x 0.280" 1 Book
PJIB-D DATA 400 1.375" x 0.280" 1 Book
PJIB-DEC DEC 400 1.375" x 0.280" 1 Book
PJIB-LAN LAN 400 1.375" x 0.280" 1 Book
PJIB-COMS 160/160/80 1.375" x 0.280" 1 Book
PJIB-VS 400 1.375" x 0.280" 1 Book
PJIB-DS 400 1.375" x 0.280" 1 Book
• Identify individual jacks PJIB-BLNK (blank) 400 1.375" x 0.280" 1 Book
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of books required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 7350


158 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
TIA/EIA-606 COMPLIANT LABELING PRODUCTS ™

Faceplate and Termination • Identify jacks, and outlets for phone, computer and peripheral connections.
Position Adhesive Labels • Bold black legends printed on clear material or blanks for write-on, custom
identification.
• White legends printed on clear, adhesive material also available.
• Polyester material is strong and durable.

TIA/EIA-606 LABELING
• Labels can be used with MOD-COM ™ Standard Faceplates, Snap-In
Faceplates and Surface Mount Boxes (see pages 32-36).
Marker Books — Black Legend
Number of Markers Std.
Each Label Size Pkg.
Part Number Legend Legend (per Book) WxL Qty.
PSCB-COM VOICE,DATA,FAX 200/200/100 .562" x .562" 1 Book
PSCB-V VOICE 500 .562" x .562" 1 Book
PSCB-D DATA 500 .562" x .562" 1 Book
PSCB-DEC DEC 500 .562" x .562" 1 Book
PSCB-LAN LAN 500 .562" x .562" 1 Book
PSCB-BLNK (blank) 500 .562" x .562" 1 Book
PSCB-COMS 200/200/100 .562" x .562" 1 Book
PSCB-VS 500 .562" x .562" 1 Book
PSCB-DS 500 .562" x .562" 1 Book
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of books required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Replacement Pages — Black Legend


PSCBR-V VOICE 500 .562" x .562" 5 Pages
PSCBR-D DATA 500 .562" x .562" 5 Pages
PSCBR-F FAX 500 .562" x .562" 5 Pages
• Locating ribs on faceplates and surface boxes PSCBR-VS 500 .562" x .562" 5 Pages
assure quick, neat application of labels PSCBR-DS 500 .562" x .562" 5 Pages
• Write-on area for marking of extension PSCBR-FS 500 .562" x .562" 5 Pages
PSCBR-BLNK (blank) 500 .562" x .562" 5 Pages
number, etc. For writing on labels, use
Panduit Marking Pen PFX-0 (see page 163) ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pages required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Snap-In Faceplate and Termination Marker Books — Black Legend


Position Adhesive Labels PSCBF-COM VOICE,DATA,FAX 300/300/150 .562" x .188" 1 Book
PSCBF-V VOICE 750 .562" x .188" 1 Book
PSCBF-D DATA 750 .562" x .188" 1 Book
PSCBF-BLNK (blank) 750 .562" x .188" 1 Book
PSCBF-COMS 300/300/150 .562" x .188" 1 Book
PSCBF-VS 750 .562" x .188" 1 Book
PSCBF-DS 750 .562" x .188" 1 Book
PSCBF-M *See Note 750 .562" x .188" 1 Book
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of books required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Replacement Pages — Black Legend


• Locating ribs on faceplates assure quick,
PSCBFR-M *See Note 750 .562" x .188" 5 Pages
neat application of labels
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order the number of pages required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Marker Books — White Legend


*Note: PSCBF-M is a “Universal Network Labeling Book” PSWBF-COM VOICE,DATA,FAX 300/300/150 .562" x .188" 1 Book
designed to meet most network labeling requirements. PSWBF-V VOICE 750 .562" x .188" 1 Book
Legends include: DATA 1 thru 8, COM 1 thru 8, VOICE 1 PSWBF-D DATA 750 .562" x .188" 1 Book
thru 8, DATA A thru H, COM A thru H, CAT 5, CAT V, PSWBF-COMS 300/300/150 .562" x .188" 1 Book
FAX, PHONE, E-NET, LAN, MODEM, PRINTER, 1 thru 8, PSWBF-VS 750 .562" x .188" 1 Book
A thru H and the Data, Voice and Fax symbols shown PSWBF-DS 750 .562" x .188" 1 Book
at right.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order by number of books required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

MOD-COM Standard MOD-COM Surface Mount MOD-COM Snap-In


Faceplates - See page 32 Boxes - See page 36 Faceplates - See page 34

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 7350


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 159
™ TIA/EIA-606 COMPLIANT LABELING PRODUCTS

Snap-In Faceplate and Termination Replacement Pages — Black Legend


Position Adhesive Labels (cont.) Number of Markers Std.
Each Label Size Pkg.
Part Number Legend Legend (per Book) WxL Qty.
PSCBFR-V VOICE 750 .562" x .188" 1 Book
TIA/EIA-606 LABELING

PSCBFR-D DATA 750 .562" x .188" 1 Book


PSCBFR-F FAX 750 .562" x .188" 1 Book
PSCBFR-VS 750 .562" x .188" 1 Book
PSCBFR-DS 750 .562" x .188" 1 Book
PSCBFR-FS 750 .562" x .188" 1 Book
PSCBFR-BLNK (blank) 750 .562" x .188" 1 Book

Replacement Pages — White Legend


• Locating ribs on faceplates assure quick, neat PSWBFR-V VOICE 750 .562" x .188" 1 Book
application of labels PSWBFR-D DATA 750 .562" x .188" 1 Book
PSWBFR-F FAX 750 .562" x .188" 1 Book
PSWBFR-VS 750 .562" x .188" 1 Book
PSWBFR-DS 750 .562" x .188" 1 Book
PSWBFR-FS 750 .562" x .188" 1 Book
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of books required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Fiber Optic Cable Marker Rigid


Std.
(Non-Adhesive) Tag Legend/Bkgrnd Pkg.
Part Number Color Legend Qty.
PST-FO Black/Yellow CAUTION FIBER OPTIC CABLE 5 Tags
TYPE__________COUNT__________
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of tags required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Fiber Optic Conduit Adhesive Std.


and Non-Adhesive Marker Pkg.
Part Number Description Qty.
Cards and Snap-On Markers
Adhesive Marker Cards
PCV-FOA 2¼" x 9" card - contains one legend per card for 3" 5 Cards
conduit diameter and larger
PCV-FOB 2¼" x 9" card - contains four 11/8" x 4½" legends per 1 Card
card for 1¼" to 3" conduit diameters
PCV-FOC 2¼"x9" card - contains eighteen ½" x 2¼" legends per 1 Card
card for 1¼" or smaller conduit diameters
Snap-On Markers (Non-Adhesive)
• Durable markers available in PCV-FOM Conduit diameters from 2¼" to 6" 1 Marker
pressure-sensitive card or snap-on
PCV-FOR Conduit diameters from ¾" to 2¼" 1 Marker
styles
ORDERING INFORMATION:
• Legend: Black, Background:Orange Order number of markers required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 7350


160 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
TIA/EIA-606 COMPLIANT LABELING PRODUCTS ™

TIA/EIA-606 Section 6.2.8 Splice Labeling


·Choose from Dot-Matrix and Laser computer printable labels for splice labeling.
TIA/EIA-606 Section 6.2.8 states: “An identifier shall be marked on each splice closure or its label.”
Note: Splice labeling helps speeds changes and troubleshooting.

TIA/EIA-606 LABELING
Dot-Matrix Printable Adhesive Labels
Std.
Part Label Label Max. Max. Pkg.
Number Material Color Width Length Char. Lines Application Qty.
PDL-301 Polyester White 2.00" .90" 40 7 Splice Closure/TMGB 1000
PDL-150 Polyester White 2.00" 1.50" 40 12 Splice Closure/TMGB 1000
PDL-305 Polyester White 2.00" 1.437" 40 11 Splice Closure/TMGB 1000

Laser Printable Adhesive Labels


Std.
Part Label Label Pkg.
Number Material Color Width Length Application Qty.
PLL-16-Y2-5 Polyester White 1.88" .375" Splice Closure/TMGB 5000
PLL-17-Y2-2.5 Polyester White 1.88" .83" Splice Closure/TMGB 2500
PLL-18-Y2-1.5 Polyester White 1.88" 1.33" Splice Closure/TMGB 1500
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of labels required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

TIA/EIA-606 Section 7.2.2.1 TMGB-Building Ground Conductor Labeling


·Use this pre-printed non-adhesive tag for building ground conductor labeling.
TIA/EIA-606 Section 7.2.2.1 states: “The conductor connecting the TMGB to the building ground shall be labeled
at each end with a label. These labels shall be affixed on the conductor in a visible location and as close as prac-
ticable to the bonding point at each end of the conductor.”

Non-adhesive tag, attached with Panduit Nylon Cable Tie Part Number
PLT1.5I (recommended cable tie).
Std.
Part Pkg.
Number Material Color Size Legend Qty.
PT-BGND Polyethylene White/Black 2.75" x 1.375" “WARNING...” 100
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of labels required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Legend: WARNING: IF THIS CLAMP OR CABLE IS LOOSE OR MUST BE REMOVED PLEASE CALL THE
BUILDING TELECOMMUNICATIONS MANAGER.

TIA/EIA-606 Section 7.2.2.2 Ground/Bonding Labeling


·Use these pre-printed adhesive labels for ground/bonding labeling.
TIA/EIA-606 Section 7.2.2.2 states: “TMGB shall be marked on the TMGB or its label.”

Labels on Cards
Std.
Part Legend/Bkrnd Label Label Labels per Pkg.
Number Material Color Width Length Card Legend Qty.
TMGB TMGB TFL2A Polyester White/Black .9" 2.25" 1 Label TMGB 5 Cards
TMGB TMGB TFL2B Polyester White/Black 4.5" 1.12" 4 Labels TMGB 5 Cards
TFL2C Polyester White/Black 2.25" .50" 18 Labels TMGB 5 Cards
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of cards required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 7350


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 161
™ TIA/EIA-606 COMPLIANT LABELING PRODUCTS

PAN-MARK ™ Software for WINDOWS 2.0


PAN-MARK Software can be used with all Panduit computer printable labels shown in this catalog and also
with other commercially available computer printable labels.
• Full WINDOWS functions
TIA/EIA-606 LABELING

• Supports many dot-matrix and laser printers


• Designed to create labels for all communications applications in accordance
with TIA/EIA-606 Standards
• Identify wire and devices quickly and economically
• Use with Panduit Computer Printable Labels to meet unique labeling
applications
• Import capability using Bitmap (.BMP)
• Numerous serialization options
• Uses full range of WINDOWS fonts including TrueType ™ fonts.
Part Number: PROG-WIN2
* WINDOWS is a trademark of Microsoft Corp.

Software for Computer Printable Label Products


Std.
Software Part System Printer Types Disk Pkg.
Number Requirements Supported Types Description Qty.
PROG-WIN2 WINDOWS 3.1 or Dot-Matrix 3.5" Create labels quickly in WINDOWS. Alpha, numeric, octal and 1
higher, 386 or higher Laser and hexadecimal serialization. Supports WINDOWS and TrueType™
8 meg of RAM, 5¼" fonts. Imports graphics. Directories may be selected to save files
Uses 10 to 30 meg and has on-line help. Great for wire marking and all types of
of hard drive space communication, electrical and electronic applications.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order software required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

PAN-MARK ™ Software for DOS


• Use to create labels for communications applications in accordance with
TIA/EIA-606 Standards
• Identify wire and devices quickly and economically
• Use with Panduit Computer Printable Labels to meet unique labeling
applications
• Alpha and numeric serialization options

Part Number: PDL-PROG-LT


Software for Computer Printable Label Products
Std.
Software Part System Printer Types Disk Pkg.
Number Requirements Supported Types Description Qty.
PDL-PROG-LT 286 or higher, 2 meg Dot-Matrix 3.5" Quick, easy to learn package for wire marking. Alpha, numeric 1
of RAM HP Laser and serialization. View one label at a time.
5-1/4
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order software required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

PAN-MARK ™ LT supports the following printers:


• ALPS Model 24 • EPSON LQ-800, 850 • IBM Proprinter X24 • Panasonic KX-P1092 • Practical Automation
• ALPS ASP1000 • EPSON LQ-950, 1000, 1050, 2500 • IBM Proprinter XL24 • Panasonic KX-P1124 • NEC Pinwriter 2200
• EPSON EX (Series) • EPSON LX • Okidata 193 • Panasonic KX-P1524 • NEC Pinwriter 5200
• EPSON FX (Series) • EPSON RX • Okidata 320 • Panasonic KX-P1592 • NEC Pinwriter 5300
• EPSON FX-286e • HP Laser (in text mode) 10, 12 and 16.7 cpi • Okidata 390 • Panasonic KX-P1595 • Seikosua SP2400

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 7350


162 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
TIA/EIA-606 COMPLIANT LABELING PRODUCTS ™

Full Line of Indelible Ink Ribbons for Computer Dot Matrix Printers
• Quick drying, abrasion resistant, indoor/outdoor ink
• Recommended for use with vinyl and TEDLAR †
• Recommended use with other materials to improve legend permanence

TIA/EIA-606 LABELING
Std. Std.
Part Pkg. Part Pkg.
Number For Printer/Model Number Qty. Number For Printer/Model Number Qty.
PDLR-1 APPLE A9-MO310 1 PDLR-45 DEC LA30-36/DEC LA36 1
CITOH PC 8020A/1550/8510/8500 INTACS 4200/MANNESMAN 786 6N29-0
NEC8023A/NEC8023 SATA-M-4500
PDLR-5 BRADY WRITER B 2 1 PDLR-81 EPSON EX 800/1000 1
OKIDATA 292
PDLR-109 EPSON LQ1000/1500 1
PDLR-9 CENTRONIX 101 1
PDLR-113 EPSON LQ500/800/850 1
PDLR-13 CITIZEN MPS10/MST10/MST40 1
EPSON3210 PDLR-117 EPSON LX80/86/90 1
EPSON FX80/85/800 PDLR-133 FACIT (1299095)1850/86HY 1
EPSON GX80 ERC-08
IBM SELECTRIC II (1299095/TECH 3
EPSON LX810/MX70/MX80/RX80/SX80
REMINGTON ELECTRIC 101
GRAPHIC 5152-002
HEWLETT PACKARD 82-906A/92156 PDLR-161 IBM 4208 XL24 PROPRINTER (1040414) 1
IBM 5152/SIEMENS PT-88
PDLR-165 IBM 3262 1
PDLR-17 CITIZEN MSP15/EPSON 8755 1
EPSON EX100/LX1000/MX100/PX100/RX100 PDLR-169 IBM 3715/3131 1
EPSON FX100/FX105/FX185 PDLR-173 IBM 4210 PROPRINTER (1040150) 1
EPSON FX286E/286/FX1050/FX1000
MITSUBISHI DX 180W/OLYMPIA NP136 PDLR-177 IBM 4202XL PROPRINTER (1040150) 1
ORDERING INFORMATION:
PDLR-189 IBM 5211 1
Order number of ribbons required, in multiples of Standard
Package Quantity. PDLR-281 OKIDATA 82/83/92/93/STAR SG10 1
PDLR-305 PRINTRONIX P150/300/600 1
PDLR-333 TOSHIBA 1340/1350/1360 1

TEDLAR is a registered trademark of E.I. Dupont Co. ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of ribbons required, in multiples of Standard
Package Quantity.

Marking Pens Std. Std.


Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Color Description Qty. Qty.
PX-0 Black Color of pen is color of ink. 12 48
Reversible tip to extend life of pen.
PX-2 Red 12 48
PFX-0 Black For detailed marking on nylon surfaces. 12 48
Color of cap and end is color of ink.
PFX-2 Red 12 48
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

• Fast drying permanent ink

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 7350


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 163
™ TIA/EIA-606 COMPLIANT LABELING PRODUCTS

LS5 Industrial Labeling System for Marking Wires and Cables


Hand Held, portable labeling system designed to facilitate
compliance with TIA/EIA-606 labeling requirements. Produces:
• Die-cut adhesive labels
• Continuous laminated tape in various colors and widths
TIA/EIA-606 LABELING

• Self-laminating labels and heat shrink labels


• The LS5 is ideal for identifying moves, adds and changes. One
labeling system is designed to produce all the labels needed to
meet TIA/EIA-606 requirements in smaller jobs or it can be used
to make corrections and changes on larger jobs which have
been identified with computer printable labels.

Industrial Labeling System & Accessories


Std.
Part Pkg.
Number Description Qty.
LS5-KIT Industrial Labeling System Kit. 1
(Includes 6 C-cell Ni-Cad batteries,
Ni-Cad battery charger, one black on white
laminated 1" industrial tape supply cartridge, 8
resident bar code fonts)
LS5-2 Soft sided carrying case 1
LS5-3 Hand strap 1
Telecommunications Labeling
LS5-60 AC power supply 1
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard
Package Quantity.

Self-Laminating Adhesive Wire Markers and Die-Cut Label Cartridges


Used with Used with
Copper – Fiber – Std.
Number of Part Pkg.
Cable Type Fibers Number Description Qty.
4 Pair 2-4 Fibers LS5-11 .8"x.75" vinyl self-lam wire marker 1
.8"x.375" write-on area (200 labels/cartridge)
4 Pair 2-4 Fibers LS5-12 .8"x.75" TEDLAR † self-lam wire marker. .8"x.375" 1
write-on area (200 labels/cartridge)
4 or 25 Pair 12 Fibers LS5-13 1"x1.25" vinyl self-lam wire marker. 1
1"x.5" write-on area (160 labels/cartridge)
4 or 25 Pair 12 Fibers LS5-14 1"x1.25" TEDLAR † self-lam wire marker. 1"x.5" 1
write-on area (160 labels/cartridge)
50 Pair LS5-15 1"x2.50 vinyl self-lam wire marker. 1"x.75" write- 1
on area (110 labels/cartridge)
50 Pair LS5-16 1"x2.50 TEDLAR † self-lam wire marker. 1"x.75" 1
write-on area (110 labels/cartridge)
LS5-17 .5"x1" die-cut polyester label 1
(174 labels/cartridge)
LS5-18 .66"x3.44" die-cut polyester label 1
(92 labels/cartridge)
LS5-19 .56"x3.44" die-cut synthetic paper label. (92 1
labels/cartridge)
LS5-20 1"x4" die-cut synthetic paper label. (82 labels/ 1
cartridge)
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

† TEDLAR is a registered trademark of E.I. Dupont Co.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 7350


164 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
TIA/EIA-606 COMPLIANT LABELING PRODUCTS ™

Laminated Industrial Adhesive Tape Supply Cartridges


.5"x40" Laminated Industrial Tape Supply Cartridges .8"x40" Laminated Industrial Tape Supply Cartridges
Std. Std.
Part Description Pkg. Part Description Pkg.
Number Legend Color/Background Color Qty. Number Legend Color/Background Color Qty.

TIA/EIA-606 LABELING
LS5-530 .5"x40" Industrial Tape Black/Clear 1 LS5-70 .8"x 40" Industrial Tape Black/Clear 1
LS5-533 .5" x 40" Industrial Tape Black/White 1 LS5-72 .8" x 40" Industrial Tape Red/Clear 1
LS5-535 .5" x 40" Industrial Tape Red/White 1 LS5-73 .8" x 40" Industrial Tape Black/White 1
LS5-538 .5" x 40" Industrial Tape Black/Yellow 1 LS5-74 .8" x 40" Industrial Tape Blue/White 1
LS5-544 .5" x 40" Industrial Tape White/Black 1 LS5-75 .8" x 40" Industrial Tape Red/White 1
LS5-548 .5" x 40" Industrial Tape Black/Yellow 1 LS5-77 .8" x 40" Industrial Tape Black/Red 1
ORDERING INFORMATION: LS5-78 .8" x 40" Industrial Tape Black/Yellow 1
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard
Package Quantity. LS5-82 .8" x 40" Industrial Tape White/Clear 1
LS5-87 .8" x 40" Industrial Tape White/Blue 1
1"x40" Laminated Industrial Tape Supply Cartridges LS5-88 .8" x 40" Industrial Tape White/Red 1
Std. LS5-89 .8" x 40" Industrial Tape White/Green 1
Part Description Pkg.
Number Legend Color/Background Color Qty. LS5-90 .8" x 40" Industrial Tape Black/Orange 1
ORDERING INFORMATION:
LS5-30 1"x40" Industrial Tape Black/Clear 1 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard
Package Quantity.
LS5-32 1" x 40" Industrial Tape Red/Clear 1
LS5-33 1" x 40" Industrial Tape Black/White 1
LS5-34 1" x 40" Industrial Tape Blue/White 1
LS5-35 1" x 40" Industrial Tape Red/White 1
LS5-37 1" x 40" Industrial Tape Black/Red 1
LS5-38 1" x 40" Industrial Tape Black/Yellow 1
LS5-42 1" x 40" Industrial Tape White/Clear 1
LS5-47 1" x 40" Industrial Tape White/Blue 1
LS5-48 1" x 40" Industrial Tape White/Red 1
LS5-49 1" x 40" Industrial Tape White/Green 1
Identify Wires
LS5-50 1" x 40" Industrial Tape Black/Orange 1
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard
Package Quantity.

Heat Shrink Tubing Flattened Polyolefin Supply Cartridges


Std.
Part Description Pkg.
Number Legend Color/Background Color Qty.
LS5-HS3 1/4" Diameter, Black/White (100") 1
LS5-HS4 3/8" Diameter, Black/White (100") 1
LS5-HS5 1/2" Diameter, Black/White (100") 1
LS5-HS8 1/4" Diameter, Black/Yellow (100") 1
LS5-HS9 3/8" Diameter, Black/Yellow (100") 1
LS5-HS10 1/2" Diameter, Black/Yellow (100") 1 Facility Labeling
LS5-HS11 1/4" Diameter, White/Black (100") 1
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard
Package Quantity.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 7350


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 165
™ TIA/EIA-606 COMPLIANT LABELING PRODUCTS

Material Specification Table for Labels


For Dot-Matrix Printers
TIA/EIA-606 LABELING

Material Material Temperature Adhesive Main Outdoor Hazardous


Code Type Color Range Type Use Rated Environment
GMT1 TEDLAR† Clear -40o F to 275o F Acrylic Copper, Fiber Yes Yes*
(-40o C to 135o C) Permanent Cable Labeling

GMY-W Polyester White -40o F to 310o F Acrylic Termination Yes Yes*


(-40o C to 154o C) Permanent Position Labeling

GMY-S Polyester Silver -40o F to 310o F Acrylic Termination Yes Yes*


(-40o C to 154o C) Permanent Position Labeling

GMY-C Polyester Clear -40o F to 275o F Acrylic Termination Yes No


(-40o C to 135o C) Permanent Position Labeling

GMV3 Vinyl Clear -40o F to 150o F Acrylic Copper, Fiber No No


(-40o C to 66o C) Permanent Cable Labeling

GMV9 Vinyl White 50o F to 275o F None Cables, Yes No


(-46o C to 135o C) Bundles
†TEDLAR is a registered trademark of E.I. Dupont Co.

For Laser Printers


Material Material Temperature Adhesive Main Outdoor Hazardous
Code Type Color Range Type Use Rated Environment
GMY2 Polyester White -40o F to 310o F Acrylic Termination Yes No
(-40o C to 154o C) Permanent Position Labeling

GMY3 Polyester Clear -40o F to 310o F Acrylic Copper, Fiber Yes Yes*
(-40o C to 154o C) Permanent Cable Labeling

For Thermal Transfer Printers


Material Material Temperature Adhesive Main Outdoor Hazardous
Code Type Color Range Type Use Rated Environment
GMSLI Polyester White -40o F to 275o F Acrylic Termination Yes Yes*
Clear (-40o C to 135o C) Permanent Position Labeling
Yellow

Unless specified, all labels listed in this guide are pressure sensitive adhesive backed.
All pressure sensitive adhesive materials listed in this guide meet or exceed UL969 indoor and legibility requirements.
The table above designates materials that meet or exceed UL969 outdoor or harsh environment requirements.
*Materials passed all hazardous environment legibility and adhesion requirements. They did have minor (acceptable)
defacement under one or more of the common agents and solvent vapors tested. For additional information, contact I.D.
Division Product Management at 800-777-3300, Ext. 7429.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 7350


166 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
TIA/EIA-606 COMPLIANT LABELING PRODUCTS ™

PAN-NET ™ Wiring Administration


The PAN-NET Wiring Administration System is designed to provide consistent and accurate cabling, closet
and outlet identification. Where implemented, this system will provide identification of the wiring system with
minimum reference documentation. The PAN-NET System identifies each individual outlet, Patch Panel, and

TIA/EIA-606 LABELING
the cable in-between. Furthermore, each of these references the other allowing complete traceability from any
location. The system works as follows:

Closet
Each closet is identified by a unique 3 character code indicating the floor and closet number as follows: 03B
(3rd Floor, Closet B).
Each rack in the closet is identified by a unique code as follows: C (Rack C).
Each row of the rack is identified with a 2 digit number as follows: 06 (Row 06).
Each position of the row is identified with a 2 digit number as follows: 01 (Position 01).
Therefore, the following identification label: 03B-CO6-01, locates this Patch Panel location on the 3rd Floor,
Closet B, Rack C, Row 06, Position 01.

Outlet
The outlet is identified with a unique zone and I.D. number as follows: A42 (Zone A/faceplate 42). A zone is a
specific building area and should be identified on a floor plan.
The individual position in the outlet is identified by a 2 digit position number as follows: 01 (Outlet 1).
Therefore, the following identification label: A42-01, locates this outlet in Zone A, Outlet 42, Position 01.

Patch Panel
The Patch Panel position is labeled with reference to the outlet as follows:
A42-01
Zone/Outlet-Position
Or To Another Closet: 03A-B17-01
Floor/Closet-Rack/Row-Position

Cable
Following this simple system, the cable is labeled with an origin and destination code as follows:
Origin:Destination
03B-C06-01:A42-01
Floor/Closet-Rack/Row-Position:Zone/Outlet-Position

Outlet Position
The outlet position is labeled with reference to the closet origin and its outlet position number as follows:
Origin:Outlet
03B-C:01
Floor/Closet-Rack:Position

Figure 1 on page 168 illustrates the typical faceplate to closet, closet to closet, and cable identification when
using the PAN-NET System.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 7350


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 167
™ TIA/EIA-606 COMPLIANT LABELING PRODUCTS
TIA/EIA-606 LABELING

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 7350


168 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
CABLING INSTALLATION PRODUCTS ™

Cable Ties
VELCRO ® Brand Cable Ties
Provide an excellent solution for managing
network and telecommunications cable.

CABLE TIES
• Prevents overtensioning of high performance Category 5 and
fiber optic cables
• Easy to release and reuse
• Ideal for applications requiring frequent cabling moves, adds
or changes
• One piece design simplifies installation and provides
improved durability
• Refer to Cable Tie Catalog (SA101N275B) for information on
our complete line of cable ties and wiring accessories

These versatile cable ties are available in nine


different colors and three different styles to
satisfy your application requirements.

Applications: Ties can be used to secure various


sizes of cable bundles.

HLT Style can be mounted directly


to a rack with a screw.

Wide color choice allows for quick


and easy color coding of separate
cable bundles.

Category 5 cables can be managed more effectively with the


use of VELCRO ® brand cable ties. Use them in the
communication closet on both the front and back of racks
as shown.

VELCRO is a trademark of the VELCRO Companies.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 1709


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 169
™ CABLING INSTALLATION PRODUCTS

VELCRO® Cable Ties


HLC Series
CABLE TIES

Pass hook portion through Packaging


Min. Max. Min. Loop
plastic cinch ring. Pull end of tie Length Width Thickness Head Bundle Bundle Tensile Std. Std.
against ring to tension. Secure A B Width Dia. Dia. Strength†L Pkg. Ctn.
hook portion against loop portion Part Number In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) bs. (N) Qty. Qty.
of tie body to fasten. Cinching Ties – Cinch ring provides extra strength and bundle tightness
12.0 .75 .10 2.0 3.0
HLC3S-X0 10 100
(305) (19.1) (2.5) 1.10 (50.8) (76.2) 50
18.0 .75 .10 (27.9) 3.0 5.0 (222)
HLC5S-X0 10 100
(457) (19.1) (2.5) (76.2) (127)
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
†Minimum 2" overlap required to achieve loop tensile rating.

HLT Series
HLT & HLS Product is hook on
one side and loop on the other Opening (X-Out)
for #10 Truss
so it adheres to itself. Wrap
Head Screw
around bundle and secure end of
tie on the body.
Min. Max. Min. Loop Packaging
Length Width Thickness Head Bundle Bundle Tensile Std. Std.
Color Chart For A B Width Dia. Dia. Strength† Pkg. Ctn.
HLT Ties, HLS Ties & Part Number In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) Lbs. (N) Qty. Qty.
HLSS-15R0 Rolls
Loop Ties – Slot allows for pre-wrapping of bundles
Part No.
Color Suffix Example 8.0 .50 .10 .25 1.9
HLT2I-X* 10 100
(203) (12.7) (2.5) 1.00 (6.4) (48) 40
Black -0 HLT2I-X0
12.0 .50 .10 (25.4) .25 3.2 (178)
Red -2 HLT2I-X2 HLT3I-X* 10 100
(305) (12.7) (2.5) (6.4) (81)
Orange -3 HLT2I-X3
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Yellow -4 HLT2I-X4 *Add color suffix from chart at left to part number above.
Green -5 HLT2I-X5 †Minimum 2" overlap required to achieve loop tensile rating.
Blue -6 HLT2I-X6
Violet -7 HLT2I-X7
Gray -8 HLT2I-X8
White -10 HLT2I-X10
Tan -18 HLT2I-X18

HLS Series Min. Max. Min. Loop Packaging


Length Width Thickness Head Bundle Bundle Tensile Std. Std.
A B Width Dia. Dia. Strength† Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) Lbs. (N) Qty. Qty.
Strip Ties – Convenient 6", 12", and 18" strips (PERFORATED IN ROLL FORM - 10 TIES TO EACH ROLL)
6.0 .75 .10 .25 1.5 10
HLS1.5S-X* — 1 Roll
(152) (19) (2.5) (6.4) (38) Rolls
12.0 .75 .10 .25 3.2 50 10
HLS3S-X* — 1 Roll
(305) (19) (2.5) (6.4) (81) (222) Rolls
18.0 .75 .10 .25 5.0 10
HLS5S-X* — 1 Roll
(457) (19) (2.5) (6.4) (127) Rolls

15' Roll – Can be cut to desired length, eliminating waste


180.0 .75 .10 .25 50 10
HLS-15R* — Various 1 Roll
(4572) (19) (2.5) (6.4) (222) Rolls

Refer to Cable Tie Catalog Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
(SA101N275B) for information on our *Add color suffix from chart at left to part number above.
complete line of cable ties and wiring †Minimum 2" overlap required to achieve loop tensile rating.
accessories. VELCRO® is a Registered Trademark of the Velcro Companies.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 1709


170 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
CABLING INSTALLATION PRODUCTS ™

PAN-TY ® Nylon Cable Ties


Max. Min. Loop
Bundle Approx. Approx. Tensile Std.
Dia. Length Width Strength Pkg.
Part Number In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) Lbs. (N) Qty.
Miniature Cross Section Ties
PLT1M-C .87 (22.) 3.9 (99) 100

CABLE TIES
PLT1.5M-C 1.25 (32) 5.6 (142) .098 (2.5) 18 (80) 100
PLT2M-C 2.00 (51) 8.0 (203) 100
Intermediate Cross Section Ties
PLT1.5I-C 1.38 (35) 5.6 (142) .142 (3.6) 100
• Versatile fasteners can be used for PLT2I-C 2.00 (51) 8.0 (203) .142 (3.6) 100
numerous applications including PLT2.5I-C 2.50 (64) 9.7 (246) .142 (3.6) 40 (178) 100
PLT3I-C 3.00 (76) 11.4 (290) .145 (3.7) 100
cable bundling. PLT4I-C 4.00 (102) 14.6 (371) .145 (3.7) 100
• Optional Panduit Installation
Standard Cross Section Ties
Tooling available for automatic
tension and cut off (see page 173) PLT1S-C 1.00 (25) 4.8 (122) 100
PLT1.5S-C 1.50 (3.8) 6.3 (160) 100
PLT2S-C 1.88 (48) 7.4 (188) 100
PLT2.5S-C 2.50 (64) 9.8 (249) .190 (4.8) 50 (122) 100
PLT3S-C 3.00 (78) 11.5 (292) 100
PLT4S-C 4.00 (102) 14.5 (368) 100
PLT4.5S-C 4.50 (114) 15.5 (394) 100
PLT5S-C 5.00 (127) 17.5 (445) 100
Light Heavy Cross Section Ties
PLT2H-L 2.00 (51) 8.4 (213) 50
PLT2.5H-L 2.50 (64) 10.0 (254) .300 (7.6) 120 (534) 50
PLT3H-L 3.00 (76) 11.4 (290) 50
PLT4H-L 4.00 (102) 14.5 (368) 50
Refer to Cable Tie Catalog ORDERING INFORMATION:
(SA101N275B) for information on our Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
complete line of cable ties and wiring
accessories.

PAN-TY ® Nylon Marker Ties


Max.
Bundle Approx. Approx. Std.
Dia. Length Width Marker Pkg.
Part Number In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) Type Qty.
Miniature Cross Section Marker Ties
PLF1M-C .87 (22.) 4.3 (109) Flag 100
PLF1MA-C .87 (22.) 5.1 (130) Flag 100
PLF1MB-C .75 (20) 4.0 (102) .098 (2.5) Flag 100
PLM1M-C .75 (20) 3.9 (99) Wrap 100
PLM2M-C 2.0 (51) 8.0 (203) Wrap 100
• Use to fasten and identify cable Standard Cross Section Marker Ties
bundles at the same time. PLM2S-C 1.75 (45) 7.4 (188) Wrap 100
• Use with Panduit Marking Pens PLM4S-C 4.0 (102) 14.6 (371) .185 (4.7) Wrap 100
(see page 163). PL2M2S-L 1.75 (45) 7.4 (188) Wrap 50
PL3M2S-L 1.75 (45) 7.4 (188) Wrap 50
• Custom Hot Stamping available —
ORDERING INFORMATION:
contact factory Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
• Full line of Identification Labeling For complete information on cable ties and wiring accessories, refer to our full line Cable Tie and Wiring Accessories
Catalog, SA101N275B.
Products available (see
pages 147-166)
• Optional Panduit Installation
Tooling available for automatic
tension and cut off (see page 173)

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 1709


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 171
™ CABLING INSTALLATION PRODUCTS

PAN-TY ® Nylon Clamp Ties


Max. Min. Loop
Bundle Approx. Approx. Hole Tensile Std.
Dia. Length Width Dia. Screw Strength Pkg.
Part Number In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) Size Lbs. (N) Qty.
Miniature Cross Section Ties
PLC1M-S4-C .75 (20) 4.3 (110) .100 (2.5) .118 (3.0) #4 (M2.5) 18 (80) 100
CABLE TIES

Intermediate Cross Section Ties


PLC1.5I-S8-C 1.25 (32) 6.1 (156) .135 (3.4) .172 (4.4) #8 (M4) 40 (178) 100
Standard Cross Section Ties
• Use to attach a bundle of wires to PLC2S-S6-C 1.84 (46.7) 7.9 (201) .145 (3.7) #6 (M3) 100
another surface such as a control PLC2S-S10-C 1.84 (46.7) 7.9 (201) .190 (4.8) .206 (5.2) #10 (M5) 50 (122) 100
panel, wall or ceiling PLC3S-S10-C 3.00 (76) 12 (305) .206 (5.2) #10 (M5) 100
PLC4S-S10-C 4.00 (102) 15 (381) .206 (5.2) #10 (M5) 100
• This design allows for bundling of
cables before or after the clamp tie Heavy Cross Section Ties
is screwed into place PLC2H-S25-L 2.00 (51) 9.0 (228) 50
• Optional Panduit Installation PLC3H-S25-L 3.00 (76) 12.0 (305) .300 (7.6) .260 (6.6) 1/4 (M6) 120 (534) 50
Tooling available for automatic PLC4H-S25-L 4.00 (102) 15.1 (384) 50
tension and cut off (see page 173) ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
For complete information on cable ties and wiring accessories, refer to our full line Cable Tie and Wiring Accessories
Catalog, SA101N275B.

In-Plenum Cable Ties


PAN-TY ® HALAR †
Fluoropolymer Cable Max. Min. Loop
Ties for Plenum Use Bundle Approx. Approx. Tensile Std.
Dia. Length Width Strength Pkg.
Part Number In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) Lbs. (N) Qty.
Miniature Cross Section HALAR† Tie
PLT1M-C702 .87 (22) 4.0 (102) .098 (2.5) 18 (80) 100
Standard Cross Section HALAR† Ties
PLT2S-C702 1.88 (48) 7.4 (188) .190 (4.8) 50 (122) 100
PLT3S-C702 3.00 (78) 11.6 (295) 100
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

HALAR is the registered trademark for Ausimont, Inc. fluoropolymer.

HALAR † cable ties meet or


exceed low smoke and low
flame spread requirements.
• Distinctive Maroon color
• UL 94V-0
• Smoke Generation: 293DM
(Flaming NBS258)
• Optional Panduit Installation
Tooling available for automatic
tension and cut off (see page 173)

Refer to Cable Tie Catalog


(SA101N275B) for information on our
complete line of cable ties and wiring
accessories.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 1709


172 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
CABLING INSTALLATION PRODUCTS ™

In-Plenum Cable Ties (cont.)


PAN-STEEL™ Max. Thickness Min. Loop
Stainless Steel Cable Bundle Approx. and Tensile Std.
Dia. Length Width Strength Pkg.
Ties for Plenum Use Part Number In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) Lbs. (N) Qty.
Standard Cross Section Stainless Steel Ties - Type AISI 304

CABLE TIES
MLT1S-CP 1.00 (25) 5.0 (127) 100
MLT2S-CP 2.00 (50) 7.9 (201) 100
MLT2.7S-CP 2.70 (69) 10.5 (266) 100
MLT4S-CP 4.00 (102) 14.3 (362) .010. (.254) 100
MLT6S-CP 6.00 (152) 20.5 (521) X 100 (445) 100
MLT8S-CP 8.00 (203) 26.8 (679) .18 (4.6) 100
MLT10S-CP 10.0 (254) 33.0 (838) 100
MLT12S-Q 12.00 (305) 42 (1067) 25
MLT14S-Q 14.00 (356) 47.0 (1194) 25
Heavy Cross Section Stainless Steel Ties - Type AISI 304
Stainless Steel cable ties can MLT2H-LP 2.00 (50) 7.9 (201) 50
MLT4H-LP 4.00 (102) 14.3 (362) 50
be used in virtually any environ- MLT6H-LP 6.00 (152) 20.5 (521) .010 (.254) 50
ment including the plenum. MLT8H-LP 8.00 (203) 26.8 (679) X 250 (1112) 50
• Smooth rounded sides to protect MLT10H-LP 10.0 (254) 33.0 (838) .31 (7.9) 50
MLT12H-Q 12.00 (305) 42 (1067) 25
cable insulation and installer’s MLT14H-Q 14.00 (356) 47.0 (1194) 25
hands
ORDERING INFORMATION:
• Self-locking tie with low threading Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
force for easy installation Refer to Cable Tie Catalog (SA101N275B) for information on our
complete line of cable ties and wiring accessories.
• Optional Panduit Installation Tool-
ing available for automatic
tension and cut off (see page 173)

Cable Tie Installation Tools


Panduit cable tie installation tooling ensures quick, secure cable installations.
Tool-controlled tension allows ties to be installed without damaging cable.
• Requires no special maintenance
• Lightweight and balanced
• Easy to change tension adjustment and easy to operate
• Proven features to help lower installed costs; a combination of design, operating
and construction features provide a long service life.

For Nylon Cable Ties, Std.


Marker Ties and Clamp Ties Part Number Description Pkg.
GS2B Installs Miniature, Intermediate or Standard cross section Nylon cable 1
ties. Qualified product listed per Mil. Std. MS90387-1 and Mil. Spec.
MIL-T-81306 (AS)
Color Identification: Trigger Handle and Selector Knob: Black
GS4H Installs Standard, Light Heavy and Heavy cross section cable ties. 1
Also installs SUPERFLEX ™ (SLT) Cable Ties. Qualified product
listed per Mil. Std. MS90387-2 and Mil. Spec. MIL-T-81306 (AS)
Color identification: Trigger Handle and Selector Knob: Red

For Stainless Steel Ties GS4MT Installs Standard and Heavy cross section Stainless Steel cable ties. 1
Qualified product listed per Mil. Std. MS90387-3 and Mil. Spec.
MIL-T-81306A
Color Identification: Trigger Handle and Selector Knob: Black
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 1709


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 173
™ CABLING INSTALLATION PRODUCTS

Cabling Mounts and Clips


Adhesive Backed Mounts for Std. Std.
Use With Nylon Cable Ties Used with Mount Pkg. Ctn.
CABLING CLIPS/MOUNTS

Part Number Cable Ties* Method Material Color Qty. Qty.


Four Way Entry Mounts – Adhesive Backed
ABM100-A-C Adhesive Nylon/Indoor White 100 500
ABM100-A-C14 M, I, S Foam Tape Nylon/Indoor Telco Gray 100 500
ABM100-A-C15 or Nylon/Indoor Ivory 100 500
ABM100-AT-C0 #6 Screw Nylon/Outdoor Black 100 500
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
* Refers to PAN-TY® Cable Ties sizes: M=Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard. (See page 171)

Dimensions - In. (mm)


• Cable tie entry from all four sides A B C
• Can also be mounted with a single ABM100 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) .24 (6.1)
#6 screw

Adhesive Backed Max. Bundle Std. Std.


Cord Clips Dia. Mount Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. (mm) Method Material Color Qty. Qty.
Cord Clips – Adhesive Backed
ACC19-A-C .19 (4.9) Adhesive 100 500
ACC38-A-C .38 (9.6) Foam Tape Nylon/Indoors Natural 100 500
ACC62-A-C .62 (15.9) 100 500
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Dimensions - In. (mm)


A B C D

• Mount quickly and securely to ACC19 .62 (15.9) .75 (19.0) .29 (7.4) .39 (9.9)
desks, walls, etc. ACC38 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) .40 (10.2) .50 (12.7)
ACC62 1.25 (31.7) 1.12 (28.6) .63 (16.1) .75 (19.0)

CLINCHER ™ Adhesive Max. Bundle Std. Std.


Backed Clamp Dia. Mount Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. (mm) Method Material Color Qty. Qty.
CLINCHER Clamp - Adhesive Backed
ARC68-A-Q14 .19 to .69 Adhesive Polypropylene/ Telco Gray 25 250
(4.9 to 17.7) Foam Tape Indoors
ARC68-S6-Q14 #6 Screw 25 250
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

For complete information on cable ties and wiring accessories, refer to our full line Cable Tie and Wiring Accessories
Catalog, SA101N275B.

• Adjustable
• Releasable

Refer to Cable Tie Catalog


(SA101N275B) for information on our
complete line of cable ties and wiring
accessories.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 7325


174 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
CABLING INSTALLATION PRODUCTS ™

Adhesive Backed Bevel Max. Bundle Std. Std.


Entry Wire Retainer Dia. Mount Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. (mm) Method Material Color Qty. Qty.
Bevel Entry Wire Retainer – Adhesive Backed

CABLING CLIPS/MOUNTS
BEC38-A-L .38 (9.5) Adhesive 50 500
BEC62-A-L .62 (15.7) Foam Tape Nylon/Indoor Natural 50 500
BEC75-A-L .75 (19) 50 500

Dimensions - In. (mm)


A B C
BEC38 1.46 (37.1) 1.24 931.5) .52 (13.23)

• Bevel opening speeds wire BEC62 1.46 (37.1) 1.24 931.5) .79 (20.1)
installation BEC75 1.46 (37.1 1.49 (37.8) .89 (22.6)

Latching Wire Clip Max. Bundle Std. Std.


Dia. Mount Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. (mm) Method Material Color Qty. Qty.
Latching Wire Clip – Adhesive Backed
LWC25-A-C .25 (6.4) Natural 100 1000
LWC25-A-C14 .25 (6.4) Adhesive Telco Gray 100 1000
LWC38-A-C .37 (9.5) Foam Tape Nylon/Indoor Natural 100 1000
LWC38-A-C14 .37 (9.5) Telco Gray 100 1000
LWC50-A-L .50 (12.7) Natural 50 500
LWC50-A-L14 .50 (12.7) Telco Gray 50 500
Latching Wire Clip – Push Mount
• Secures cords, wire and cable LWC25-H25-C .25 (6.4) Pushed through Natural 100 1000
LWC25-H25-C14 .25 (6.4) .250" (6.4) dia. Telco Gray 100 1000
bundles LWC38-H25-C .37 (9.5) hole in panels Nylon/Indoor Natural 100 1000
• Releasable LWC38-H25-C14 .37 (9.5) up to .103" Telco Gray 100 1000
LWC50-H25-L .50 (12.7) (2.5) thick Natural 50 500
LWC50-H25-L14 .50 (12.7) Telco Gray 50 500

A B C
LWC25-A 1.00 (25.4) .88 (22.2) .45 (11.5)
LWC38-A 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) .56 (14.2)
LWC50-A 1.00 (25.4 1.26 (32.0) .87 (17.8)
LWC25-H .58 (14.7) .86 (21.8) .47 (11.9)
Refer to Cable Tie Catalog
(SA101N275B) for information on our LWC38-H .58 (14.7) .94 (23.9) 1.18 (29.6)
complete line of cable ties and wiring
accessories. LWC50-H .76 (19.3) 1.25 (31.8) .78 (19.8)

Latching Clip Bundle Std. Std.


Range Mount Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. (mm) Method Material Color Qty. Qty.
Latching Clip – Adhesive Backed
LC3-A-C8 .20 sq. inches Adhesive 100 1000
LC5-A-C8 .36 sq. inches Foam Tape PVC Light Gray 100 1000
LC10-A-L8 .93 sq. inches 50 500
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Dimensions - In. (mm)


A B C
• Secures cords, wire and cable
bundles LC3 .75 (19) .75 (19) .46 (11.7)
• Releasable LC5 1.00 (25.4) 1.01 (25.7) .53. (13.5)
LC10 1.00 (25.4) 1.51 (37.9) .84 (21.3)

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 7325


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 175
™ CABLING INSTALLATION PRODUCTS

Wire Saddles Max. Bundle Std. Std.


Dia. Mount Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. (mm) Method Material Color Qty. Qty.
Vertical Wire Saddle
CABLING CLIPS/MOUNTS

VWS4218-C .18(5) x .42(11) 100 1000


VWS4238-C .40(10) x .42(11) Push Nylon/Indoor Natural 100 1000
VWS4274-C .74(19) x .42(11) Mount 100 1000
VWS42105-C 1.05(27) x .42(11) 100 1000
Horizontal Wire Saddle
HWS2819-C .19(5) x .28(7) Push Mount Nylon/Indoor Natural 100 1000
ORDERING INFORMATION:
• Wires or cables snap easily and Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
securely into saddle
• Funnel entry design for fast Dimensions - In. (mm)
insertion into .187" holes in A B
.03" - .08" thick panels VWS4218 .58 (14.7) .60 (15.2)
VWS4238 .78 (19.8) .60 (15.2)
VWS4274 1.14 (29) .60 (15.2)
Refer to Cable Tie Catalog
(SA101N275B) for information on our HWS VWS42105 1.45 (36.8) .60 (15.2)
complete line of cable ties and wiring VWS
accessories. HWS2819 .42 (10.7) .44 (11.2)

Twister Push Mounts Max.


Bundle Std. Std.
Dia. A Mount Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. (mm) In. (mm) Method Material Color Qty. Qty.
Twister Push Mounts
TPM-16-C 0 For circuit 100 1000
TPM5-16-C .20 (5.0) boards or 100 1000
TPM10-16-C .39 (10.0) chassis with 100 1000
TPM15-16-C .63 (16) .59 (15.0 thickness of Nylon/Indoor Natural 100 1000
TPM20-16-C .70 (20.0) .025” - .105” 100 1000
TPM25-16-C .98 (25.0) Requires .187" 100 1000
TPM30-16-C 1.18 (30.0) mounting hole 100 1000
• Wire bundles load and unload with ORDERING INFORMATION:
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
just a fingertip twist
• Funnel entry design for fast
insertion into .187" holes in
.025" - .105" thick panels

Spiral Wrap Std.


Pkg.
Part Number Description Material and Color Qty.
Spiral Wrap
T50F-C0 Black Weather Resistant 100 ft.
Polyethylene
1/2" (12.7) Outer Diameter
T50R-C White Flame Retardant 100 ft.
Bundle Range: Polyethylene
T50F-C3 3/8" (9.5) to 4" (101.6) Safety Orange 100 ft.
Diameter Polyethylene

• Organizes network, telephone and T50F-C4 Safety Yellow 100 ft.


Polyethylene
power cables around desks, etc.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
• Eliminates loose cables for a safer, Order number of feet required, in multiples of Standard Length Increment.
neater environment

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 7325


176 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
NETWORK APPLICATION GUIDE ™

NETWORK APPLICATION GUIDE


Panduit’s quality components can be used to support a wide range of new and existing network types. The
following guide highlights the Panduit products that we recommend for installation in these networks. For the
Panduit products listed, there are many additional options available (capacity, color, size, style, etc.) designed
to give you the flexibility to meet your particular application requirements. Refer to the page numbers shown in
the tables for complete product and ordering information.

NETWORK GUIDE
ATM (Asynchronous Transfer Mode) is an emerging network designed for applications that require both
155 Mbps ATM high-speed and high-bandwidth. 155 Mbps ATM has been designed to run over Category 5 UTP. The ATM
network utilizes a star-wired configuration with link distances up to 100 meters.

TP-PMD (Twisted Pair-Physical Media Dependent) is a new standard specified by ANSI X3T9.5. This new
TP-PMD standard allows FDDI networks to be run over Category 5 UTP instead of fiber optic cables. It operates at speeds up
to 100 Mbps and is configured in a star-wired Token Ring architecture. The maximum link distance is 100 meters.

Three additions to the IEEE 802.3 document have been developed to support the operation of a 100Mbps Ethernet
100BASE-T network. 100BASE-TX is designed to operate over two pairs of Category 5 UTP cable. 100BASE-FX is designed to
run over two pairs of fiber optic cable. 100BASE-T4 is designed to operate over four pairs of either Category 3, 4, or
5 UTP cable.

Token Ring operates at 4 or 16Mbps and is physically wired in a star topology with data circulating from device to
UTP Token Ring device in a ring fashion. Devices are wired in a physical star, logical ring configuration with the ring length up to 366
meters. A maximum of 260 devices may be connected to one ring. UTP Token Ring is designed to run over 2 pairs of
Category 4 (minimum) UTP.

10BASE-T is the IEEE 802.3 specification for Ethernet based over twisted pair cable. Ethernet is a widely used LAN
10BASE-T which can be implemented with thousands of intelligent devices. 10BASE-T utilizes transceivers and hub units
designed for 10Mbps transmission. Each station is wired to the hub in a star topology with cable
segments up to 100 meters. 10BASE-T is designed to run over 2 pairs of Category 3 (minimum) UTP.

1 4 5 8 9 12 13 16 17 20 21 24

Category 5 Patch Panel

Hub or Concentrator

PC, Phone, FAX, etc.


Workstation Outlet

Category 5 Patch Cord Category 5 UTP Cable Category 5 Patch Cord

Component Panduit Part Number Page Number


HUB for ATM, 100BASE-T, Token Ring, 10BASE-T User Supplied —
or TP-PMD Concentrator
DATA-PATCH ™ Category 5 Patch Cord UTPCX 75
MINI-COM ™ All Metal Modular Patch Panel CP24BL or CPP24WBL 62
with MINI-JACK ™ Category 5 Modular Jacks CJ588XX 21
or or
DATA-PATCH 110 Style Category 5 DP24588110X 65
Pre-Configured Patch Panel
Category 5 UTP Cable User Supplied —
MINI-COM Sloped Faceplate CFPSE4XX 7
with MINI-JACK ™ Category 5 Modular Jacks CJ588XX 21
Workstation PC, etc. User Supplied —
Note: For the Panduit products listed, there are many additional options available (capacity, color, size, style, etc.)
designed to give you the flexibility you need to meet your application requirements. Refer to the page numbers shown for
complete product and ordering information.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 177
™ NETWORK APPLICATION GUIDE

These networks were originally installed with RG-62 coaxial cable but this implementation is rapidly being displaced
IBM 3270 in favor of twisted pair cable. The IBM 3270 System consists of an IBM mainframe host computer connected to
terminals in a star topology. It utilizes IBM’s Systems Network Architecture and communicates at speeds up to
2.35Mbps. The twisted pair version is designed to run over 2 pairs of Category 3 (minimum) UTP.

ISDN (Integrated Services Digital Network) integrates voice, data, facsimile and video transmissions to form a single
ISDN digital network. It is designed to allow the use of the standard copper telephone wiring (1 to 4 pair, Category 3
minimum) which is already installed in majority of existing structures. ISDN allows for the connection of up to 8
NETWORK GUIDE

devices which may be accessed simultaneously.

1 4 5 8 9 12 13 16 17 20 21 24

Category 5 Patch Panel

Hub or Concentrator
PC, Phone, FAX, etc.
Workstation Outlet
Category 5 Patch Cord Category 5 UTP Cable Category 5 Patch Cord

Component Panduit Part Number Page Number


IBM 3270 Controller, Balun (for IBM 3270 only) User Supplied —
Network Termination Controller (For ISDN) User Supplied —
DATA-PATCH ™ Category 5 Patch Cord UTPCX 75
MINI-COM ™ All Metal Modular Patch Panel CP24BL or CPP24WBL 62
with MINI-JACK ™ Category 5 Modular Jacks CJ588XX or CJ88XX 21
or or
DATA-PATCH 110 Style Category 5 DP24588110X 65
Pre-Configured Patch Panel
Category 5 UTP Cable User Supplied —
MINI-COM Sloped Faceplate CFPSE4XX 7
with MINI-JACK ™ Category 5 Modular Jacks CJ588XX 21
Workstation PC, or Terminal User Supplied —
Note: For the Panduit products listed, there are many additional options available (capacity, color, size, style, etc.)
designed to give you the flexibility you need to meet your application requirements. Refer to the page numbers shown for
complete product and ordering information.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


178 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
TIA/EIA-568A STANDARD GUIDE ™

TIA/EIA-568A Commercial Building Telecommunications


Cabling Standard
Purpose
This standard outlines specifications for generic telecommunications cabling systems. It provides a guideline
for the planning and installation of telecommunications cabling regardless of the specific products to be

TIA/EIA-568A GUIDE
installed. The following is an overview of the standard.
Cabling Structure
The standard addresses the following items: Horizontal Cabling, Backbone Cabling, Work Area,
Telecommunications Closet, Equipment Room and Entrance Facilities.
Table of Contents
Horizontal Cabling . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . ..179 Telecom. Closet Cabling. . .. . .. . .. . .181
Backbone Cabling . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . ..180 UTP Cabling . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. .181-182
Work Area Cabling .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . ..180 Fiber Cabling .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .182

For complete technical assistance, call Panduit Network Systems Group at:
800-777-3300 Ext. 8314

Horizontal Cabling Each work area outlet


Work Work
Area Area must be connected to a
Shall be star topology: horizontal cross-connect
in a telecommunications
Closet
closet. One transition
point is allowed to
Work Work support undercarpet or
Area Area open office applications.

The maximum total length including patch cords and work area cables is 100 Meters (330").
Telecommunications Work Area
Closet
®

1 4 5 8 9 12 13 16 17 20 21 24

Horizontal Cable:
90 Meters (275') Max. Distance

Recognized horizontal cables are:


• 4-Pair 100 Ohm UTP Work area cables are
®

• 2-Pair 150 Ohm STP recommended not to exceed


1 4 5 8 9 12 13 16 17 20 21 24

• 2-fiber 62.5/125 micron optical fiber 3 Meters (10').


Patch cords in closet are
recommended not to exceed
6 Meters (20').

A minimum of two outlets are required for each individual work area.
• One outlet shall be 4-Pair 100 Ohm UTP
Category 3 or higher.

• Second outlet shall be one of the following:


a. 4-Pair 100 Ohm UTP (Category 5 recommended)
b. 2-Pair 150 Ohm STP
c. 2-fiber 62.5/125 micron optical fiber

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 179
™ TIA/EIA-568A STANDARD GUIDE

Backbone Cabling Recognized backbone cables are:


• 100 Ohm UTP multi-pair cable
Backbone cabling serves • 2-Pair 150 Ohm STP
as the interconnection Main • 62.5/125 micron optical fiber
between entrance facili- Cross-Connect • Single mode optical fiber
ties, telecommunications
TIA/EIA-568A GUIDE

closets and equipment


rooms. It also can extend
between related buildings Intermediate
in a commercial or school Cross-Connect
(Optional)
campus setting.

Shall be hierarchical
star topology:

Telecommunications Telecommunications Telecommunications Telecommunications


Closet Closet Closet Closet

Maximum distance between main cross-connect and telecommunications closet:


• UTP (voice only) = 800 Meters (2624')
• STP (voice only) = 700 Meters (2296')
• Multimode Fiber = 2000 Meters (6560')
• Single Mode Fiber = 3000 Meters (9840')

Work Area

The Work Area is the


location where interface
occurs with the cabling
system.

Design for easy Application specific


moves, adds electrical components
and changes. shall be placed external
to the faceplate.

Work area cables are


recommended not to exceed
3 Meters (10').

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


180 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
TIA/EIA-568A STANDARD GUIDE ™

Telecommunications Closet
• All connections between horizontal and backbone
cables shall be cross-connects
The primary function of the • Shall be designed according to TIA-EIA-569
telecommunications
Interconnection Cross-Connection
closet is the termination of

TIA/EIA-568A GUIDE
horizontal cable.
Common Equipment

Cable Management Precautions:


Patch Cable
• Avoid cable stress/tension
• Use appropriate cable routing and ®

Connecting Hardware ®

dressing fixtures 1 4 5 8 9 12 13 16 17 20 21 24
1 4 5 8 9 12 13 16 17 20 21 24

• Cables should not be routed in


tightly circled bundles
®

1 4 5 8 9 12 13 16 17 20 21 24

Installation Tip: Use VELCRO ® ties in the


telecommunications closet (see page 170) Horizontal Cable

Work Area Outlet

Media: UTP Cabling

Recognized Categories of UTP cabling are as follows:

Category 5: Requirements specified up to 100 MHz


Category 4: Requirements specified up to 20 MHz
Category 3: Requirements specified up to 16 MHz

Horizontal Cabling:
• Cable specified is 22 or 24 AWG solid 4-pair
unshielded twisted pair.
• Overall shield (referred to as screened twisted pair
cable - ScTP) is optional.

Cable shall be terminated to an 8 position modular jack.


Pin/Pair Assignment: T568A Pin/Pair Assignment: T568B (Optional)

Pair 2 Pair 3
Pair 3 Pair 1 Pair 4 Pair 2 Pair 1 Pair 4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
W-G G W-O BL W-BL O W-BR BR W-O O W-G BL W-BL G W-BR BR

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 181
™ TIA/EIA-568A STANDARD GUIDE

Media: UTP Cabling Practices

• Maintain pair twists as close as possible to the point of termination.


• Untwisting shall not exceed 0.5" (13mm) for Category 5 cable.
• Untwisting shall not exceed 1.0" (25mm) for Category 4 cables.
TIA/EIA-568A GUIDE

• Maximum pulling tension = 25 lbs. (110N).


• Strip back jacket only as far as required for proper termination.

• Cable bend radius shall not exceed


four times the cable diameter.

Maximum cable diameter for


Category 5 cable is .25".

.25" X 4 = 1.0"

Patch Cords
• Patch cords shall be of stranded construction.

• Patch cords require the same transmission


requirements as horizontal cable with the
exception of attenuation (20% more attenuation
is allowed for stranded cable).

Media: Optical Fiber


Recognized Optical Fiber cables are as follows:

• Horizontal Cabling:
62.5/125 micron multi-mode (minimum 2 fibers per outlet).

• Backbone Cabling:
62.5/125 micron multi-mode
or
Single mode

Fiber connections:
Outlet requirements for Optical Fiber:
• Simplex or duplex
• 30mm (1.18") bend radius
• SC type are recommended
• Minimum slack of 1 meter (3.28')
• ST type allowable where it
already exists but not • Duplex SC adapter recommended
recommended for new
installations

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


182 (outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory)
ALPHABETICAL PART NUMBER INDEX ™

Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page
ABM100-A-C 174 CAP3WH-X 37 CDB106-A 92 CFPE6WH 11 CJ588KBBL 20
ABM100-A-C14 174 CAP6EI-X 37 CDB10S-A-L 92 CFPSE4BL 7 CJ588KBBU 20
ABM100-A-C15 174 CAP6IG-X 37 CDB36-A 92 CFPSE4EI 7 CJ588KBEI 20
ABM100-AT-C0 174 CAP6IW-X 37 CDB3S-A-L 92 CFPSE4IG 7 CJ588KBGR 20
ACC19-A-C 174 CAP6WH-X 37 CDB56-A 92 CFPSE4IW 7 CJ588KBIG 20
ACC38-A-C 174 CBEBL 8 CDB5S-A-L 92 CFPSE4RD 7 CJ588KBIW 20
ACC62-A-C 174 CBEBL-2G 8 CDC10-L 92 CFPSE4WH 7 CJ588KBL 20
ARC68-A-Q14 174 CBEEI 8 CDC5-L 92 CHB2AW-X 9 CJ588KBOR 20
ARC68-S6-Q14 174 CBEEI-2G 8 CF10BR-X 100 CHB2BL-X 9 CJ588KBRD 20
B11SC 57 CBEIG 8 CF10EI-X 100 CHB2EI-X 9 CJ588KBU 20
B11ST 57 CBEIG-2G 8 CF10IG-X 100 CHB2IG-X 9 CJ588KBVL 20
B33BT1 55 CBEIW 8 CF10IW-X 100 CHB2IW-X 9 CJ588KBWH 20
B33CT2 55 CBEIW-2G 8 CF10WH-X 100 CHB2RD-X 9 CJ588KBYL 20
B33CT3 55 CBEWH 8 CF3BR-E 100 CHB2WH-X 9 CJ588KEI 20
B33DS1 55 CBEWH-2G 8 CF3EI-E 100 CHF2AW-X 9 CJ588KGR 20
B33DS2 55 CBM-X 15 CF3IG-E 100 CHF2BL-X 9 CJ588KIG 20
B33SC 57 CBX4BL-A 16 CF3IW-E 100 CHF2EI-X 9 CJ588KIW 20
B33ST 57 CBX4EI-A 16 CF3WH-E 100 CHF2IG-X 9 CJ588KOR 20
BA3EI-X 142 CBX4IG-A 16 CF5BL-E 100 CHF2IW-X 9 CJ588KRD 20
BA3IG-X 142 CBX4IW-A 16 CF5BR-E 100 CHF2RD-X 9 CJ588KVL 20
BA3IW-X 142 CBX4WH-A 16 CF5EI-E 100 CHF2WH-X 9 CJ588KWH 20
BA3WH-X 142 CBX6BL-A 16 CF5IG-E 100 CHS2AW-X 9 CJ588KYL 20
BA6EI-X 142 CBX6EI-A 16 CF5IW-E 100 CHS2BL-X 9 CJ588OR 19
BA6IG-X 142 CBX6IG-A 16 CF5WH-E 100 CHS2EI-X 9 CJ588RD 19
BA6IW-X 142 CBX6IW-A 16 CFC10BR-X 94 CHS2IG-X 9 CJ588VL 19
BA6WH-X 142 CBX6WH-A 16 CFC10EI-X 94 CHS2IW-X 9 CJ588WH 19
BEC38-A-L 175 CBXF12BL 18 CFC10IG-X 94 CHS2RD-X 9 CJ588YL 19
BEC62-A-L 175 CBXF12BL-A 18 CFC10IW-X 94 CHS2SBL-X 9 CJ64BL 23
BEC75-A-L 175 CBXF12EI 18 CFC10WH-X 94 CHS2SEI-X 9 CJ64EI 23
BNC10F11S11-X 56 CBXF12EI-A 18 CFC3BR-X 94 CHS2SIG-X 9 CJ64IG 23
BNC10F12S11-X 56 CBXF12IG 18 CFC3EI-X 94 CHS2SIW-X 9 CJ64IW 23
BNC10F13S11-X 56 CBXF12IG-A 18 CFC3IG-X 94 CHS2SRD-X 9 CJ64WH 23
BNC10F14S11-X 56 CBXF12IW 18 CFC3IW-X 94 CHS2SWH-X 9 CJ66BL 23
BNC10M11S11-X 56 CBXF12IW-A 18 CFC3WH-X 94 CHS2WH-X 9 CJ66EI 23
BNC10M12S11-X 56 CBXF12WH 18 CFC5BR-X 94 CJ588ABL 19 CJ66IG 23
BNC10M13S11-X 56 CBXF12WH-A 18 CFC5EI-X 94 CJ588ABU 19 CJ66IW 23
BNC10M14S11-X 56 CBXF6BL 18 CFC5IG-X 94 CJ588AEI 19 CJ66UBL 23
BNC15F17S12-X 55 CBXF6BL-A 18 CFC5IW-X 94 CJ588AGR 19 CJ66UEI 23
BNC15F18S12-X 55 CBXF6EI 18 CFC5WH-X 94 CJ588AIG 19 CJ66UIG 23
BNC15M11S11-X 55 CBXF6EI-A 18 CFFP4BL 14 CJ588AIW 19 CJ66UIW 23
BNC15M12S11-X 55 CBXF6IG 18 CFFP4EI 14 CJ588AOR 19 CJ66UWH 23
BNC2T1-X 57 CBXF6IG-A 18 CFFP4IG 14 CJ588ARD 19 CJ66WH 23
BNCFBNCFB11-X 57 CBXF6IW 18 CFFP4IW 14 CJ588AVL 19 CJ88ABL 22
C.5BR6WR 142 CBXF6IW-A 18 CFFP4WH 14 CJ588AWH 19 CJ88AEI 22
C.5EI6WR 142 CBXF6KITEI 18 CFPE10BL-2G 11 CJ588AYL 19 CJ88AIG 22
C.5WH6WR 142 CBXF6KITIG 18 CFPE10EI-2G 11 CJ588BBL 20 CJ88AIW 22
C1.5BR6WR 142 CBXF6KITIW 18 CFPE10IG-2G 11 CJ588BBU 20 CJ88AWH 22
C1.5EI6WR 142 CBXF6KITIW 18 CFPE10IW-2G 11 CJ588BEI 20 CJ88BBL 22
C1.5WH6WR 142 CBXF6KITWH 18 CFPE10RD-2G 11 CJ588BGR 20 CJ88BEI 22
C1BR6WR 142 CBXF6WH 18 CFPE10WH-2G 11 CJ588BIG 20 CJ88BIG 22
C1EI6WR 142 CBXF6WH-A 18 CFPE1BL 10 CJ588BIW 20 CJ88BIW 22
C1WH6WR 142 CBXJ2BL-A 15 CFPE1EI 10 CJ588BL 19 CJ88BL 22
C2BL6 142 CBXJ2EI-A 15 CFPE1IG 10 CJ588BOR 20 CJ88BWH 22
C2BR6WR 142 CBXJ2IG-A 15 CFPE1IW 10 CJ588BRD 20 CJ88EI 22
C2EI6WR 142 CBXJ2IW-A 15 CFPE1RD 10 CJ588BU 19 CJ88IG 22
C2LG6 142 CBXJ2WH-A 15 CFPE1WH 10 CJ588BVL 20 CJ88IW 22
C2OR6 142 CD10BR6 92 CFPE2BL 10 CJ588BWH 20 CJ88KABL 22
C2WH6WR 142 CD10EI6 92 CFPE2EI 10 CJ588BYL 20 CJ88KAEI 22
C4BL6 83 CD10IG6 92 CFPE2IG 10 CJ588EI 19 CJ88KAIG 22
C4LG6 83 CD10IW6 92 CFPE2IW 10 CJ588GR 19 CJ88KAIW 22
C4OR6 83 CD10WH6 92 CFPE2RD 10 CJ588IG 19 CJ88KAWH 22
CA3EI-X 142 CD3BR6 92 CFPE2WH 10 CJ588IW 19 CJ88KBBL 22
CA3IG-X 142 CD3EI6 92 CFPE4BL 11 CJ588KABL 20 CJ88KBEI 22
CA3IW-X 142 CD3IG6 92 CFPE4EI 11 CJ588KABU 20 CJ88KBIG 22
CA3WH-X 142 CD3IW6 92 CFPE4IG 11 CJ588KAEI 20 CJ88KBIW 22
CA5BL-X 142 CD3WH6 92 CFPE4IW 11 CJ588KAGR 20 CJ88KBL 22
CA5EI-X 142 CD5BR6 92 CFPE4RD 11 CJ588KAIG 20 CJ88KBWH 22
CA5IG-X 142 CD5EI6 92 CFPE4WH 11 CJ588KAIW 20 CJ88KEI 22
CA5IW-X 142 CD5IG6 92 CFPE6BL 11 CJ588KAOR 20 CJ88KIG 22
CA5WH-X 142 CD5IW6 92 CFPE6EI 11 CJ588KARD 20 CJ88KIW 22
CAP3EI-X 37 CD5WH6 92 CFPE6IG 11 CJ588KAVL 20 CJ88KWH 22
CAP3IG-X 37 CD-6 54 CFPE6IW 11 CJ588KAWH 20 CJ88UBL 23
CAP3IW-X 37 CD-8 54 CFPE6RD 11 CJ588KAYL 20 CJ88UEI 23
183
™ ALPHABETICAL PART NUMBER INDEX

Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page
CJ88UIG 23 CSCWH-X 31 DPLTA-OR-1 151 EFPL-VL-1 154 FOV454X4BL 80
CJ88UIW 23 CT-6 54 DPLTA-RD-1 151 EFPL-YL-1 154 FOV454X4LG 80
CJ88UWH 23 CT-8 54 DPLTA-VL-1 151 EFPL10-1 155 FOV454X4OR 80
CJ88WH 23 CT-MP6LD 54 DPLTA-YL-1 151 EFPL10-BU-1 155 FRA22X2LG 81
CJS588 21 DC4 46 DPWMK 66 EFPL10-EI-1 155 FRA2X2BL 81
CJS58822 21 DC4A 46 DS110-1 153 EFPL10-GR-1 155 FRA2X2OR 81
CJS58822A 21 DCEFXBR-X 134 DS110-1BR 153 EFPL10-IG-1 155 FRA4X4BL 81
CJS58822B 21 DCEFXEI-X 134 DS110-1BU 153 EFPL10-OR-1 155 FRA4X4LG 81
CJS588A 21 DCEFXIG-X 134 DS110-1GR 153 EFPL10-RD-1 155 FRA4X4OR 81
CJS588B 21 DCEFXIW-X 134 DS110-1IG 153 EFPL10-VL-1 155 FRF42BL 82
CJSGL-L 21 DCEFXWH-X 134 DS110-1OR 153 EFPL10-YL-1 155 FRF42LG 82
CJT-X 41 DCF10BR-X 101 DS110-1RD 153 F10F10S11-X 56 FRF42OR 82
CMBABL 24 DCF10EI-X 101 DS110-1VL 153 F10F12S11-X 56 FS.5X.5BR6WRNM 142
CMBAEI 24 DCF10IG-X 101 DS110-1YL 153 F10M10S11-X 56 FS.5X.5EI6WRNM 142
CMBAIG 24 DCF10IW-X 101 E2X2LG6 83 F10M12S11-X 56 FS.5X.5WH6WRNM 142
CMBAIW 24 DCF10WH-X 101 E2X2OR6 83 F15F10S11-X 55 FS1.5X1BR6WRNM 142
CMBAWH 24 DCF3BR-X 101 E2X2OR6 83 F15F12S11-X 55 FS1.5X1EI6WRNM 142
CMBBL-X 25 DCF3EI-X 101 E4X4BL6 83 F15M10S11-X 55 FS1.5X1WH6WRNM 142
CMBEI-X 25 DCF3IG-X 101 E4X4LG6 83 F15M12S11-X 55 FS1X1BR6WRNM 142
CMBIG-X 25 DCF3IW-X 101 E4X4OR6 83 FAP3WDSC 70 FS1X1EI6WRNM 142
CMBIW-X 25 DCF3WH-X 101 ECF10BR-X 102 FAP6ST 70 FS1X1WH6WRNM 142
CMBWH-X 25 DCF5BR-X 101 ECF10EI 102 FAP6WDSC 70 FS2X1BR6WRNM 142
CMDSCBL 24 DCF5EI-X 101 ECF10EI-X 102 FAP6WSC 70 FS2X1EI6WRNM 142
CMDSCEI 24 DCF5IG-X 101 ECF10IG-X 102 FAP6WST 70 FS2X1WH6WRNM 142
CMDSCIG 24 DCF5IW-X 101 ECF10IW-X 102 FCF4X4BL 79 FS2X2BR6WRNM 142
CMDSCIW 24 DCF5WH-X 101 ECF10WH-X 102 FCF4X4LG 79 FS2X2EI6WRNM 142
CMDSCWH 24 DP24588110A 65 ECF3BR-E 102 FCF4X4OR 79 FS2X2WH6WRNM 142
CMFBABL 24 DP24588110B 65 ECF3EI 102 FEC4X4BL 79 FT2X2BL 81
CMFBAEI 24 DP32588110A 65 ECF3EI-E 102 FEC4X4LG 79 FT2X2LG 81
CMFBAIG 24 DP32588110B 65 ECF3IG-E 102 FEC4X4OR 79 FT2X2OR 81
CMFBAIW 24 DP48588110A 65 ECF3IW-E 102 FFWC4X4BL 79 FT4X4BL 81
CMFBAWH 24 DP48588110B 65 ECF3WH-E 102 FFWC4X4LG 79 FT4X4LG 81
CMMABL-X 25 DP64588110A 65 ECF5BL-E 102 FFWC4X4OR 79 FT4X4OR 81
CMMAEI-X 25 DP64588110B 65 ECF5BR-E 102 FG1BL50-A 143 FTRBE12 84
CMMAIG-X 25 DP96588110A 65 ECF5EI 102 FG1BL6-A 143 FTRBE58 84
CMMAIW-X 25 DP96588110B 65 ECF5EI-E 102 FG1BR50-A 143 FTRBN12 84
CMMAWH-X 25 DPF24BL 63 ECF5IG-E 102 FG1BR6-A 143 FTRBN58 84
CMR19X47 73 DPFP1 74 ECF5IW-E 102 FG1EI50-A 143 FUSB 85
CMR19X84 73 DPFP2 74 ECF5WH-E 102 FG1EI6-A 143 FVT2X2BL 81
CMRCABL 25 DPLF 152 ECFC10BR-X 96 FG1YL50-A 143 FVT2X2LG 81
CMRCAEI 25 DPLF-R-C 152 ECFC10EI-X 96 FG1YL6-A 143 FVT2X2OR 81
CMRCAIG 25 DPLF-RBU-C 152 ECFC10IG-X 96 FG3BL50-A 143 FVT4X4BL 81
CMRCAIW 25 DPLF-REI-C 152 ECFC10IW-X 96 FG3BL6S-A 143 FVT4X4LG 81
CMRCAWH 25 DPLF-RGR-C 152 ECFC10WH-X 96 FG3BR50-A 143 FVT4X4OR 81
CMSTBL 24 DPLF-RIG-C 152 ECFC3BR-W 96 FG3BR6S-A 143 GS2B 173
CMSTEI 24 DPLF-ROR-C 152 ECFC3EI-X 96 FG3EI50-A 143 GS4H 173
CMSTIG 24 DPLF-RRD-C 152 ECFC3IG-X 96 FG3EI6S-A 143 GS4MT 173
CMSTIW 24 DPLF-RVL-C 152 ECFC3IW-X 96 FG3YL50-A 143 HLC3X-X0 170
CMSTWH 24 DPLF-RYL-C 152 ECFC3WH-X 96 FG3YL6S-A 143 HLC5S-X- 170
CP24BL 62 DPLFA-1 151 ECFC5BR-X 96 FITF 82 HLS-15R 170
CP24WSBL 62 DPLFA-BU-1 151 ECFC5EI-X 96 FITF 82 HLS1.5S-X 170
CP48BL 62 DPLFA-EI-1 151 ECFC5IG-X 96 FIV454X4BL 80 HLS3S-X 170
CP48WSBL 62 DPLFA-FR-1 151 ECFC5IW-X 96 FIV454X4LG 80 HLS5S-X 170
CP96BL 62 DPLFA-GR-1 151 ECFC5WH-X 96 FIV454X4OR 80 HLT2I-X 170
CPLF-1 152 DPLFA-IG-1 151 ECPGBL 31 FIVRA4X4BL 80 HLT3I-X 170
CPLF-1BU 152 DPLFA-OR-1 151 ECPGBL-2G 31 FIVRA4X4LOG 80 HWS2819-C 176
CPLF-1EI 152 DPLFA-RD-1 151 ECPGEI 31 FIVRA4X4OR 80 ICF10BR-X 100
CPLF-1GR 152 DPLFA-VL-1 151 ECPGEI-2G 31 FLB 86 ICF10EI 100
CPLF-1IG 152 DPLFA-YL-1 151 ECPGIG 31 FLB12X15 85 ICF10EI-X 100
CPLF-1OR 152 DPLT 152 ECPGIG-2G 31 FLB12X20 85 ICF10IG-X 100
CPLF-1PR 152 DPLT-RBU-C 152 ECPGIW 31 FLB58X15 85 ICF10IW-X 100
CPLF-1RD 152 DPLT-REI-C 152 ECPGIW-2G 31 FLB58X20 85 ICF10WH-X 100
CPLF-1YL 152 DPLT-RGR-C 152 ECPGRD 31 FLRB 84 ICF3BR-E 100
CPP12WBL 64 DPLT-RIG-C 152 ECPGRD-2G 31 FMD24 69 ICF3EI-E 100
CPP24BL 61 DPLT-ROR-C 152 ECPGWH 31 FMD48 69 ICF3IG-E 100
CPP24WBL 61 DPLT-RRD-C 152 ECPGWH-2G 31 FMP6 70 ICF3IW-E 100
CPP48BL 61 DPLT-RVL-C 152 EFPL-1 154 FMPVC20 71 ICF3WH-E 100
CPP48WBL 61 DPLT-RYL-C 152 EFPL-BU-1 154 FMPVS20 71 ICF5BL-E 100
CSCBL-X 31 DPLTA-1 151 EFPL-EI-1 154 FMRB 86 ICF5BR-E 100
CSCEI-X 31 DPLTA-BU-A 151 EFPL-GR-1 154 FMS100X6 143 ICF5EI-E 100
CSCIG-X 31 DPLTA-EI-1 151 EFPL-IG-1 154 FMS75X6 143 ICF5IG-E 100
CSCIW-X 31 DPLTA-GR-1 151 EFPL-OR-1 154 FMT24 68 ICF5IW-E 100
CSCRD-X 31 DPLTA-IG-1 151 EFPL-RD-1 154 FMT48 68 ICF5WH-E 100
184
ALPHABETICAL PART NUMBER INDEX ™

Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page
ICFC10BR-X 94 LDP10WH6-A 90 LWC50-A-L 175 MEFP4WH 30 MLT14H-LP 173
ICFC10EI-X 94 LDP3BR6-A 90 LWC50-A-L14 175 MEFP6BL 31 MLT14S-Q 173
ICFC10IG-X 94 LDP3EI6-A 90 LWC50-H25-L 175 MEFP6EI 31 MLT1S-CP 173
ICFC10IW-X 94 LDP3IG6-A 90 MBX1BL-A 36 MEFP6IG 31 MLT2.7S-CP 173
ICFC10WH-X 94 LDP3IW6-A 90 MBX1EI-A 36 MEFP6IW 31 MLT2H-LP 173
ICFC3BR-X 94 LDP3WH6-A 90 MBX1IG-A 36 MEFP6WH 31 MLT2S-CP 173
ICFC3EI-X 94 LDP5BR6-A 90 MBX1IW-A 36 MFFD 52 MLT4H-LP 173
ICFC3IG-X 94 LDP5EI6-A 90 MBX1WH-A 36 MFFP2IBL 35 MLT4S-CP 173
ICFC3IW-X 94 LDP5IG6-A 90 MBX2BL-A 36 MFFP2IEI 35 MLT6H-LP 173
ICFC3WH-X 94 LDP5IW6-A 90 MBX2EI-A 36 MFFP2IIG 35 MLT6S-CP 173
ICFC5BL-X 94 LDP5WH6-A 90 MBX2IG-A 36 MFFP2IIW 35 MLT8H-LP 173
ICFC5BR-X 94 LDW10-X 90 MBX2IW-A 36 MFFP2IWH 35 MLT8S-CP 173
ICFC5EI-X 94 LDW5-X 90 MBX2WH-A 36 MFFP4BL 35 MM106F4BL 33
ICFC5IG-X 94 LS5-2 20 MBX4BL 36 MFFP4EI 35 MM106F4EI 33
ICFC5IW-X 94 LS5-3 20 MBX4BL-A 36 MFFP4IG 35 MM106F4IG 33
ICFC5WH-X 94 LS5-11 20 MBX4EI 36 MFFP4IW 35 MM106F4IW 33
ICFX10BR-X 97 LS5-12 20 MBX4EI-A 36 MFFP4WH 35 MM106F4WH 33
ICFX10EI-X 97 LS5-13 20 MBX4IG 36 MFFP6HMEBL 35 MM2300DBL-X 49
ICFX10IG-X 97 LS5-14 20 MBX4IG-A 36 MFFP6HMEEI 35 MM2300DEI-X 49
ICFX10IW-X 97 LS5-15 20 MBX4IW 36 MFFP6HMEIG 35 MM2300DIG-X 49
ICFX10WH-X 97 LS5-16 20 MBX4IW-A 36 MFFP6HMEIW 35 MM2300DIW-X 49
ICFX3BR-X 97 LS5-17 20 MBX4WH 36 MFFP6HMEWH 35 MM2300DWH-X 49
ICFX3EI-X 97 LS5-18 20 MBX4WH-A 36 MFFPEBL 52 MMB1BL-X 49
ICFX3IG-X 97 LS5-19 20 MBXD4BL 37 MFFPEEI 52 MMB1EI-X 49
ICFX3IW-X 97 LS5-20 20 MBXD4BL-A 37 MFFPEIG 52 MMB1IG-X 49
ICFX3WH-X 97 LS5-30 165 MBXD4EI 37 MFFPEIW 52 MMB1IW-X 49
ICFX5BR-X 97 LS5-32 165 MBXD4EI-A 37 MFFPEWH 52 MMB1WH-X 49
ICFX5EI-X 97 LS5-33 165 MBXD4IG 37 MFFPHMBL 52 MMB3BL-X 49
ICFX5IG-X 97 LS5-34 165 MBXD4IG-A 37 MFPD1BL 32 MMB3EI-X 49
ICFX5IW-X 97 LS5-35 165 MBXD4IW 37 MFPD1EI 32 MMB3IG-X 49
ICFX5WH-X 97 LS5-37 165 MBXD4IW-A 37 MFPD1IG 32 MMB3IW-X 49
JBA-X 139 LS5-38 165 MBXD4WH 37 MFPD1IW 32 MMB3WH-X 49
JBX3510BL-2G 139 LS5-42 165 MBXD4WH-A 37 MFPD1WH 32 MMBABL 47
JBX3510BL-A 139 LS5-47 165 MBXD6BL 39 MFPD2BL 32 MMBAEI 47
JBX3510EI-2G 139 LS5-48 165 MBXD6BL-A 39 MFPD2EI 32 MMBAIG 47
JBX3510EI-A 139 LS5-49 165 MBXD6EI 39 MFPD2IG 32 MMBAIW 47
JBX3510IG-2G 139 LS5-50 165 MBXD6EI-A 39 MFPD2IW 32 MMBAWH 47
JBX3510IG-A 139 LS5-530 165 MBXD6IG 39 MFPD2WH 32 MMC64EI 45
JBX3510IW-2G 139 LS5-533 165 MBXD6IG-A 39 MFPD4BL 32 MMC66EI 45
JBX3510IW-A 139 LS5-535 165 MBXD6IW 39 MFPD4EI 32 MMC88EI 45
JBX3510WH-2G 139 LS5-538 165 MBXD6IW-A 39 MFPD4IG 32 MMC88KEI 45
JBX3510WH-A 139 LS5-544 165 MBXD6WH 39 MFPD4IW 32 MMDBAIW 47
JBXD3510EI-A 139 LS5-548 165 MBXD6WH-A 39 MFPD4WH 32 MMDBAEI 47
JBXD3510IG-A 139 LS5-60 20 MBXD8BL 39 MFPD6BL 32 MMDBAIG 47
JBXD3510IW-A 139 LS5-70 165 MBXD8BL-A 39 MFPD6EI 32 MMDBAWH 47
JBXD3510WH-A 139 LS5-72 165 MBXD8EI 39 MFPD6IG 32 MMDBABL 47
JBXDM3510EI 139 LS5-73 165 MBXD8EI-A 39 MFPD6IW 32 MMDB15BL-X 45
JBXDM3510IG 139 LS5-74 165 MBXD8IG 39 MFPD6WH 32 MMDB15EI-X 45
JBXDM3510IW 139 LS5-75 165 MBXD8IG-A 39 MFPD8BL-2G 32 MMDB15IG-X 45
JBXDM3510WH 139 LS5-77 165 MBXD8IW 39 MFPD8EI-2G 32 MMDB15IW-X 45
LC10-A-L8 175 LS5-78 165 MBXD8IW-A 39 MFPD8IG-2G 32 MMDB15WH-X 45
LC3-A-C8 175 LS5-82 165 MBXD8WH 39 MFPD8IW-2G 32 MMDB1BL-X 49
LC5-A-C8 175 LS5-87 165 MBXD8WH-A 39 MFPD8WH-2G 32 MMDB1EI-X 49
LD10BR6-A 91 LS5-88 165 MDC-C 44 MFPH4IW 35 MMDB1IG-X 49
LD10EI6-A 91 LS5-89 165 MEFP10BL-2G 31 MFPH4EI 35 MMDB1IW-X 49
LD10IG6-A 91 LS5-90 165 MEFP10EI-2G 31 MFPH4IG 35 MMDB1WH-X 49
LD10IW6-A 91 LS5-HS10 165 MEFP10IG-2G 31 MFPH4WH 35 MMDB25BL-X 45
LD10WH6-A 91 LS5-HS11 165 MEFP10IW-2G 31 MFPH4BL 35 MMDB25EI-X 45
LD3BR6-A 91 LS5-HS3 165 MEFP10WH-2G 31 MIFBA 53 MMDB25IG-X 45
LD3EI6-A 91 LS5-HS4 165 MEFP1BL 30 MIWBABL 51 MMDB25IW-X 45
LD3IG6-A 91 LS5-HS5 165 MEFP1EI 30 MIWBAEI 51 MMDB25WH-X 45
LD3IW6-A 91 LS5-HS8 165 MEFP1IG 30 MIWBAIG 51 MMDB9BL-X 45
LD3WH6-A 91 LS5-HS9 165 MEFP1IW 30 MIWBAIW 51 MMDB9EI-X 45
LD5BL6-A 91 LS5-KIT 20 MEFP1WH 30 MIWBAWH 51 MMDB9IG-X 45
LD5BR6-A 91 LWC-50-H25-C14 175 MEFP2BL 30 MIWDBABL 51 MMDB9IW-X 45
LD5EI6-A 91 LWC25-A-C 175 MEFP2EI 30 MIWDBAEI 51 MMDB9WH-X 45
LD5IG6-A 91 LWC25-A-C14 175 MEFP2IG 30 MIWDBAIG 51 MMDC4ABL 46
LD5IW6-A 91 LWC25-H25-C 175 MEFP2IW 30 MIWDBAIW 51 MMDC4AEI 46
LD5WH6-A 91 LWC25-H25-C14 175 MEFP2WH 30 MIWDBAWH 51 MMDC4AIG 46
LDP10BR6-A 90 LWC38-A-C 175 MEFP4BL 30 MLT10H-LP 173 MMDC4AIW 46
LDP10EI6-A 90 LWC38-A-C14 175 MEFP4EI 30 MLT10S-CP 173 MMDC4AWH 46
LDP10IG6-A 90 LWC38-H25-C 175 MEFP4IG 30 MLT12H-LP 173 MMDSCWIW 48
LDP10IW6-A 90 LWC38-H25-C14 175 MEFP4IW 30 MLT12S-Q 173 MMDSCWEI 48
185
™ ALPHABETICAL PART NUMBER INDEX

Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page
MMDSCWIG 48 MMTJWH-X 47 MUJC588KBL 41 OCF3WH-E 101 PDL-125 149
MMDSCWWH 48 MMTNTBL-X 48 MUJC588KBOR 41 OCF5BR-E 101 PDL-126 149
MMDSCWBL 48 MMTNTEI-X 48 MUJC588KBRD 41 OCF5EI-E 101 PDL-133 149
MMDWBL-X 49 MMTNTIW-X 48 MUJC588KBU 41 OCF5IG-E 101 PDL-134 149
MMDWEI-X 49 MMTNTIW-X 48 MUJC588KBVL 41 OCF5IW-E 101 PDL-150 161
MMDWIG-X 49 MMTNTWH-X 48 MUJC588KBWH 41 OCF5WH-E 101 PDL-2 149
MMDWIW-X 49 MP64-L 54 MUJC588KBYL 41 OCFC10BR-X 98 PDL-248 149
MMDWWH-X 49 MP66-L 54 MUJC588KEI 41 OCFC10EI-X 98 PDL-249 149
MMFABL 47 MP66SO-L 54 MUJC588KGR 41 OCFC10IG-X 98 PDL-250 149
MMFAEI 47 MP88-L 54 MUJC588KIG 41 OCFC10IW-X 98 PDL-251 149
MMFAIG 47 MP88K-L 54 MUJC588KIW 41 OCFC10WH-X 98 PDL-3 149
MMFAIW 47 MP88KSO-L 54 MUJC588KOR 41 OCFC3BR-X 98 PDL-301 147
MMFAWH 47 MP88SO-L 54 MUJC588KRD 41 OCFC3EI-X 98 PDL-305 147
MMFCBL 49 MPP12WBL 64 MUJC588KVL 41 OCFC3IG-X 98 PDL-311 147
MMFCEI 49 MPP24WBL 63 MUJC588KWH 41 OCFC3IW-X 98 PDL-315 147
MMFCIG 49 MPP48WBL 63 MUJC588KYL 41 OCFC3WH-X 98 PDL-4 149
MMFCIW 49 MSP500W 53 MUJC588OR 40 OCFC5BR-W 98 PDL-401-D 156
MMFCWH 49 MUAJC88BL 45 MUJC588RD 40 OCFC5EI-X 98 PDL-403-1 153
MMHDSCBL 48 MUAJC88BU 45 MUJC588VL 40 OCFC5IG-X 98 PDL-403-1B 153
MMHDSCEI 48 MUAJC88EI 45 MUJC588WH 40 OCFC5IW-X 98 PDL-403-1BR 153
MMHDSCIG 48 MUAJC88GR 45 MUJC588YL 40 OCFC5WH-X 98 PDL-403-1G 153
MMHDSCIW 48 MUAJC88IG 45 MUJC88ABL 43 OCFX10BR-X 95 PDL-403-1GR 153
MMHDSCWH 48 MUAJC88IW 45 MUJC88AEI 43 OCFX10EI-X 95 PDL-403-1OR 153
MMIBL-X 46 MUAJC88OR 45 MUJC88AIG 43 OCFX10IG-X 95 PDL-403-1PR 153
MMIEI-X 46 MUAJC88RD 45 MUJC88AIW 43 OCFX10IW-X 95 PDL-403-1R 153
MMIIG-X 46 MUAJC88VL 45 MUJC88AWH 43 OCFX10WH-X 95 PDL-403-1Y 153
MMIIW-X 46 MUAJC88WH 45 MUJC88BBL 43 OCFX3BR-X 95 PDL-403-2.5 153
MMIWH-X 46 MUAJC88YL 45 MUJC88BEI 43 OCFX3EI-X 95 PDL-404-1 153
MMJC64BL 44 MUJC588ABL 40 MUJC88BIG 43 OCFX3IG-X 95 PDL-404-2.5 153
MMJC64EI 44 MUJC588ABU 40 MUJC88BIW 43 OCFX3IW-X 95 PDL-406-D 156
MMJC64IG 44 MUJC588AEI 40 MUJC88BL 43 OCFX3WH-X 95 PDL-408-TL 155
MMJC64IW 44 MUJC588AGR 40 MUJC88BWH 43 OCFX5BR-X 95 PDL-410-TL 155
MMJC64WH 44 MUJC588AIG 40 MUJC88EI 43 OCFX5EI-X 95 PDL-411-1 158
MMJC66BL 44 MUJC588AIW 40 MUJC88IG 43 OCFX5IG-X 95 PDL-411-1BU 158
MMJC66EI 44 MUJC588AOR 40 MUJC88IW 43 OCFX5IW-X 95 PDL-411-1EI 158
MMJC66IG 44 MUJC588ARD 40 MUJC88KABL 44 OCFX5WH-X 95 PDL-411-1GR 158
MMJC66IW 44 MUJC588AVL 40 MUJC88KAEI 44 PC2CL6 83 PDL-411-1IG 158
MMJC66UBL 44 MUJC588AWH 40 MUJC88KAIG 44 PC4CL6 83 PDL-411-1OR 158
MMJC66UEI 44 MUJC588AYL 40 MUJC88KAIW 44 PCF3EI-X 133 PDL-411-1PR 158
MMJC66UIG 44 MUJC588BBL 41 MUJC88KAWH 44 PCF3IG-X 133 PDL-411-1RD 158
MMJC66UIW 44 MUJC588BBU 41 MUJC88KBBL 44 PCF3IW-X 133 PDL-411-1YL 158
MMJC66UWH 44 MUJC588BEI 41 MUJC88KBEI 44 PCF3WH-X 133 PDL-412 149
MMJC66WH 44 MUJC588BGR 41 MUJC88KBIG 44 PCF6EI-X 133 PDL-5 149
MMRCABL 47 MUJC588BIG 41 MUJC88KBIW 44 PCF6IG-X 133 PDL-53 149
MMRCAEI 47 MUJC588BIW 41 MUJC88KBL 44 PCF6IW-X 133 PDL-54 149
MMRCAIG 47 MUJC588BL 40 MUJC88KBWH 44 PCF6WH-X 133 PDL-55 149
MMRCAIW 47 MUJC588BOR 41 MUJC88KEI 44 PCV-ESA 148 PDL-57 149
MMRCAWH 47 MUJC588BRD 41 MUJC88KIG 44 PCV-ESB 148 PDL-59 149
MMSCWBL 48 MUJC588BU 40 MUJC88KIW 44 PCV-ESC 148 PDL-6 149
MMSCWEI 48 MUJC588BVL 41 MUJC88KWH 44 PCV-FOA 148 PDL-60 149
MMSCWH-X 48 MUJC588BWH 41 MUJC88UBL 43 PCV-FOB 148 PDL-7 149
MMSCWIG 48 MUJC588BYL 41 MUJC88UEI 43 PCV-FOC 148 PDL-8 149
MMSCWIW 48 MUJC588EI 40 MUJC88UIG 43 PD3EI6 132 PDL-PROG-LT 162
MMSCWWH 48 MUJC588GR 40 MUJC88UIW 43 PD3EI6-A 132 PDLR-1 163
MMSTBL 48 MUJC588IG 40 MUJC88UWH 43 PD3IG6 132 PDLR-109 163
MMSTDBL 48 MUJC588IW 40 MUJC88WH 43 PD3IG6-A 132 PDLR-113 163
MMSTDEI 48 MUJC588KABL 41 MUSJC588 42 PD3IW6 132 PDLR-117 163
MMSTDIG 48 MUJC588KABU 41 MUSJC58822 42 PD3IW6-A 132 PDLR-13 163
MMSTDIW 48 MUJC588KAEI 41 MUSJC58822A 42 PD3WH6 132 PDLR-133 163
MMSTDWH 48 MUJC588KAGR 41 MUSJC58822B 42 PD3WH6-A 132 PDLR-161 163
MMSTEI 48 MUJC588KAIG 41 MUSJC588A 42 PD6EI6 132 PDLR-165 163
MMSTIG 48 MUJC588KAIW 41 MUSJC588B 42 PD6EI6-A 132 PDLR-169 163
MMSTIW 48 MUJC588KAOR 41 MWBA-2G 51 PD6IG6 132 PDLR-17 163
MMSTWH 48 MUJC588KARD 41 MWBA1 51 PD6IG6-A 132 PDLR-173 163
MMTCJBL-X 46 MUJC588KAVL 41 OCF10BR-X 101 PD6IW6 132 PDLR-177 163
MMTCJEI-X 46 MUJC588KAWH 41 OCF10EI-X 101 PD6IW6-A 132 PDLR-45 163
MMTCJIG-X 46 MUJC588KAYL 41 OCF10IG-X 101 PD6WH6 132 PDLR-5 163
MMTCJIW-X 46 MUJC588KBBL 41 OCF10IW-X 101 PD6WH6-A 132 PDLR-81 163
MMTCJWH-X 46 MUJC588KBBU 41 OCF10WH-X 101 PDL-1 149 PDLR-9 163
MMTJBL-X 47 MUJC588KBEI 41 OCF3BR-E 101 PDL-115 149 PDT110 66
MMTJEI-X 47 MUJC588KBGR 41 OCF3EI-E 101 PDL-116 149 PDTH110 66
MMTJIG-X 47 MUJC588KBIG 41 OCF3IG-E 101 PDL-123 149 PE2X2CL6 83
MMTJIW-X 47 MUJC588KBIW 41 OCF3IW-E 101 PDL-124 149 PE4X4CL6 83
186
ALPHABETICAL PART NUMBER INDEX ™

Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page
PECF3EI 135 PL2M2S-L 171 POCF6EI-X 135 PTF3EI 135 RAFC3WH-X 94
PECF3EI-X 135 PL3M2S-L 171 POCF6IG-X 135 PTF3EI-X 135 RAFC5BR-X 94
PECF3IG-X 135 PLC1.5I-S8-C 172 POCF6IW-X 135 PTF3IG-X 135 RAFC5EI-X 94
PECF3IW-X 135 PLC1M-S4-C 172 POCF6WH-X 135 PTF3IW-X 135 RAFC5IG-X 94
PECF3WH-X 135 PLC2H-S25-L 172 PRAF3EI-X 133 PTF3WH-X 135 RAFC5IW-X 94
PECF6EI 135 PLC2S-S10-C 172 PRAF3IG-X 133 PTF6EI 135 RAFC5WH-X 94
PECF6EI-X 135 PLC2S-S6-C 172 PRAF3IW-X 133 PTF6EI-X 135 RAFX10BR-X 97
PECF6IG-X 135 PLC3H-S25-L 172 PRAF3WH-X 133 PTF6IG-X 135 RAFX10EI-X 97
PECF6IW-X 135 PLC3S-S10-C 172 PRAF6EI-X 133 PTF6IW-X 135 RAFX10IG-X 97
PECF6WH-X 135 PLC4H-S25-L 172 PRAF6IG-X 133 PTF6WH-X 135 RAFX10IW-X 97
PEEF36EI-X 134 PLC4S-S10-C 172 PRAF6IW-X 133 PTMB-10BW 154 RAFX10WH-X 97
PEEF36IG-X 134 PLD-1 150 PRAF6WH-X 133 PTMB-11BW 154 RAFX3BR-X 97
PEEF36IW-X 134 PLD-2 150 PRJBX36EI 140 PTMB-12BW 154 RAFX3EI-X 97
PEEF36WH-X 134 PLF1M-C 171 PRJBX36IG 140 PTMB-13BW 154 RAFX3IG-X 97
PFBC36EI18 136 PLF1MA-C 171 PRJBX36IW 140 PTMB-14BW 154 RAFX3IW-X 97
PFCF4X4CL 83 PLFIMB-C 171 PROG-WIN2 162 PTMB-15BW 154 RAFX3WH-X 97
PFEC4X4CL 83 PLL-10-Y3-5 150 PS2X2CL6NM 83 PTMB-16BW 154 RAFX5BR-X 97
PFF36EI18 136 PLL-11-Y3-2.5 150 PS4X4CL6NM 83 PTMB-17BW 154 RAFX5EI-X 97
PFFWC4X4CL 79 PLL-12-Y3-2.5 150 PSCB-12 150 PTMB-18BW 154 RAFX5IG-X 97
PFIV454X4CL 80 PLL-13-Y3-1 150 PSCB-13 150 PTMB-18W 154 RAFX5IW-X 97
PFIVR4X4CL 80 PLL-13-Y3-5 150 PSCB-16 150 PTMB-19BW 154 RAFX5WH-X 97
PFOV454X4CL 80 PLL-16-Y2-5 147 PSCB-3 150 PTMB-20BW 154 RF10X3BR-X 102
PFOVRA4X4CL 80 PLL-17-Y2-1 147 PSCB-5 150 PTMB-21BW 154 RF10X3EI 102
PFRA2X2CL 81 PLL-17-Y2-2.5 161 PSCB-BLNK 159 PTMB-22BW 154 RF10X3EI-X 102
PFRA4X4CL 81 PLL-18-Y2-1 147 PSCB-COM 159 PTMB-23BW 154 RF10X3IG-X 102
PFRF42CL 82 PLL-18-Y2-1.5 161 PSCB-COMS 159 PTMB-24BW 154 RF10X3IW-X 102
PFT2X2CL 81 PLL-19-Y2-1 147 PSCB-D 159 PTMB-25BW 154 RF10X3WH-X 102
PFT4X4CL 81 PLL-21-Y3-1 150 PSCB-DEC 159 PTMB-26BW 154 RF10X5BR-X 102
PFVT2X2CL 81 PLL-22-P0-1 153 PSCB-DS 159 PTMB-27BW 154 RF10X5EI-X 102
PFVT4X4CL 81 PLL-22-PO-1B 153 PSCB-LAN 159 PTMB-28BW 154 RF10X5IG-X 102
PFX-0 163 PLL-22-PO-1G 153 PSCB-V 159 PTMB-2BW 154 RF10X5IW-X 102
PFX-2 163 PLL-22-PO-1BR 153 PSCB-VS 159 PTMB-3BW 154 RF10X5WH-X 102
PGK 62 PLL-22-PO-1GR 153 PSCBF-BLNK 159 PTMB-4BW 154 RF5X3BR-E 102
PGKE 62 PLL-22-PO-1OR 153 PSCBF-COM 159 PTMB-5BW 154 RF5X3EI-E 102
PICF3EI-X 133 PLL-22-PO-1PR 153 PSCBF-COMS 159 PTMB-6BW 154 RF5X3IG-E 102
PICF3IG-X 133 PLL-22-PO-1R 153 PSCBF-D 159 PTMB-7BW 154 RF5X3IW-E 102
PICF3IW-X 133 PLL-22-PO-1Y 153 PSCBF-DS 159 PTMB-8BW 154 RF5X3WH-E 102
PICF3WH-X 133 PLL-22-Y2-1 153 PSCBF-M 159 PTMB-9BW 154 RFX103BR-X 96
PICF6EI-X 133 PLL-22-Y3-1 153 PSCBF-V 159 PVS0514B392 148 RFX103EI-X 96
PICF6IG-X 133 PLL-23-Y2-1 156 PSCBF-VS 159 PVS0710B335 148 RFX103IG-X 96
PICF6IW-X 133 PLL-23-Y2-5 156 PSCBFR-BLNK 160 PVS0710D70 148 RFX103IW-X 96
PICF6WH-X 133 PLL-23-Y3-1 156 PSCBFR-D 160 PWR6-X 132 RFX103WH-X 96
PJBX36EI 140 PLL-23-Y3-5 156 PSCBFR-DS 160 PX-0 163 RFX105BR-X 96
PJBX36EI-2G 140 PLM1M-C 171 PSCBFR-F 160 PX-2 163 RFX105EI-X 96
PJBX36IG 140 PLM2M-C 171 PSCBFR-FS 160 RAEFXEI-X 134 RFX105IG-X 96
PJBX36IG-2G 140 PLM2S-C 171 PSCBFR-M 159 RAEFXIG-X 134 RFX105IW-X 96
PJBX36IW 140 PLM4S-C 171 PSCBFR-V 160 RAEFXIW-X 134 RFX105WH-X 96
PJBX36IW-2G 140 PLT1.5I-C 171 PSCBFR-VS 160 RAEFXWH-X 134 RFX53BR-X 96
PJBX36WH 140 PLT1.5M-C 171 PSCBR-BLNK 159 RAF10BR-X 100 RFX53EI-X 96
PJBX36WH-2G 140 PLT1M-C 171 PSCBR-D 159 RAF10EI-X 100 RFX53IG-X 96
PJBXD36EI 140 PLT1M-C702 172 PSCBR-DS 159 RAF10IG-X 100 RFX53IW-X 96
PJBXD36IG 140 PLT1S-C 171 PSCBR-F 159 RAF10IW-X 100 RFX53WH-X 96
PJBXD36IW 140 PLT2.5H-C 171 PSCBR-FS 159 RAF10WH-X 100 RJBX3510EI 139
PJBXD36WH 140 PLT2.5I-C 171 PSCBR-V 159 RAF3BR-E 100 RJBX3510IG 139
PJIB-BLNK 158 PLT2.5S-C 171 PSCBR-VS 159 RAF3EI-E 100 RJBX3510IW 139
PJIB-COM 158 PLT2H-C 171 PSJBXIW 140 RAF3IG-E 100 RJBX3510WH 139
PJIB-COMS 158 PLT2I-C 171 PSJBXEI 140 RAF3IW-E 100 S2X2BL6NM 83
PJIB-D 158 PLT2M-C 171 PSJBXIG 140 RAF3WH-E 100 S2X2LG6NM 83
PJIB-DEC 158 PLT2S-C 171 PSJBXWH 140 RAF5BL-E 100 S2X2OR6NM 83
PJIB-DS 158 PLT2S-C702 172 PST-FO 160 RAF5BR-E 100 S4X4BL6NM 83
PJIB-LAN 158 PLT3H-L 171 PSWBF-COM 159 RAF5EI-E 100 S4X4LG6NM 83
PJIB-V 158 PLT3I-C 171 PSWBF-COMS 159 RAF5IG-E 100 S4X4OR6NM 83
PJIB-VS 158 PLT3S-C 171 PSWBF-D 159 RAF5IW-E 100 SRT 143
PJL-P0-1 158 PLT3S-C702 172 PSWBF-DS 159 RAF5WH-E 100 STPC12 75
PJL-P0-1B 158 PLT4.5S-C 171 PSWBF-V 159 RAFC10BR-X 94 STPC16 75
PJL-P0-1BR 158 PLT4H-L 171 PSWBF-VS 159 RAFC10EI-X 94 STPC2 75
PJL-P0-1G 158 PLT4I-C 171 PSWBFR-D 160 RAFC10IG-X 94 STPC20 75
PJL-P0-1GR 158 PLT4S-C 171 PSWBFR-DS 160 RAFC10IW-X 94 STPC4 75
PJL-P0-1OR 158 PLT5S-C 171 PSWBFR-F 160 RAFC10WH-X 94 STPC6 75
PJL-P0-1PR 158 POCF3EI-X 135 PSWBFR-FS 160 RAFC3BR-X 94 STPC8 75
PJL-P0-1R 158 POCF3IG-X 135 PSWBFR-V 160 RAFC3EI-X 94 T105GEI 115
PJL-P0-1Y 158 POCF3IW-X 135 PSWBFR-VS 160 RAFC3IG-X 94 T105GIG 115
PJT-X 41 POCF3WH-X 135 PT-BGND 161 RAFC3IW-X 94 T105GIW 115
187
™ ALPHABETICAL PART NUMBER INDEX

Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page
T105GWH 115 T3CEIW6 122 TCFB105IG-X 110 TFX3WH-X 99 TRA170IG 110
T105K1EI 116 T3CEWH6 122 TCFB105IW-X 110 TFX5BR-X 99 TRA170IW 110
T105K1IG 116 T3CFEI 123 TCFB105WH-X 110 TFX5EI-X 99 TRA170WH 110
T105K1IW 116 T3CFIG 123 TCFB3070EI-X 110 TFX5IG-X 99 TRB 39
T105K1WH 116 T3CFIW 123 TCFB3070IG-X 110 TFX5IW-X 99 TT105EI 111
T130DB-X 113 T3CFWH 123 TCFB3070IW-X 110 TFX5WH-X 99 TT105IG 111
T130DMCEI 114 T3CIG6 123 TCFB3070WH-X 110 TIC105EI 110 TT105IW 111
T130DMCIG 114 T3CIW6 122 TCFC105EI-X 110 TIC105IG 110 TT105WH 111
T130DMCIW 114 T3CWH6 122 TCFC105IG-X 110 TIC105IW 110 TT130EI 111
T130DMCWH 114 T3ECEI 125 TCFC105IW-X 110 TIC105WH 110 TT130IG 111
T130GEI 115 T3ECIG 125 TCFC105WH-X 110 TIC130EI 110 TT130IW 111
T130GIG 115 T3ECIW 125 TCFC130EI-X 110 TIC130IG 110 TT130WH 111
T130GIW 115 T3ECWH 125 TCFC130IG-X 110 TIC130IW 110 TT170EI 111
T130GWH 115 T3ICEI 123 TCFC130IW-X 110 TIC130WH 110 TT170IG 111
T130K1EI 116 T3ICIG 123 TCFC130WH-X 110 TIC170EI 110 TT170IW 111
T130K1IG 116 T3ICIW 123 TCFC170EI-X 110 TIC170IG 110 TT170WH 111
T130K1IW 116 T3ICWH 123 TCFC170IG-X 110 TIC170IW 110 TWR105-X 109
T130K1WH 116 T3MBX4EI 123 TCFC170IW-X 110 TIC170WH 110 TWR130-X 109
T130K2EI 116 T3MBX4IG 123 TCFC170WH-X 110 TMB105-X 109 TFX10IW-X 99
T130K2IG 116 T3MBX4IW 123 TD686 109 TMB130-X 109 TFX10EI-X 99
T130K2IW 116 T3MBX4WH 123 TEC105EI 112 TMB170-X 109 TFX10IG-X 99
T130K2WH 116 T3MBXD6EI 123 TEC105IG 112 TOCB105EI 111 TFX10WH-X 99
T130LMCEI 114 T3MBXD6IG 123 TEC105IW 112 TOCB105IG 111 TFX10BR-X 99
T130LMCIG 114 T3MBXD6IW 123 TEC105WH 112 TOCB105IW 111 TWR170-X 109
T130LMCIW 114 T3MBXD6WH 123 TEC130EI 112 TOCB105WH 111 TWX20F15S11-X 57
T130LMCWH 114 T3OCEI 124 TEC130IG 112 TOCB130EI 111 TWX20M15S11-X 57
T130RMCEI 114 T3OCIG 124 TEC130IW 112 TOCB130IG 111 UTPC2 75
T130RMCIG 114 T3OCIW 124 TEC130WH 112 TOCB130IW 111 UTPC4 75
T130RMCIW 114 T3OCWH 124 TEC170EI 112 TOCB130WH 111 UTPC6 75
T130RMCWH 114 T3RAEI 124 TEC170IG 112 TOCB170EI 111 UTPC8 75
T130TDMCEI 114 T3RAIG 124 TEC170IW 112 TOCB170IG 111 UTPC12 75
T130TDMCIG 114 T3RAIW 124 TEC170WH 112 TOCB170IW 111 UTPC16 75
T130TDMCIW 114 T3RAWH 124 TF10BR-X 101 TOCB170WH 111 UTPC20 75
T130TDMCWH 114 T3TEI 125 TF10EI-X 101 TOCC105EI 111 UTPCT12 75
T130TMCEI 114 T3TIG 125 TF10IG-X 101 TOCC105IG 111 UTPCT16 75
T130TMCIG 114 T3TIW 125 TF10IW-X 101 TOCC105IW 111 UTPCT2 75
T130TMCIW 114 T3TREI 124 TF10WH-X 101 TOCC105WH 111 UTPCT20 75
T130TMCWH 114 T3TRIG 124 TF3BR-E 101 TOCC130EI 111 UTPCT4 75
T130TRMCEI 114 T3TRIW 124 TF3EI-E 101 TOCC130IG 111 UTPCT6 75
T130TRMCIG 114 T3TRWH 124 TF3IG-E 101 TOCC130IW 111 UTPCT8 75
T130TRMCIW 114 T3TWH 125 TF3IW-E 101 TOCC130WH 111 VWS42105-C 176
T130TRMCWH 114 T3WR-C 125 TF3WH-E 101 TOCC170EI 111 VWS4218-C 176
T170GEI 115 T50F-CO 176 TF5BL-E 101 TOCC170IG 111 VWS4238-C 176
T170GIG 115 T50F-C3 176 TF5BR-E 101 TOCC170IW 111 VWS4274-C 176
T170GIW 115 T50F-C4 176 TF5EI-E 101 TOCC170WH 111 WB89D 64
T170GWH 115 T50R-C 176 TF5IG-E 101 TPM-16-C 176 WBH1 74
T170K1EI 116 TB105EI6 108 TF5IW-E 101 TPM10-16-C 176 WBH2 74
T170K1IG 116 TB105IG6 108 TF5WH-E 101 TPM15-16-C 176 WBH3 74
T170K1IW 116 TB105IW6 108 TFC10BR-X 96 TPM20-16-C 176 WBH4 74
T170K1WH 116 TB105WH6 108 TFC10EI-X 96 TPM25-16-C 176 WMBC 73
T170K2EI 116 TB130EI6 108 TFC10IG-X 96 TPM30-16-C 176 WMBR1 73
T170K2IG 116 TB130IG6 108 TFC10IW-X 96 TPM5-16-C 176 WMBV1 73
T170K2IW 116 TB130IW6 108 TFC10WH-X 96 TR130X105EI 112 WMBV2 73
T170K2WH 116 TB130WH6 108 TFC3BR-X 96 TR130X105IG 112 WMP1 72
T170K3EI 116 TB170EI6 108 TFC3EI-X 96 TR130X105IW 112 WMP1-RBC 72
T170K3IG 116 TB170IG6 108 TFC3IG-X 96 TR130X105WH 112 WMP1-RFC 72
T170K3IW 116 TB170IW6 108 TFC3IW-X 96 TR170X105EI 112 WMPF1 72
T170K3WH 116 TB170WH6 108 TFC3WH-X 96 TR170X105IG 112 WMPFS 72
T170K6EI 116 TB5583-V 115 TFC5BR-X 96 TR170X105IW 112 WMPH2 72
T170K6IG 116 TBSR-Q 115 TFC5EI-X 96 TR170X105WH 112 WMPH2-RFC 72
T170K6IW 116 TC105EI6 108 TFC5IG-X 96 TR170X130EI 112 WMPHF2 72
T170K6WH 116 TC105IG6 108 TFC5IW-X 96 TR170X130IG 112 WMPS 72
T3BEI6 122 TC105IW6 108 TFC5WH-X 96 TR170X130IW 112 WMPS-RBC 72
T3BEI6-A 122 TC105WH6 108 TFL1A 148 TR170X130WH 112 WMPS-RFC 71
T3BIG6 122 TC130EI6 108 TFL1B 148 TRA105EI 110 WMPV-RFC 71
T3BIG6-A 122 TC130IG6 108 TFL1C 148 TRA105IG 110 WMPVC20 71
T3BIW6 122 TC130IW6 108 TFL2A 161 TRA105IW 110 WMPVCF20 71
T3BIW6-A 122 TC130WH6 108 TFL2B 161 TRA105WH 110 WMPVS20 71
T3BWH6 122 TC170EI6 108 TFL2C 161 TRA130EI 110 WMPVSF20 71
T3BWH6-A 122 TC170IG6 108 TFX3BR-X 99 TRA130IG 110 WMSRC-L 73
T3CEEI6 122 TC170IW6 108 TFX3EI-X 99 TRA130IW 110 WMSRC-R 73
T3CEI6 122 TC170WH6 108 TFX3IG-X 99 TRA130WH 110 WPS-20 33
T3CEIG6 122 TCFB105EI-X 110 TFX3IW-X 99 TRA170EI 110 WPS-202 33
188

PAN-NET ™ GUARANTEE
All PANDUIT ® PAN-NET products have a 20 year guarantee. This includes the
PANDUIT PAN-NET Category 5 PAN-JACK ™ Modular Jacks, DATA-PATCH ™
Patch Panels and DATA-PATCH Patch Cords which are guaranteed to perform to
the Category 5 Standard per TIA/EIA TSB 36 dated December, 1991, and TSB 40A
dated January, 1994, for 20 years.
In addition to meeting the above performance standards, our Category 3 and 5
products are guaranteed to support the following networks:
4 Mbps Token Ring (IEEE 802.5)
Ethernet 10BASE-T (IEEE 802.3)
IBM System 3X
IBM AS/400
AppleTalk
Arcnet
ISDN
CDDI
100VG-AnyLAN
100BASE-T4
Our Category 5 products are guaranteed to support these networks:
16Mbps Token Ring (IEEE 802.5)
100VG-AnyLAN
100BASE-TX
155 Mbps ATM
In order to qualify for this guarantee, the system must be installed per the following:
1. Meet all TIA/EIA commercial building wiring standards.
2. Panduit categorized product must be used in conjunction
with an equivalent or higher Category UL or ETL verified cable.
3. Panduit products must be installed per Panduit instruction sheets.
4. All networks shall be installed per applicable standards and
manufacturer’s guidelines.
If any PANDUIT PAN-NET product fails to perform as stated above, Panduit will
provide new components at no charge.

This Warranty is made in lieu of and excludes all other warranties, expressed or
implied. THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR USE ARE SPECIFICALLY EXCLUDED. Neither seller nor manufacturer
shall be liable for any other injury, loss or damage, whether direct or consequential.

Panduit is committed to maintaining a leadership position in the Communications/Data


Wiring Market. As new technologies evolve, Panduit will continue to develop state-of-
the-art components which will be added to the PAN-NET product line.

For Technical Assistance, call: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314


(outside the U.S., see page 192 for International Directory) 189
Proof Positive of
Panduit Quality
With all the talk about high quality, it’s nice to hear a com-
pletely objective voice now and then. ISO 9001 certification is
proof positive that Panduit’s focus on quality is from top to
bottom and everywhere in between.
The ISO 9001 recognition indicates that we meet the most
comprehensive international standards in design, ourchasing,
manufacturing, testing, documentation, shipping and service.
And this means Panduit’s high-quality products and services
help you meet your ISO 9000 requirements while also reducing
your quality and inspection costs.

The following Panduit products are already manufactured


at ISO 9001 registered Panduit facilities:

Electronic Connectors

Cable Ties

Wiring Accessories

Terminals

Power Connectors

Stainless Steel Ties & Accessories

Wiring Duct

Surface Raceway

Network Cabling Products

Identification/Safety Products

Fo c u s ed o n t h e F u tu r e

Tinley Park, IL 60477-3091 • Fax 708-532-1811


Internet Email: INFO@PANDUIT.COM
Home Page URL: http://www.panduit.com
It’s Easy to Get ®
Products
Just Call Your Panduit Sales Office Listed Below for the Names
of Distributors Near You
ALABAMA LOUISIANA (800) 777-3300 NORTH CAROLINA
Birmingham (205)290-2703 Greensboro (910) 854-1626
Huntsville (800)777-3300 MAINE (800) 777-3300
NORTH DAKOTA
ALASKA MARYLAND Eastern Minneapolis, MN (612) 933-2594
Anchorage (907) 562-5663 Baltimore (800) 777-3300
OHIO
ARIZONA MARYLAND Western Cincinnati (800) 777-3300
Phoenix (602) 240-5050 Pittsburgh, PA (412) 486-8488 Cleveland (800) 777-3300
Columbus (614) 888-6224
ARKANSAS MASSACHUSETTS Eastern
Little Rock (501) 663-6870 N. Andover (508) 681-0451 OKLAHOMA
Oklahoma City (405) 842-8371
CALIFORNIA MASSACHUSETTS Western
Cupertino (408) 342-1200 Glastonbury, CT (860) 657-4105 OREGON
Santa Fe Springs (310) 921-4423 Portland (503) 654-9455
Sacramento (916) 885-6591 MICHIGAN
Detroit (810) 791-1700 PENNSYLVANIA
COLORADO Grand Rapids (800) 777-3300 Philadelphia (610) 941-1155
Denver (303) 460-9699 Pittsburgh (412) 486-8488
MINNESOTA
CONNECTICUT Minneapolis (612) 933-2594 PUERTO RICO
Glastonbury (860) 657-4105 Caguas (800) 777-3300
MISSISSIPPI Northern
DELAWARE Memphis, TN (901) 276-0614 RHODE ISLAND
Philadelphia, PA (610) 941-1155 N. Andover, MA (508) 681-0451
MISSISSIPPI Southern
FLORIDA Jackson (800) 777-3300 SOUTH CAROLINA
Orlando (800) 282-9209 Greensboro, NC (910) 854-1626
MISSOURI
FLORIDA Panhandle (800) 777-3300 St. Louis (314) 894-7800 SOUTH DAKOTA
Kansas City (800) 777-3300 Minneapolis, MN (612) 933-2594
GEORGIA
Atlanta (404) 256-5940 MONTANA TENNESSEE
Bozeman (406) 587-0513 Memphis (901) 276-0614
HAWAII Nashville (800) 777-3300
Honolulu (808) 832-0000 NEBRASKA
Omaha (800) 777-3300 TEXAS
IDAHO Northern Dallas (214) 518-0004
Spokane, WA (509) 325-8381 NEVADA Northern Houston (713) 686-5600
Sacramento, CA (916) 885-6591
IDAHO Southern UTAH
Salt Lake City, UT (801) 973-7454 NEVADA Southern Salt Lake City (801) 973-7454
Phoenix (602) 244-1014
ILLINOIS Northern VERMONT
Metro Chicago (800) 777-3300 NEW HAMPSHIRE Glastonbury, CT (860) 657-4105
Rockford (800) 777-3300 N. Andover, MA (508) 681-0451
VIRGINIA
ILLINOIS Southern NEW JERSEY Northern Richmond (800) 777-3300
St. Louis, MO (314) 894-7800 Leonia (201) 461-7790
WASHINGTON
INDIANA NEW JERSEY Southern Tacoma (206) 922-1948
Indianapolis (800) 777-3300 Philadelphia, PA (610) 941-1155 Spokane (800) 777-3300

INDIANA Gary & South Bend NEW MEXICO WASHINGTON, D.C.


Chicago, IL (800) 777-3300 Albuquerque (505) 856-2000 Baltimore, MD (800) 777-3300

IOWA (800) 777-3300 NEW YORK WEST VIRGINIA


Albany (800) 777-3300 Charleston (304) 776-5302
KANSAS (800) 777-3300 Buffalo (800) 777-3300
Rochester (800) 777-3300 WISCONSIN (800) 777-3300
KENTUCKY Syracuse (800) 777-3300
Louisville (502) 491-4215 WYOMING
NEW YORK Metro NYC, L.I. Denver, CO (303) 460-9699
Leonia, NJ (201) 461-7790

PANDUIT Products are Available


through Worldwide Subsidiaries and Distributors

All Reference Dimensions in This Catalog are Shown in Inches and (Millimeters).

191
®

SERVING YOU
WORLDWIDE

WORLD HEADQUARTERS EUROPEAN HEADQUARTERS ASIAN HEADQUARTERS


PANDUIT CORP. PANDUIT GmbH PANDUIT SINGAPORE PTE. LTD.
17301 Ridgeland Avenue Steinmuehlstr. 14 5 Gul Lane
Tinley Park, Illinois 60477-3091 D-61352 Bad Homburg Singapore 629404
Phone: (708) 532-1800 Germany Republic of Singapore
FAX: (708) 532-1811 Phone: (6172) 1750 Phone: 8613122
FAX: (6172) 175160 FAX: 8613161

AUSTRALIA GREAT BRITAIN MALAYSIA


PANDUIT (AUST.) PTY. LTD. PANDUIT LIMITED PANDUIT MALAYSIA OFFICE
Phone: (3) 97949020 Phone: (1634) 660811 Phone: (3) 9870051
FAX: (3) 97947101 FAX: (1634) 685326 FAX: (3) 9873822

AUSTRIA HONG KONG MEXICO


PANDUIT CORP. PANDUIT HONG KONG PANDUIT MEXICO, S. EN N.C.
Phone: (1) 6045071 Phone: 27635578 Phone: (36) 702742
FAX: (1) 6049734 FAX: 27635601 FAX: (36) 702755

BELGIUM INDIA NETHERLANDS


PANDUIT BELGIUM PANDUIT BANGALORE OFFICE PANDUIT NEDERLAND
Phone: (2) 4668660 Phone: (80) 5543800 Phone: (73) 5219000
FAX: (2) 4668836 FAX: (80) 5543801 FAX: (73) 5219090
PANDUIT BOMBAY OFFICE
BRAZIL Phone: (22) 8100648 SPAIN
PANDUIT CORP. FAX: (22) 8100763 PANDUIT CORP. SUCURSAL EN ESPANA
Phone & FAX: (11) 4194088 Phone: (3) 8649945
INDONESIA FAX: (3) 8649757
CANADA PANDUIT INDONESIA OFFICE
PANDUIT CANADA Phone: (21) 7261833, 7395054 TAIWAN
Phone: (905) 475-6922 FAX: (21) 7261717 PANDUIT TAIWAN
FAX: (905) 475-6998 Phone: (2) 5601368
ITALY FAX: (2) 5314884
CHINA PANDUIT S.A.S.
PANDUIT GUANGZHOU OFFICE Phone: (2) 931731 THAILAND
Phone: (8620) 664-7009 FAX: (2) 93570333 PANDUIT THAILAND OFFICE
FAX: (8620) 664-5732 Phone: (2) 2679758
JAPAN FAX: (2) 2679789
PANDUIT SHANGHAI OFFICE
Phone: (8621) 6312-3215 PANDUIT CORP. JAPAN BRANCH
FAX: (8621) 6312-1654 Phone: (3) 37677011 UNITED ARAB EMIRATES
FAX: (3) 37677033 PANDUIT MIDDLE EAST
COSTA RICA Phone: (4) 816669
KOREA FAX: (4) 815749
PANDUIT DE COSTA RICA LTDA.
Phone: 494-1800 PANDUIT KOREA
FAX: 494-1900 Phone: (2) 4239485, 4239486
FAX: (2) 4239487
FRANCE
PANDUIT S.N.C.
Phone: (1) 48122040
FAX: (1) 48940672

FOR COUNTRIES NOT LISTED, CONTACT YOUR NEAREST PANDUIT HEADQUARTERS


192
Fiber Optic Solutions

Panduit Provides A Complete Family of Fiber Optic Solutions Featuring the New
OPTI-JACK™ Fiber Optic Connector and OPTICOM™ Enclosures

PAN-NET ™ Network Cabling System is part of a complete


line of PANDUIT Structured Cabling Products

PAN-WAY™ Surface Wiring Duct and Fiber Cable Ties and PAN-PUNCH™ 110
Raceway System Optic Duct System Wiring Accessories Punchdown System
SA101N60A SA101N64B SA101N275B SA101N348
The information contained in this literature is based on our experience to date Dimensions contained herein are for reference purposes only. For specific
and is believed to be reliable. It is intended as a guide for use by persons having dimensional requirements consult the factory. This publication is not to be taken
technical skill at their own discretion and risk. We do not guarantee favorable as a license to operate under, or a recommendation to infringe any existing pat-
results or assume any liability in connection with its use. ents. This supersedes and voids all previous literature, etc.

®
For Pricing and Further Information –
Contact your local authorized
NE TW OR K SY S TE M S GR OUP PANDUIT PAN-NET ™ Distributor or Sales Office
Panduit Corp. Panduit Canada
17301 Ridgeland Avenue Div. of Panduit Corp.
Tinley Park, IL 60477-3091 140 Amber Street
Phone: 800-777-3300, Ext. 8314 Markham, Ontario L3R 3J8
FAX: 815-836-1811 Phone: 800-387-9689
Internet: INFO@PANDUIT.COM FAX: 905-475-6998
Home Page URL: http://www.panduit.com SA101N152D
WORLDWIDE SUBSIDIARIES AND SALES OFFICES ©Panduit Corp. 1996 Printed in U.S.A.

Vous aimerez peut-être aussi